The history of the vvorld: or, An account of time. Compiled by the learned Dionisius Petavius. And continued by others, to the year of our Lord, 1659. Together with a geographicall description of Europe, Asia, Africa, and America.

A Geographicall Description OF THE VVORLD.

THe ancient Geographers; and Poets, Orators, and Historians (who learned the parts of the World's situation from them) have described onely those Lands which they knew, and which they judged habitable. We professe, that many places were to them unknown: and those which they believed were forsaken either through heat or cold, we know are inhabited in many places. There are six general Parts of the World: the Arctique or North; Antarctique or South; Europe, Africa, Asia, called the old parts, because they were known to the Antients, and America, (comprehending under it Magellanica) called the New World, because newly discovered within this two hundred years.

To the Arctique belong, 1. The Countrey under the North Pole, unknown. 2. Greenland, which lying at 80 degrees of Latitude, bears grasse and green herbs, from whence also it took its name. 3. Newland. 4. Iceland, which is now subject to the King of Denmark. 5. Nova Zemla, (which though it be four de∣grees more Southerly than Greenland; yet it is altogether naked, and without pasture, an Island stinking with flesh-devouring beasts) with the Hyperborean Sea, and two Narrow Seas. Waygaz and Davis, whereof the one is more Easterly, the other bending more to the West.

To the Antarctique are to be referred those vast Countries, which lying under the South Pole, are longly and largely extended through the cold, temperate, and torrid Zone: where not onely

Peter Ferdinand a Spaniard preached; but also are commendable for the constitution of the Ayre and soyl, and largenesse of the Countries; equalizing Europe and Africa taken both toge∣ther.

But the disposure and order of the other four parts is on this wise; Asia is to the East, to which Africa is joyned from the South, and partly also to the West. Europe is joyned to Asia from the West and North. America, a little farther toward the West; and lastly, Magellanica, directly toward the South. In all parts of the World are to be considered, first, their bounds towards the climates, and so a distinction from other neighbouring parts; af∣ter that, their chief accidents: And lastly, their natural portions, to wit, the chief Mountains, Seas and Rivers.

EUROPE (which is thought to have taken its name from Euro∣pa a Tyrian; whom some make the daughter of Agenor; others of Phoenix; others, a Nymph of the Ocean, as the Poets in their fables) is reckoned the first among the parts of the World, both because we inhabit it, and some chief Geographers have inhabi∣ted therein; also because it is more manured than other parts, and because it is more famous for the warlike deeds of the Macedo∣nians and Romans. It is partly Northern, partly Western, be∣tween the Tropick of Cancer and the Pole Artique. Its longitude begins from the utmost part of Spain and the Atlantick Ocean, and ends at the River Thanais, now called Assaw. But that length of Europe is limited by some to 60 degrees, to one of which (passing thorow the midst of Europe) do answer almost 10 German miles. Others have computed Europe's longitude from the River Tha∣nais to Hercules strait, to continue 760 German miles. But others measure the length thereof by fewer miles, to wit, from the City Compostella to Constantinople, which is 600 German miles. But from its latitude, that is, from South to North, according to most, is contained onely 44 degrees, beginning from Sicilie, where the Elevation of the Pole is 80 degrees, even to that region of the North in which the elevation of the Pole is 80 degrees: so that Europe hath 660 German miles in breadth; and so it is longer than broader. But others extend its breadth to 54 degrees, to wit, from Sicilie even to the very North Pole it self. It is also bounded al∣most on every side with the Sea. From the East which lyeth to Asia, it is bounded with the Aegean Sea, likewise with the Euxine Sea, with Moeotis fenne, and the River Thanais. From the West it is terminated with the Atlantick strait or narrow Sea. From the South, with the Mediterranean and Hercules strait. From the North it is bounded with the Brittain Sea; but now others shut up Europe with the utmost bounds of the Icie Sea. Europe falls into the 4th and 9th Climate, between 10 and 20 Parallels. It is the least of all parts of the World; yet the most worthy part: which its excellency depends, 1. On the temperature of the ayr. 2. On the fruitfulnesse of all things. 3. From the endeavour of

Tillage, which is here greater then in others. 4. From its popu∣lousnesse. 5. From the study of Mechanick Arts: for there are more cunning Workmen and Architects in Europe, than in any other part of the World. 6. From the study of liberall Arts, which both in respect of Languages, and also of Disciplines, do more flourish in Europe; so that in no part of the World more fa∣mous books are written and set forth, Schools do no where more flourish, than in Europe. Seventhly, From its Empires, which are no where greater and famouser than in EUROPE: and so from its Justice or Right, Discipline or Government, and Laws. Eighthly and lastly, from Christ's Religion, which is no where more frequently and freely preached and professed than there. And Pliny long ago said, Europe was the nourisher of the Conquer∣ing people of all Nations, not to be compared to Asia, and Africa in bignesse, but in vertue: It's Countries are partly Continents, partly Pen-insulae or almost Islands, and Islands. The Countries that are Continents, are Spain, France, Germany, Italy, Sclavonia, Greece, Hungary, Poland, with Lituania, and Boruscia, Russia, un∣der which is contained Muscovy, or white Russia. It's Peninsulae are chiefly Norway, Swethland, Gothland. The Islands in the Oce∣an, are England and Scotland, Ireland. In the Mediterranean Sea, Sicily, Sardinia; Corsica, Creet, at this day called Candy, Majorica Island, and Minorica. Kingdomes in Europe, are chiefly Ten, 1. The Spanish. 2. The English, under which are the Scottish and Irish; now having changed the name of Kingdome into a Prote∣ctourship. 3. The Danish, under which is Norway. 4. The Swedish, under which is the Gothish. 5. The Polonian. 6. The Hungarian. 7. The Bohemian. 8. The German. 9. The French. To which may be added the Italian, although (at this day) it fall not under the name of a Kingdome. But the head of Europe was once called Rome toward the West, but Constantinople toward the East; whence some think the Romane Emperour sets a two headed Eagle in his Arms; to wit, that one may look toward the East, to Constantinople; the other toward the West, to Rome. Tongues throughout Europe are especially three. The Roman with the Ita∣lians, French, and Spaniards. The Teutonick, among the Helveti∣ans, Germans, Bavarians, Swedes, Norwegians, Danes, English, and most of the Belgians or Low-Countries. The Sclavonian in Scla∣vonia, Polonia, Bohemia, Hungary. But all particular Countries have divers Dialects in their own Tongue, and in some places Languages are heard, whereof there is no commerce or agree∣ment with others; as in Britain, Armorica, Navarre, &c. The Seas of Europe are three. 1. The Ocean. 2. The Mediterranean Sea, which beginning from the outmost part of Spain, about the Islands Gades, is carried from the West, through the South into the North, where afterward it is called the Euxine-Sea, although some may think the Mediterranean to flow from the Euxine-Sea. Lastly, the third Sea of Europe, is the Baltick, which beginning from the Danish Hellespont, and the City Lubeck, is extended

about an hundred and fifty Miles between Saxony, Pomerania, Swethland, Borussia, Livonia, and the opposite shores of Denmark, and Finland, even to Wiburg toward the East. The chief Rivers of Europe, are Danubius, which extends it self to 300 Germane Miles, and rising six Miles above Tubinge, receiving sixty small Rivers into it, poures forth it self through Germany, Hungary, Bul∣garia, Servia, Thrace, with seven Mouths into the Euxine Sea. Ano∣ther River is Rhene (separating France from Germany): after that follows Albis, Istula, Borysthenes, Thamis. The principall Moun∣tains in Europe, are the Alps, which seperate Germany, and Spain, from Italy; then follow the Pyrenean Mountains, which seperate France from Spain, likewise the Carpathian Mountains. And let these things fuffice of Europe in generall: The scituation, Riches, and commodities of whose severall Countries, together with their Religion, I shall (for brevity sake) but onely name.

BRITTAIN (which was once called Albion, not so much from the fabulous reports of the Grecians, from Albion the son of Neptune; buts according to the Latines, ab albis rupibus, its white rocks seen on the shoar) is, though not the King, yet Queen of Islands, being the very biggest in the World, except Java, be∣ing 1835 miles about; and is bounded on the South with France; on the North with the Northern Ocean: it was called Brittain, from Brit, signifying coloured or painted; and Tayn, a Nation: (for the Inhabitants were wont to paint their bodies, to appear the more fearful to their enemies): Brutus the Trojan's coming thi∣ther, and denominating the same, being not so well grounded on true History. It is divided into three parts in general; England, Scotland, and Wales. England (so named, from the Angles, or En∣glish Saxons enjoying it) is the chief Country of the three, whose head-City, London, is both ancient, as being built by Lud divers years before Rome, and also populous, and very Merchantable by reason of the fair and sweet fresh River Thames: which by the Seas force ebbeth and floweth above 60 miles into the Land, more than any in Europe: of whose beautifull Towns, stately Buildings and Gardens about it, a German said,

We saw so many Woods and Princely Bowers, Sweet fields, brave Palaces, and stately Towers: So many Gardens drest with curious care, That Thames with Royall Tiber may compare.

SCOTLAND (sometimes called Albania, and whose Scot∣tish-men which keep their ancient speech still, call it Albain) is the Northern part of Brittain: which the two Rivers Tweed and Solvay divide from England toward the South. It was named Scotland, from Scoti, Scitti, or Scythi, a people of Germany, unto whose Northern parts, even the name of Scythia was given: which people seizing on a part of Spain, and then on Ireland, possessed

the West part of this Country in the year 424. The people are divided into Highlanders and Lowlanders, according to the Coun∣trie's scituation: many of the former being uncivil, if not barba∣rous. Among the many Provinces herein, is Louden, (once called Pictland, or a Country, hilly, and without trees) in which stands Edenborough, the Mother City, the abode of the Scottish Kings, before that, after the death of England's Queen, Elizabeth, all Brittain was (by King James of Scotland, who was next heir to England's Crown) united under one King: and since more than that, made one Common-wealth, under a Protectour, through the Conquest of Scotland by the English. It is 480 miles in length, (though narrow) and 160 longer than England, which yet is much broader than it.

WALES (separated from England on the East; whose most certain limit, is a great Ditch reaching from the River Wie's flowing into Severn unto Chester, where Dee runs into the Sea; and called Claudh Offa, or Offa's Ditch, King of the Mer∣cians, by whom it was made,) is generally conceived to be so named, from the Brittains fleeing thither from the Saxons, who had seizure of England: Walls or Welshmen, importing Aliens. Some derive it from Idwallo, Cadwallader's son, who retired hither with his few Brittains. But the Brittons bringing their pedegree from the Gaules, whom the French still call Galloys, and the Country, Galles, (thence Saxon-like, G. being changed into W, is Walloys or Walles, and so wales, (some also of France being called Walloons) makes some to be of this opinion. It is the least of the three Coun∣tries, conteining four Cities: and was called a dominion or Princedome, a Title given to the English Kings eldest son: by means of Edward the first, who caused his Wife to be delivered at Carnarvon of a young son Edward; whom the Brittish Lords sware to obey; when as before they mainly withstood to have a general English Vice-gerent over them.

The chief Merchandises are, Wool, Englands staple commo∣dity, whose Cloath divers Nations buy before any other; Tin, Lead, Beer; (Gold and Silver Mines there are none); besides plen∣ty of Corn and Cattle, especially in England and Wales, for Scotland is in some places lean and barren; Wolves also the whole Island is free of. Their Religion, since deserting Rome, is Calvinism generally; Yet England (in its Bishops times) had the doctrine of Geneva, but the Ceremonies of Rome; from which (then) there were some dissenters. Scotland came nearer to Geneva in both. But of late years, though the Ceremonics be laid aside also; yet are there many who make separation both in doctrine and disci∣pline, from that Church.

There are also many lesser Islands belonging to Brittain, as the thirty two Isles of Orkney, or Orcades, Northward of Scotland, whose chief is Pomonia; whose head town is Kirkwall; who in latter times were held by the Normans, or Norwegians, till that

King in 1266, surrendred them to Alexander King of Scotland, by reason of its scituation. North of these is Shetland, supposed by many to be Thule, the utmost Island known to the antients, one of whose Isles, Hethy, use the Gothish tongue from the Norwegians: and for that Marriners call it Thylensell, under which Thule is cou∣ched: Yet Iceland (of which hereafter) is generally conceived to be Thule, it being the remotest part of the Northern World: but weightier reason out of Solinus and Tacitus, are against it. Like∣wise there are 44 Hebrides or Western Islands, on the West of Scotland, bought also of Magnus of Norway, by Alexander, whose Inhabitants called Red-shanks, are like the wild Irish in behavi∣our and speech; in one of which, (to wit) Jona, is the chief Town Sodore, notable for the Scottish Kings Sepulchres. Scilly Islands scituated 24 miles from the West of Corn wall in England, are 145 in all, ten whereof are onely esteemed, as Scilly; the others Denominater, Armath, &c. Whither also the Romans banished condemned men, to work in their Mines. The Dutch call them Sorlings. Other Islands lie dispersed, and belong to Englands Com∣mon-Wealth: whereof the chief are five; two whereof, Jersey, and Guarnsey, are the onely remainders of France to the English. Jersey being the bigger and fruitfuller, containing twelve Towns or Villages; the other, 10 Parishes. They are 20 Miles assun∣der, lying nigh to Normandy and Britain in France, and using the French tongue. Wight Island (which being severed from the main Land by a narrow strait of the Sea, and but a mile over in one place, may well be said to be of England, though not in England) lyeth Southward from thence, being 20. or 21 miles long, and 12 broad, and is strongly seated and strengthened, whose chief Town at this day is Newport, a small mile from whence is Carisbrook Ca∣stle, very strongly scituated: there was wont to be arms therein for 5000 men: and in every Village a piece of Ordnance for de∣fence. It belongs to Hampshire; and did (it seems) appertain to the Britains, from whom it was taken by Wolphar King of Mercia. Anglesey (once the seat of the Druides, and bordering on Carnarvon∣shire of Wales) is accounted a shire thereof: which containing formerly a multitude of Towns and Villages in so little room, be∣ing but 20 miles long, and seventeen broad, hath now the chief, Newburg, Beaumorris, and Aberfraw on its South-side. Man-Island, scituated 25 miles from the South of Cumberland, the North of England, is thirty miles long, and fifteen broad in the broadest place: and whose chief Towns are Russin, or Castle Town: and Balacuri. It hath seventeen Parishes. Their Lan∣guage is Norwegian and Irish, mixt; they are said to have two good properties; to hate thieving and begging. On a Hill herein called Sceafull, both England, Ireland, and Scotland, may (in clear weather) be seen. This Countrey preserving venemous creatures alive brought into it, ended the controversy between England and Ireland concerning it. And here also is that wonderfull thing wherewith Gerard the Herbarist ends his book, to wit, Geesebred

of rotten Wood, falling (from Trees) into the Water. It belong∣ed (after divers seizures, sale, and gift) unto the Stanlies, Earls of Darby, called Kings of Man, the last of whom, being beheaded (a few years since) for engaging against Englands Common wealth: the power they there had, was lost, if not the very title, together with his life.

There are (moreover) Northern Islands lying in the Scythick Sea or Icy Ocean so called: by the Cymbrians, the dead; by Taci∣tus, the dull or slow Sea: the chief whereof are Greenland under the cold Zone; yet known to have grasse; and they say, there are people that dwell in Caves, delighting in witchcraft. Iceland, to be mentioned elsewhere. Freezland, not Frizia in Belgium, almost as big as Ireland. Nova Zemla: And lastly, that which Sir Hugh Willoughby discovered in 1553; whereabouts, he was with his men frozen to death, going to find out a new way towards Cathaia and China: which design, others prosecuting, have gone to the River Obi, the Eastern Confines of Muscovie, which is notwith∣standing, but half way to China.

These Islands have their several Commodities even as Brittain to whom they appertain. The Orcades are in a measure populous and fertile, and Pomonia is well stored with Tin and Lead. Scilly Islands are stored with Grasse, Grain, and Lead. St. Maries be∣ing sufficiently fruitful. Man hath not onely enough Corn, Cat∣tle and Fish for it self, but sends good store into other Countries. Anglesey, for its abundance of necessaries for man's life, is called Mam Cymry, that is, the Mother of Wales. Wight hath plenty of all sustenance, whose sheep bear fine Wooll, and Trees, store of fruit. Jarsey abounds in grain; and of sheep, most, with 4 horns, of whose Wooll they make Jarsey-stockings. Garnsey (formerly Sarnia) is well enough, though inferiour (as was said) to Jarsey in fruitfulnesse. As for their Religion, 'tis according to that of the main Island, onely Jarsey and Garnsey have long followed Geneva's Church Discipline: which is much affected by the Protestant Ministers of France.

IRELAND (called by some Antients, Hiberniae, also Juer∣nia, Jerne, Ogygia, &c. and by the Irish, Erin. Yet it hath (by some) been termed Scotia, because the Scotti came from Spain, and dwelt here) lyeth between great Britain (for Ptolomy calls it lit∣tle Britain) and Spain, having England on the East, divided by a Tempestuous Sea, of about a dayes sayling. Cambden saith its 400 miles long, and 200 broad. And some do affirm; that from Knockbrandon unto Carnagh in the North of Ulster (which is the length) is 320 Irish miles: and from Dublin to Crough Patrick, by West of Galloway (which is the breadth) is 200 Miles. It hath five principal Provinces, Lemster on the East, in whose County of Dublin, stands Dublin, the Mother City of that Nation: built by Harald Hasager; the first King of Norway: Which was (after the English Conquest) peopled by Bristoll men; here the Deputy of

Ireland resides: where is also an University. Munster, on the South: Conaught on the West, Ulster on the North, and Meath in the Mid-land. John of England, was first intituled Lord of Ire∣land; Henry the eighth, in 1542 was in an Irish Parliament decla∣red King hereof: yet Ireland stood in terms of wildnesse and non∣subjection, (too tedious here particularly to expresse) till the Re∣bellion of Tirone, towards the end of the Reign of Queen Elizabeth; which ending in his own overthrow, crushed the Irish Nobilities over-power, and made a full conquest of the whole land. But it of late years bloudily breaking out again, occasioned a second Conquest of that people, and a confinement of them unto one Province. Some are conformable to civility, but the Kerns or wild Irish exceeding barbarous. They are generally strong and nimble: and will skip over the bogs (of which there are many) without sinking, whereas others cannot do so. The Ayre being Rainy, is moist and Rheumatick; so that both inhabitants, as well as strangers, are much troubled with Catarrhs, and the Blou∣dy Flux: It is hilly, Moorish, and full of Woods, exposed to Winds, and many pools, even in the top of the highest Mountains. There is much Cattle, wherefore they abound in Milk, Cheese, and Butter; their Corn is but short and small; and through the cold winds there blowing, and the Suns want of force in Autumn, the Grapes do not very well Ripen. Yet they neither much seek shade in Summer, nor fire through Winters rigour. There are good Horses, and light, for that Countries journies, called Hobbeys. They abound in fish, both of Sea and fresh Water; The chief River being Shennin, Sinei, or Shannon, which runs from Ulster, two hundred miles, to the Vergivian Sea, and is Navigable sixty miles. Much Fowl there is, but no Storks, Pies, or Nightin∣gales. No hurtfull beasts are there, besides Wolves and Foxes. But there is no venemous beast or Serpent at all. Whence one hath truly spoken in her behalf, although somewhat Heathen∣nishly—

I am that Island, which in times of old, The Greeks did call, Hibernia, Icie cold. Secur'd by God and Nature from this fear, Which gift was given to Creet, Jove's Mother dear, That poysonous Snakes should never here be bred, Or dare to hisse, or hurtfull venome shed.

From the time that this Island received an outward profession of Christianity, which was in 335, by means of a woman among the Picts, (when Fincomare reigned in Scotland) who preached to its Queen, being familiar with her, who winning the King, the people were thereby disposed to receive a baptism; who lived in the Romish Religion till Henry the eighth his time: for then Pro∣testant Religion began to be preached; and since, there planted by Queen Elizabeth: who notwithstanding being generally ad∣dicted

to the former, have made that the subject of two notable Rebellions. Now there is the same toleration as to sects and opinions as in England; it having renewed its Plantations by En∣glish; (onely the most exact and innocent ones still suffer in both) for 'tis all but one Common-wealth.

FRANCE (called at first Gallia, whose ancient Inhabitants were called Gaules, from 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉, milk, they being of a white colour,) is of large extent, according to the old division of Gaule Cisalpine, and Transalpine. Caesar in his Commentaries divideth it into Gaule Belgick, Celtick, and Aquitanick. But to take the whole Realm of France as it is now taken; and measuring it from East to West directly, that is, from the Isle of Heissant, unto the banks of Rhine which divides from Germany, it is little more in length, than 300 French leagues, that is, 600 English miles. On the East lye the Alps, dividing it from Italy; as doth Mount Jura, sepa∣rating it from the Suisses. On the South where it joyns to Spain, it hath the Pyrenean Mountains; and in more large places, the Medi∣terranean Sea: on the North, the Brittish Ocean: on the West, the Aquitane Sea. To say little or nothing of the warlike off∣spring of Japhet, whose sixth son, Mesech, is reported to have first peopled it in the year of the World, 1806, (and who were then very sparing in their diet: with whom, the Romans at first fought rather to preserve themselves, than in hope of conquest: and who under the conduct of Brennus, (365 years after the building of Rome) discomfiting the Romans at the River Allia, sacked the City, and besieged the Capitol: so that for terrour of them, af∣ter their expulsion by Camillus, they made a Law, That if ever the Gaules came again, the very Priests should be forced to war, and their (afterwards) spoyling and ransancking the Temple at Del∣phos, where the Pestilence visiting the survivers going into Asia, gave name to the Countrey called Gallatia. It was called France, from the Francones, a people of Germany, who with the Burgun∣dians and Goths, wrested it from the Roman Monarchy in its decli∣ning state: (Caesar after 40 years resistance, having by valour and fortune (but more through their own divisions) brought them un∣der tribute) and dividing it into three parts amongst them, Char∣lemain King of the Francones, or Franks, quite ruining the Goths Kingdom: his successours by degrees, almost nullified the Burgun∣dian also; who are now a very populous Nation: over-much headlong and rash in both Martial and Civil affairs, as was ob∣served also in Caesar's time. Florus saying, That their first onsett was greater or fiercer than of men, but the second lesse than of women. It is divided into many Provinces, the chief whereof are 24, (leaving out Lorrain, Savoy, and Geneva's Signiory) as Aqui∣tane, Anjou, Normandy, Burgundy, the Isle of France, &c. in which stands the Metropolis Paris, called of old Lutetia, from its clayey-soyl, said to be 10 miles in compasse, and to be built in Amaziah's time, King of Judah; the Provinces are governed by eight prin∣cipal

Parliaments. They are given very much to Tennis, and ex∣ceedingly to dancing; whose poor Peasants are kept as low in sla∣very, as their Gentry exalted in pride and vanity; inventing and fol∣lowing abundance of fashions in their apparrel, to please their giddy phansies: and of which the English are too much their imitators: between whom at this day, there is a solemn League, joyning against the Spaniard vi & armis, with might and main. Amongst all the battles that this Nation hath fought both with the English, Spaniard, and others: they never had any very fa∣mous Captains besides Charls the Great; who was (by the Pope's Donative) the founder of the Western Empire, and called, One of the three Christian Worthies: and also Henry the 4th, their King, in whose modern valour France glorieth.

France, its Riches (besides Pariis the Metropolis, which draws to it most of the Silver of France, and also much from Italy, Spain, England, Germany, and almost all Europe) are various, according to the divers Provinces thereof; fine Flax, linnen Cloath, Wines, Iron, Steel, Serges, Hair-cloath, Chamlets, Tapestries, oyl of Walnuts, Corn, Cheese, Woad, Parchment, enamel'd works, Hoggs, Horses, and other Cattle, Hemp, &c. All the soyl of France being good for somewhat. Their Religion is of two sorts, the Romish and Calvinist; they of the latter being called Hugonotts, from Hugo's gate in Tours, where they first began, and at which they went out to private assemblies; at whose first rise the Ro∣manists began to root them out by the sword, as they did them; (And they massacring these Protestants three times, at Merindoll in 1545. Chabriers, with whose young Women and Maids they so inhumanely dealt, that most dyed suddenly after. At Paris in 1572, more closely contrived: for, a marriage being solemni∣zed between Henry of Navarre chief of the Protestant party, and the King's sister Margaret, as an assurance of peace made with the Protestants: at which, the Prince of Conde, Admiral Coligni, &c. were present. At midnight, the bell ringing out, the King of Na∣varre and Conde were taken prisoners, the Admiral villanously slain in his bed, with 30000 and upward, of the chief of that Re∣ligion;) but for one head cut off, there coming up seven; and the King considering they were all his Subjects, in the end renewed his predecessour's Edict of Pacification, allowing that called the Re∣formed Religion, where it had been formerly practised; and the Masse to be restored, from whence the enemies had banished it.

SPAIN (the most Western Countrey of Europe's Continent, lying near Africk) is compassed on all sides with the Sea, ex∣cept towards France, and hath been diversly named; as Hesperia, either from Hesperus supposed ••o have been a King hereof; or from Hesperus the Evening Star, as ••eing the farthest Countrey West∣ward then known. And Hispania, (according to the best judg∣ments) from Panus an Iberian Captain. Iberia, from the River

Iberius; or Iberi, who are the Georgians in Asia. This People be∣ing in old time governed by Kings, Lords, yea and by Themselves, lived so a while honourably and peaceably, till the Carthaginians (mastering much of Africk) came into this Country; and joyning with some of those divided people to the others ruine, they forced a great part of the Country to submit to Carthage Commonwealth; Against whom, the Romans opposing divers Armies, after long and bloody wars, the Carthaginians were expelled, the Romans en∣joying it. But in Honorius his time, the African-Vandals chased away the Romans; whom notwithstanding, the Goths dispossessed, peaceably reigning over it all for many years. But in the end the Moors and Saracens mightily in vading Spain out of Africk, they ruined the Gothish Kingdom; some remainders of whom, not∣withstanding, retiring into the Mountains, made head, and so pre∣vailed, that in time they have driven the Moors quite out of the Country: yet they are said to be a mixt people descending from Goths, Saracens, and Jews: they are great braggers, and very proud, in the lowest ebbe of fortune: and they say, The Spaniard never had footing of any place or strong hold, that ever he yielded on Composition.

It fell into a division of 12 Kingdoms and proprietary Estates, as Leon and Oviedo, having Biscay on the East, and called anciently Asturia, from its Inhabitants the Asturs: whose small and swift horses the Romans called Asturcones. Two chief Towns of which are Oviedo and Leon. Navarre, having the Pyrenean Mountains on the East, on the South Arragon; so named either from Navar∣rin, a Town among the Mountains, or from Navois, a Champian Country: the old Inhabitants being called Vascones. Its Mother-City is Pampelune, a Town (as one saith) bandied by the racket of fortune into the hazard of Goths, Moors, Navarrois, French, and now Castilians. Corduba, comprehending Andaluzia, Granada, and Estremadura. Andalusia, quasi Vandalusia, from the Vandals long possessing it, is the fruitfullest Country of Spain, in whose City Corduba, the seat of the Moorish Kings, was born Lucan, and both the Seneca's, hence is the true Cordovan Leather: not far from whose Wood 30 miles long, being nothing but Olive Trees, was fought a notable battle between Caesar and Pompey's sons: who (having the day, though not without great losse) was not long af∣ter murthered in the Senate-house. Medina, another City, whose Duke was General of the Great Armado in 1588. Sevill, whence come the Sevill (not civil) Oranges, and where the dead body of Christopher Columbus lyeth. Granada, having Andalusia on the West, whose fine and stately City Granada is replenished with pleasant Springs; That, and Valadolittis being the ordinary Courts of Justice for the South and North parts of Spain. That of Ma∣drid being the highest Parliament, receiving Appeals from both Malaga or Malaca, a great Port-Town, sacked by Crassus the Ro∣man: where is a cruel torturing Inquisition, where Lithgow was miserably tormented in King James his time: and from which,

two harmlesse women of the English Nation, called Quakers, were delivered within this few moneths, by a high hand. Hence comes the Malaga Sack. Estremedura, having Portugal on the West, once called Boeturia, from the River Boetis therein, nigh whose City Merida, Vallia King of the Goths vanquishing Atace King of the Alanes and Vandals, these left their first footing in Spain. Gallicia, having on the East the Asturia's and Mountainous places like unto them. Whose Cities are Compostella, an Archbishops seat, and a University, called St. Jago, in honour of S. James, whose reliques are in a Temple, here worshipped and visited with incre∣dible zeal and concourse. Biscay, so named from the Vascones, who coming hither, named it Vascaia, then Viscaia, now Biscaia, was for∣merly called Cantabria, and lyeth betwixt Castile, Navarre, and Leon; whose ancient Cantabrians defended their liberty, when the Romans had subdued the rest of Spain; being at last vanquished by Augustus not without much bloudshed: for such Mountainous Countries are alway last conquered. They differ from the rest of Spain, both in language and customes, yielding their bodies, but not their purses to the King, nor suffering any Bishop to come amongst them, and causing their women alway (in meetings) to drink first, because Ogno a Countesse, would have poysoned her son Sancho. In this Province, stands the City Tholouse: Also Bilbo, two miles from the Main, (once Flavionavia) a Town of great Traffique. Out of the hills of this Country arise the two chief Ri∣vers, Iberus and Duerus; they have excellent Timber for ships; and for its much Iron, called, The Armory of Spain. Toledo the ancient seat of the Carpentani, is now accounted a part of New Castile, and extends over the South-East of Castile toward Murcia: whose chief City is Toledo, seated on the River Tagus, and almost in the Center of Spain, inhabited by Nobles, Merchants, and men of war. It was the seat of the Gothish Kings, which their King Bamba walled: then the Moorish Princes seats; now of the Spanish Archbishop's, the chief Prelates of Spain, and most times Presidents of the blou∣dy Inquisition. Murcia, environed with New Castile on the West, whose chief River is Guadalaquir, and whose three chief Towns are Murcia or Murgis, whence the Country is named Alicante: whence is true Alicant Wine made of the juice of Mulberries, plentifully growing here; it's also a fair harbour. Cartagena or new Carthage, built by Asdruball of Carthage, but ruined in the second Punick, war by Scipio Africanus.

CASTILE, bounded on the West with Portugall, is divi∣ded into old and new. The old, scituated on the North of the new, hath the City Salamanca, for its chiefest University: built by King Ferdinand the second, in 1240, and by Popes edicts, with Oxford, Paris, and Bononia, ordained a place of general study. Ano∣ther I cannot passe by, which is Numantia or Soria, where 4000 withstanding 40000 Romans 14 years; and at last, laying all their Armour goods and money upon a pile, burnt it with themselves in the flame. Here is also Valadolit, one of Spains seven Universi∣ties;

and the birth-place of Philip the second, who restoring it, built a Colledge for English fugitives. Duerus the violentest Ri∣ver of Spain, runs in this Province. The new Castile, on South of the other, hath the River Tagus in its bowells, whose chief City is Madrid, the King and Councels seat; which by the Kings resi∣dence there, is become of a Village, the most populous of Spain, (yet the Countrey is neither fruitfull nor pleasant) whose upper stories of houses without composition, belong to the King. Here is also Guenca, whose Monastery of Laurence built by Philip the II. is of that magnificence, that no building past or present, is com∣parable thereunto. The name of Castile cannot be fetched from the old inhabitants, the Vaccai, &c. but either from the Castellani, once the inhabitants of Catelogne; or from some fortified Castle thereabouts.

PORTUGAL bounded on the East with the Castiles, is so called from the Haven Town Porto, and the Gauls, who lan∣ded there with their Merchandise. It was formerly named Lusi∣tania: whose antient inhabitants were the Oritani, Veliones; &c. whose chief City for traffique, is Lisbon, from whence all the Por∣tugalls set to Sea. It's said to be seven miles in compasse, having above 20000 neat houses, sixty seven Towers and Turrets upon the walls, twenty two Gates on the Sea-side, and sixteen toward the continent; but Braga is it's Metropolis; and Conimbra the Uni∣versity; whose Masters made the Commentary on the most of Aristotle. Philip the second of Spain, pretended a right to this Crown; and by main force took it and kept it, till the Portugalls killing or driving thence the Vice-roy, set up a King of their own, as formerly; so that, although the Spaniards call (in their Pro∣verb) the Portugals, Pocos y locos, that is, Few and Foolish, yet they were wise enough to free themselves from under that Kings power.

Valentia, lying between Castile, Arragon, and Murcia, had its former inhabitants the Aeliani, and Bastiani, &c. in which stands the City Saguntum, but now Movedre; whose people being besie∣ged by Hanniball, chose rather to burn themselves, than yield; out of faithfulnesse to the Romans. Valentia the denominating City of the whole Province, heretofore (they say) named Roma, signify∣ing strength, which the Romans conquering, called Valentia, to distinguish it from Rome, a word equivalent in the Latine to 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 in Greek. Herein also is the Promontory of Terraria the refuge of Sertorius in his wars against the old and young Souldiers, Metellus and Pompey. Catelogne or Catalonia, having Arragon on the West, hath its name diversly and equally probably derived from Gotha∣lonia, Castellani, or Cattalones who dwelt here. Achief City where∣of is Barcellona a strong Sea-Town, and Ancient. Perpigna, in the County of Rossillon, which Town and Country was engaged by John of Arragon, to the French, for a great masse of money; and then restored to the King of Spain by Charls the eighth, promising

not to hinder his enter prise of Naples. Girone is another City sea∣ted on the River Baetulus, and the Title of the Arragonian Prince. Lastly, Arragon, limitted Southward with Valentia, Northward with Navarre, thorow the very middest whereof, Iberus runs; whose old inhabitants were the Lucenses, Jaccetani, and Celtiberi, these last descending from the Iberians, and the Celtae mixt, who were the most puissant of all Gaule: whence this Nation was cal∣led the Celtiberi according to the Poet Lucan. Its present name is from Tarragon, a City confined with Catalonia, on the borders here∣of. Herein is the City Lerida, dividing Catelogne from Arragon, scituate on the River Cinga, and an University. The City Huesca called of old Osca, may not be forgotten, an antient University. whither Sertorius causing all the Noblemens Children of Spain to be brought, and providing them Greek and Latine School-Ma∣sters, pretended he did it onely to fit them for charge in the Com∣mon-wealth; but indeed it was that they might be his hostages, for their fathers faith and loyalty towards him. All Spain is divided at this day into three Governments; Arragon, Castile, and Portugall; and is a Monarchy of a great revenue.

Spain, whose wealth consists in VVine, Oyl, VVax, Hony, Su∣gar, Saffron, fruits of all sorts; in a manner, furnishing all the Northern Regions, especially with Olives, Oranges, Lemmons, Figs, &c. Silk, Spanish-wool, (sheep being at first sent thither, out of Glocestershire in England) Quicksilver. Portugall also sends forth Silk, Salt and Tonny, which they fish there, most comming out of the Country of Algarb, whose chief City and Port Lis∣bon is, the aboard of all the Merchandise, &c. Naples also (be∣longing to Spain, which might hold themselves as happy as any in Europe, if they were not so oppressed by Officers) hath abun∣dance of all things; selling to strangers great store of Nuts, and Almonds: vending Saffron, Silks, Oyl, Wines, Horses, Lambs, Sheep: Poville furnishing Venice, Sclavonia, and Tuscain, with flesh: Calabria sends forth Corall, and the best esteemed Manna, called in Apothecaries shops, Manna Calabria. The Island of Si∣cily (being a hundred miles, or after Strabo, and Ptolomy, a 180. miles long) though full of fire, casting it out abundantly; yet yields store of all sorts of fruits, in old time called the Garner of Italy, chiefly of Rome, as many times at this day; so that the Sicili∣ans make much money of Corn, also of Oyls and Silk, whereof they have great quantity. Sardinia, (almost like Sicily) makes store of money of Wine to Rome, and of couragious Horses to strangers. They also carry some Muscrions skins into Italy. The Dutchy of Milane (about three hundred Miles in compasse) being full of Artizans of all sorts, whatsoever goes from that City (as Harquebusses, all sorts of Arms, Hilts of Swords, Girdles and Han∣gers, Lace Emboideries) is greatly esteemed: as also their Silk Stockings, Rice, store of Cheese; furnishing the Grisons, and Suis∣ses with much of her fruit; Yet the King drawing as much as pos∣sible from this Estate; it's a Proverb in Italy, that The Officer of

Sicily doth gnaw, he of Naples doth eat, but he of Millan doth devour. Lastly, the Canaries, or fortunate Islands (reckoned seven in num∣ber, others adding six more thereto) do vent their excellent Wines into all Europe; also Sugars, transported by the Spanish and ••alian Merchant, from the Stapela, into other places. All Spain follow the Romish Church (with those particular Provinces and Islands he possesseth, or claimeth) and the Protestant Religion is so hated there, that they have set up cruell Inquisitions, lest it should get any belief among them; (for which cause, as not the least, the King of Spain perhaps is called by the Pope, the Catho∣lick King) yea, the people of the Canaries, who formerly wor∣shipped the Sun, Moon, and Stars, (which though in Africa, yet here I mention) the Spaniards mastering it in 1404, setled there their Faith with their dominion; so that the Bishop thereof resi∣ding in the great Canaria, hath his Inquisitors of the Faith.

LORRAIN, or Lotharingia, (so called from Lothaire eldest son of Lewis the Gentle) and is a Dukedome distinct from France in Government: whose Religion being according to France; Yet it makes great profit of Azure-stones, and of Pearls fished at the Mountain Vogese, it's foot; also of a matter to make Looking∣glasses, and others: Cassidonie stones for Cups; Horses, besides Linnen Cloath, and transported works: Mines of Silver likewise are beneficial thereto: It's Duke also hath six Salt-pans, yielding him 200000 Crowns yearly.

THe Low-Countries, or Lower Germany, is encompassed with Belgium. Alsatia, Burgundy, and Champagne, (called by Julius Caesar, Gaul-Belgick) is bounded on the North with East-Friez∣land, on the South with Lorrain, &c. and containing seventeen Provinces. Those, and the parts thereof that are under the com∣mand of the Arch-Duke, or house of Austria; their commodities are Silks, Serges, Tapestry-work, Porpasses, and Salmons, barrel∣led and Salted, with abundance of Herring and barrel-Cod. Throughout all these estates, there is none but the Romish Reli∣gion; yet are there a few Towns (chiefly those formerly revol∣ted) where there are not many Protestants, and those not daring to make open profession thereof; being restrained, and ready to be punished if it be known.

THe UNITED-PROVINCES of the NETHER∣LANDS, being a kind of Common-Weal, (with whose Generall Estates the King of Spain, and Arch-Dukes have treated as with Soveraignes) are, Zeland, Holland, Friseland, Utrecht, Gro∣ningue, and thereabouts, Overyssell, Drent, the County of Zutphen, and three parts of Gueldres, with some of Brabant, and Flanders; all which heretofore contributed to the Wars; whose Riches are very great through Sea-traffique, and great customes of fishing∣trade. But their natural wealth is in Horses, Oxen, and Kine,

yielding abundance of Milk for Butter and Cheese, Meedcrap or red Madder. They have also an excellent Art to boil Bay-salt as white as Snow: putting Salt water to the Bay-Salt of Spain and France, and refining it with greater encrease, which they send in∣to all parts of Europe. In all these Countries, they suffering no exercise of the Romish Religion, but the Protestant onely in their Temples, if any be found exercising it in secret (which daily hap∣pens in Utrecht) they are fined. The Protestant Religion entred when Luther, about 1521, preaching against the Pope and his doctrine; Charls the fifth, Emperour, to root Luther's doctrine out of the Netherlands, (having taken good footing) would (after ma∣ny put to death for small causes) have brought in the Spanish in∣quisition; whose son Philip, the better to strengthen an Inquisiti∣on, procured the Pope to erect 14 new Bishopricks there: against which the Provinces opposing; the King of Spain in 1565, made known his pleasure touching Religion: and after the Duke of Al∣vaes comming thither with an Army, and beheading the Earls of Egmont and Horn; also in 1570, seeking to exact the tenth, 20th and 100th penny, he made himself odious to the people: where∣by the Prince of Orange, (who before was forced to leave the Countrey, by the Duke with a great Army) now being invited by some inhabitans, surprised Flushing, Briele, &c. and afterward the Estates declaring against Philip the second of Spain, and ta∣king all the Government on themselves, and amazed at their fa∣vourable successe: they put themselves under Queen Elizabeth of England, her Protection; Whereby they took many places of consequence; and in the end, recovered their Soveraign Au∣thority: who (since) have (for Policy-sake) given liberty to other Professions of Religion: as those of the Separation, Baptists, Jews, &c.

GENEVA (pleasantly scituated within the limits of Savoy to∣wards La Bresse, and being as it were two Towns, thorow which the River Rhosne doth passe) hath the soyl near it fruitful, yielding Corn, Wine, Turneps, and other roots, Melons, all pulse, Barley, Oats, Hay, Apples, Pears, &c. taking goodly fish in the Lake, especially Salmons, Trouts, which they carry to other places. Yet the Inhabitants of Geneva are not very rich, and have enough to do (by toyl) to preserve an honest liberty: taking great pains in printing all sorts of books, making Silks, using (withall) temperance; for sparingnesse is in a manner their greatest reve∣nue: So that they send Cheeses, Capons, and good gold thred into other parts. It makes profession of the Protestant Religion, wherein they were instructed and confirmed by John Calvin and others: Yet their Town is a retrait to all Rome's opposers. They banished the Masse about 1539. Their Ministers being not maintained by Tythes, but a common Treasury.

HELVETIA, or SWITZERLAND, (a Province of Germany, bounded on the West with France, on the North with Lorrein, is so named from one of the 13 Cantons therein, cal∣led Switz) is a Nation even united into one body by confedera∣tion and intelligence, whom none hath attempted to invade; or if he hath, without effect: To whom also the three leagues of the Grisons are allied. Its scituation hinders it from being a rich Country; yet it nourisheth all the Inhabitants, whose sparing is a good revenue; they also sometimes make much money of feeding their cattle, and pasture; and Wheat is sold at Zurich in great abundance; the River Rhyne is commodious for Basil's con∣course of Merchants, from whence many printed books are car∣ried into all parts of Europe. Of these Cantons, some are in Reli∣gion wholly Romanists, others altogether Protestants; some mixt. The first that received the Protestant Religion, was the Canton of Zurich, which they say, was through discontentment for want of pa••, pretended due to them from Pope Julius the second, (for Nature and necessity having fashioned and applyed the Swisses to arms, neighbour Princes pay dear for their alliance,) incited thereto by Zwinglius: So that in 1526, they abolished the Masse there; and in 1528, it extending it self to the Cantons of Fri∣bourg and Basil after long dispute before the Senate at Bearn; they overthrew their Images, and rooted out the Masse of the Grisons: they of Grise are most Catholiques, the rest almost all Protestants. But its lawful for every one among them to follow what Religion he please; yet many times the Protestants insult over the Pa∣pists: for though themselves have; yet they will not suffer Pa∣pists to have any strangers, Priests: they of the Country being al∣so subject to outrages.

SAVOY (confined on Bresse and Switzerland, the chief City whereof is Chamberie, the Seat of the Duke when sojourning here,) being a Dutchy, contains under it the Earldom and Coun∣try of Maurienne, with the Marquisate of Suse; Piedmont, and the County of Nizze; it confines upon the North with the Swis∣ses of Bearn and Frtbourg. Savoy hath great store of Corn in the Valleys, and much pasture in the Mountains, which are many and great; in some places very good wine, and some Lakes abound∣ing with fish: yet it makes little money of any thing sent to for∣reign parts. But Piedmont sends forth Corn, Cattle, much Hemp, store of Rice, Cheese, Wine, Paper, Fustian, and raw Silk. In which, the Armies of France and Spain continuing 23 years with great garrisons of either side, they never wanted victuals. In the Valley of Ost, are Mines of gold and silver. They of Salusses, trade with Provence in Iron and Cattle. There is also within the Provinces trade of Cloath, Arms which they make, Hides, Oyl, Wine, all sorts of Fruits, Pulses, store of Thred, coorse cloath of many kinds, saltfish, some small excellent Honey, Firr-Trees for

Masts. Their Religion is generally Romish: for from this Duke's obedience, Geneva retired in the year 1535. Yet there are Pro∣testants in his Dominion, on whom he ravened cruelly like a Wolf, in 1645.

ROME (the Metropolis of Italy, built on seven hills, and the Pope's Seat) hath belonging to the Churche's estate, (so called) the Countries of Ferrara, Bolognia, Romagnia, Ancona, Um∣bria, Sabina Perugia, part of Tuscanie, the Patrimony, Latium or Cam∣pania of Rome; which abound so in Corn, and all Commodities, as any want scarce happens through defect of the soyl; it being divided into Plains and Mountains. It furnisheth other Countries with Corn, Wine, and Oyl. Its Religion is known, for it is the head of the Papacie.

FLORENCE; whose Dukes (having united the Common∣wealth of Pisa and Syena with that, into one) do possesse the greatest and goodliest part of Tuscanie: in which though the State of Florence want Wheat, (otherwise very fruitful in wine, flesh, and other necessaries) yet that of Syena, not onely supplyeth Flo∣rence its necessity, but sometimes relieveth other places: so that Syena's Inhabitants are rich in rents: and that of Florence, through industry, whose City is full of Artificers of all sorts, making di∣ligently and workmanly, Serges, Silks, and cloath of gold and silver; they exercise chiefly the art of Silk and Wooll. All the Inhabitants of this State are Romish Catholiques; they of Syena being the more devout.

THe Dukedome of URBIN (about 60 miles long, and 35 broad) confines, yea intermixes with the estate of the Church; which City Urbin, is one of the ancientest of Italy, about which the Territory is exceeding good, and generally fertile. This Estate having plenty of all things needful for the life of Man, a good part whereof lying on the Adriatique shoar, is of great pro∣fit for bringing many things thither from all parts. Their Reli∣gion is undoubtedly Romish.

THe Dukedome of MANTOVA or MANTUA, is all that which antiently belonged to the Duke of Tuscanie; with the Marquesdome of Montferrat, greater than that. Its City Mantua in Lombardy beyond the River Po, being built 60 years before the Trojan War. Mantova yields all sorts of Fruits. Mont∣ferrate is uneven, but yields all necessaries, and in some places store of Wheat, Wines, and other Fruits: yet this Dukedome is not able to make any great Traffique, or grow by their Commodities. Its Religion is Romish.

THe Dukedome of FERRARA or MODENA, (out of which, the pope (pretending the City Ferrara to be a fee of the Church) thrust Don Caesar Alphonso (the Duke thereof, his base son, after his Father's death) hath the Territory about Modena abounding with Corn, Beans, and other necessaries, with excellent wine. Reggium's soil is also exceeding fertile of Wheat, Barley, Beans, &c. with white wines: which two Towns are reasonably rich.

LUCA (scituate in Tuscanie, and so called of Lucumon King of the Tuscanes) is a Common-wealth, whose Territory, al∣though of small extent, yet the soyl is good, and yields much to the owners. The Citizens of Luca using great Traffique, chiefly in Silk, excelling also in making cloath of gold, many private men are exceeding rich. The Common-wealth being but small, is not rich: The foundation whereof is the Councel of 160, and (most commonly) 120 Citizens.

THe Common-wealth of GENOA (properly called Lugu∣ria beyond Po, to distinguish it from Liguria on this side Po, which is Montferrat,) extends about 160 miles: for the most part rough and hilly, and (as Strabo saith) in old time very bar∣ren. But being now better manured, there is great store of very good Wine and Oyl, some years 20000 barrels. The whole Country is pleasant by reason of Citrons, Oranges, Palmes, Le∣mons, and other Trees: which Citrons, &c. with their oyl, yield them much profit. There were huge Trees, as at this day, which they (making ships of) robbed and spoyled to Gibralter straits. But now (shaking off their brutishness) they are very industrious, quick-witted, and subtile. The Corsicans which belong to the Ge∣nevois, carry wine to Rome, and being much esteemed, they re∣ceive great sums for it. There growes in this Island and Genoa little grain. Yet Corsica abounds in honey, wax, rosin, oyl, and figgs; store of Box. It breeds strong horses, full of courage. There are also Salt-pits. A kind of Ram there is also called Muffolt, haired like a Goat instead of Wooll. The Genevois and Corsicans are all Romish Catholiques, as the other forementioned.

THe Common-wealth of VENICE (whose chief Magi∣strate is called Duke, admirable among all the Towns of Europe, whose City is strangely and securely scituated in the most inward part of the Gulph of the Adriatick,) doth hold in Lombardy and the Marquisate, besides Venice, 6 great, rich, and populous Towns, besides many goodly places and Castles. They are Ma∣sters almost, of all Friuli and Istria, the last Province of the North side of Italy. They command also, almost all the shoar and Island of Dalmatia and Sclavonia. In the mouth of the Adriatick-Sea, (likewise) the Isle of Corfeu, and the Islands of Cefalonia, Zante, Ce∣rigo,

and Lucerigo; the Isle of Zarra in the Archipelago; and be∣yond these, Candie. There are within the verge of this Signiory, all necessaries for sustenance, as well as barrennesse. Candie's fruitful Valleys, and goodly Cyprus Trees, with other Timber for ships, are known. It drawes yearly in time of peace from the Estates subject unto it, two millions of gold. The Venetians, with all their Subjects in Italy, are firm Romish Catholiques; but Cor∣fou's Inhabitants follow the religion of the Greeks, accounted Schismaticks, whom they impeach not therein, for fear of a mu∣tiny: yet the Signiory hath curbed them by a Fort and Garrison. In Candie also the people do wonderfully hate the Latines name and religion; yet some of them are affected to the Roman Church.

THe Common-wealth of RAGOUSE (being a City sci∣tuated on the Gulph of Venice in Sclavonia, the ancient Dal∣matia, and called in old time Epidaurum, of which name, there were three Towns along the Sea, between Venice and Corinth,) maintains it self in liberty, paying 14000 Zequins yearly to the Turk; and as much more in Presents and lodging of Turks. It hath a small Territory on the firm Land; but some small Islands reasonably good, lying betwixt Curzole and the gulph of Catarro. The soyl is barren; but the Ragousans through much labour be∣stowed, have oyl, wine, and excellent fruits. They have a Val∣ley, that makes a Lake at Winter, which nourisheth fish so fat, as to fry without oyl: wherein at Spring, the waters drying up, they sow Corn, growing abundantly: so one place yields them fish and corn in one year. And among divers Sea-industries, they make their Trees bring them Oysters, by bending down their boughs, and staying them under water with stones: so that in two years time, there are a multitude fastened thereto: yet but in a manner good to eat the third year. In their Island Gravosa, are many gardens of Orange, Lemon, and Pomgranate-Trees. The Country about Ragouse is scarce able to maintain them, though they live sparingly; their greatest wealth growes by great Traf∣fique. They are in Religion all Romanists. The City hath a Bishop ordinarily there residing. Also three Overseers of the Ca∣thedral, who continue therein during life, and may be Rectors, Counsellors, Treasurers, and other Officers.

GERMANY the Great, Upper, or that scituate beyond Rhene, is called by the French at this day Almanie or Almaine: one Nation thereof, who being scituated at the Fountains of Da∣nubius, have their name from the word man, as in Norman, Herman, &c. or from the River Alemon. It was included under the Ro∣man Empire, which extended it self far and near, till Leo the third (the Empire being before translated from Rome to Constantinople, by Constantine the Great, the Mahometan's sect and arms afflicting it on every side; the West part being ruined, and the East so

weakened, as hardly could defend it self,) well considering, (be∣sides the Emperours of Greece nourishing impieties, and account∣ed heresies) gave the Empire of the West to Charlemain, King of France, in the year 800, (the Venetians being free) who, some say, transported the Empire to the Germans, Charls being a German by bloud and Nation, as all the Francks which came into Gaul, were of Francony a Province thereof. The Countries which acknow∣ledge this Emperour, are Alsatia, High and Low; Wittemberg, Francony, Suevia, or Suaube, the highest part of all Germany, in which Country the spring or head of Danubius is, Bohemia, which lies within Germantes limits; Moravia, Bavaria, commonly cal∣led Bayerne; Austria, or Osterland, that is, the East Countrey, (whose chief City is Vienna) the Country of Tirol, Stiria, antient∣ly Valeria, Carinthia, commonly called Kaerndren, two Carnioles the one called Drie, vulgarly, Underkrain: the other, Oderkrain, Westphalia taken by some for the true and ancient Saxony. The Dutchy of Cleves, the Country of Juliers or Gulich; the Lantgrave of Hessen, Turinge, the Palatinate, containing 48 Towns, whereof Heidelberg is the chief; High Saxony, whose chief Town is Wittem∣berg on the River Elb; base or low Saxony, whose chief Town is Alba. The Marquisate of Brandenburg divided into two parts; the Marquess residing at Berlin; the County of Mansfield a part of old Saxony, Lusatia, Silefia, Misnia, the Dutchy and Bishoprick of Liege, the Archbishoprick of Treves, commonly called Trier. whose chief Town Treves, is one of the most ancient in the world. Holsatia, (which belonging to the King of Denmark, must be par∣ticularly discoursed of) also Bescancon, an Imperial Town in Bur∣gundy, sometime called Chrysopolis, that is, a golden City. Al∣though Tacitus writes, the ayr is troublesome; and Seneca, that it is alway winter: yet the ayr is reasonably mild and temperate, some∣what cold, making them healthy and strong. Its soyl bears wheat, barley, rye, oats, and all kind of grain and pulse in abundance; the fields fertile, and the Meadowes bearing much grasse. Also there is many silver, copper, iron, lead, and other Mines; yea, of gold in some places. Also fair Gardens, and Orchards very plea∣sing; VVines also, called High-Country Wine, very good and choyse. Germany must needs be rich, who, besides these, are gi∣ven much to the trade of Merchandise, and giving themselves to divers Arts and Trades, whereby they make wonderful and rare works, They have great and Navigable Rivers; likewise Foun∣tains and Pits of salt-water, whereof they make excellent Salt. Unto their Fairs (especially those of Franckford) Merchants come from all parts of Europe, and sometimes out of Asia and Africa. Through the late divers years depopulating-wars, their Country in many places was ruined, and much spoyled, and trade hinder∣ed. But now there is opportunity (through a concluded peace) of restoring and enjoying both. It's much divided in Religion, some are Papists, some Lutherant, others Calvinists. Pope Leo sending forth his Pardons and Indulgencies about 1517, Luther, an Au∣gustine

Frier exclaimed against the Clergies dissolutenesse and excesse: writing also books against the Masse, and the Church of Romes superstitions, and against the disordered life of the Pope and his Clergy, against justification by works, as being by Faith onely; whose doctrine was soon embraced and followed by di∣vers Princes, and free Townes of Germany; Most of whose Princes follow Calvin or Luthers profession, (differing in some points, not here to be named particularly) Calvin being followed by the Pala∣tinates of Rhine, those of Strasburg, and most Sea-Townes. Mun∣ster had many called Anabaptists, who were extinct, and the Town as formerly.

HUNGARY, (so named from the Huns or Hongres, a Scythian people that dwelt there, and divided upon the North from Polonia and Russia, by the Mountain of Carpatia) is a Realm embra∣cing also that part of Dacia, called Transilvania, it being environ∣ed with high Hills and Woods, as with Walls, which notwith∣standing hath Vayuods, or Princes of its own, not obeying Hunga∣ries King. It's chief City is Buda, in the Turks possession, with the best part thereof. It is (by nature) provided for of all things, for there grows all sorts of grain, and divers fruits, in abundance: it brings forth Corn (in a manner) without tillage, and the Wheat changeth every third year to a better kind. It yields also divers forts of VVines, some whereof are very wholesome, and excellent as them of Candy. It so abounds in Oxen and Sheep as is admi∣rable: also great store of Hares, Fallow Deer, Goats, &c. Like∣wise divers forts of birds, as Goshauks, Partridges, and Pheasants, store of Fish in Rivers, Veins of Gold, Silver, Copper, Steel, and Iron, also they find Gold in the sand of Rivers; there is a lit∣tle Tin and Lead. It abounds in Mineral Salt at Maromarusia, and other places, they cutting it like a stone: there is a Fountain whose water falling on the ground, turns into a stone. Yet we cannot say this Realm is very rich, as not much given to Arts and Trades, but practising Arms, and strong in war. That great part of the Country which the Turks are Masters of, is not so well-ma∣nured, nor yielding so plentifully as formerly. As to Religion besides Mahometanisme, which by reason of the Turks, is much di∣spersed, there are many opinions; all those that are in Germany, and also Arrianism hath got footing, and Atheism crept in. The Towns under the Turk have little of that accounted Heresy: the Christians much, for those called Hereticks are in fear of being impaled by the Barbarians, if too insolent.

POLONIA, or POLAND, (so called from its Plains, in their Language named Poles, scituate from Moravia to∣ward the East, and in a manner separated from Silesia, by the Ri∣ver Odera, and whose chief City is Cracovia) is at this day bigger then ever: Lituania, and Livonia, having been added to that King∣dome; so as from Silesia to Muscovy, it conteins almost 120 Ger∣mane

Leagues, and as much from Livonia to Hungary. Its cli∣mate being cold, they have neither Olives nor Vines; but it abounds in all other things which the Earth is accustomed to bring forth; also in all sorts of Cattle, and in Fish; so that re∣more Countries tast of her fruitfulnesse. It conteins great Pro∣vinces, Poland, High, and Low, Livonia, Lituania, Samogithia, Ma∣sovia, Volhinia, Podolia, Russia the black, and according to some, the Red, or Southern, Podlassia, Pomerania, Prussia, which some call Borussia now divided into two parts, one belonging to the Duke or Marquesse of Brandenburg, Albert being the first thereof; the other to the King of Poland; of whose part, Mariemburg is the chief Town: a little above which, the River Vistula dividing it self, makes an Island excellent for fertility, and a great number of Villages and houses. Some place Dantzick in Prussia, much estee∣med for shipping, and abundance of all Merchandise brought by Sea from the West and North parts, and by land, and by Vistula, running thorow the midst thereof. They make much money of their Honey, Wax, Flax, Hemp, Beeves, Sheep, Horses, and Bu∣gles. But their greatest profit grows by the Salt-pits of Ocen, Vi∣liguse, and divers parts of Russia; likewise of Azure, and of Mines, of Amber gathered on the shoar with little Nets, by men going naked into the Sea. John Huss, his opinion began at the first to disperse it self thorow the Countries subject to this Crown, which Ladislaus violently opposed; For, refusing the offered Crown of Bohemia, and making a decree in a general Diet against it, he stopped its passage out of Bohemia into Poland, Sigismund also for∣bidding young men to go and study at Lipsie, and Wittemberg, in the time of Luthers doctrine, somewhat stayed the course thereof. But the Provinces near the Baltick Sea, participate much with the opinions of Germany: those confining with Silesia, Moravia, and Hungary, of their neighbours heresies: those advancing towards South and East, for the most part of the Grecians, and are not free from the opinions of the times.

DENMARK, or Danemark, or the Danes Country (so cal∣led from Dan, the first Lord thereof, long before Christ, which is bounded on the West by the Germane-Sea, towards the North by Norway; and whose Kings seat, and chief City is reck∣ned Haffnie or Copenhagen) consists of many parts, besides the Islands near them; Jutia, or Jutland, is called the Cimbrick-Chersonesse, or almost an Island, first inhabited by the Cimbrians, the Bishoprick of Rip, Arrhus, Vandalia: Weynsysell, or Vensilia; that is, the land or seat of the Vandalls, South Jutia, called Nordalbinge, compre∣hending, the Dukedome of Schleswick, (taking its name from the chief Town) and the Dukedome of Holsatia, so named from abun∣dance of Wood, (therein) called Holt in the Germane tongue: Scania, a great Province, and joyning to Denmark by an Arm of land onely, which some call Scandanavia, instead of Scondania, that is, the pleasant Dania; The Islands of Seeland, or Sialand, the

greatest of those of Denmark, in which Copenhagen stands: Fiona commonly Fuynen, taking its name of its beauty, and for what it yields, ninety Islands being comprehended under it, lying South∣ward, and most habitable; Tassing, or Tossing, a chief one among others; Aroe with divers Islands neer it; Also the Island of Huene, in which is the Castle of Uranibourg, full of Mathematicall instru∣ments, very admirable and sure. The little Isle Malmogie, but very good. Norway, (which is subject also to the King of Denmark, though once a flourishing Realm) and borders on Denmark upon the South; upon the North, Lapland; its Metropolis was in old time called Trondon, now Trundtheim, and reduced to a Burrough, the chief Town now of traffique, and where the Governour and Bishop remain, is Berg, or Bergue. Iceland (which some taking for Thule, are contradicted by divers others) is scituate not under the first Meridian, but eight degrees beyond it; It's a hundred Ger∣mane leagues long, and 65 broad, whose inhabitants have Moun∣tains instead of Towns, exceedingly cold, and mostly unmanured, especially toward the North; whose vehement winds suffer nought to grow. It's frozen eight Moneths, yet many places full of heat and fire underground, by an Antiperistasis of cold stopping the pores of the Earth. Jutia sends much Cattle, Butter, Cheese, Tal∣low, Hides, and many Horses into other parts, making much mo∣ney of Fish, especially Herrings. Holsatia sends forth many Hor∣ses. Fionia makes great profit of Fish, and Wheat, chiefly Rye and Barley, also they send forth many Horses, and Oxen. Scania vents store of Fish, Silver, Copper, and Lead; Gothland, much Wheat, Cheese, Butter, Skins, Firre-Trees for Masts, and much Lime. Norway hath much money for the Fish Berg, very delicate, also for God, goodly skins, Butter, Tallow, Hides, fat of Whales, Tarre, Rafters, Masts, and boards. The King of Denmark main∣tains Luthers Doctrine throughout his Dominions, for Christiern the second, giving passage thereto into Swethland, caused it to be dispersed over all Denmark, being soon discovered after his return from Sweden, to be a Lutheran; but was expelled by his Sub∣jects, with his Wife and three Children in 1523. Yet Christiern who succeeded him, marrying the Duke of Saxonies Sister, Lu∣ther's favourer, gave himself wholly to root out the Romish Reli∣gion, which he easily effected.

THe Realm of SWEDEN, (belonging formerly to Sigis∣mond King of Poland, having Norway for its bounds on the West, whose chief City is Stockholm) comprehends the Dutchy of Finland, Gothland, Boddia, or Bothnia, a part of Lapland, Stricfinia, a part of Corelia, the Islands Alandes, and some others of small esteem, so that those that have gone the length and bredth of Swe∣den, hold it much greater then all Italy and France, Lapland, and Finland being added. Sweden it self is the most fertile Province of all those of the North, bearing great store of grain; there is much Honey, Silver, Copper, Lead, Steel, and Iron, abounding wonder∣fully

in fish; seldome any beggars seen among them. Yet in ma∣ny places (through the cragginesse of the Mountains, moistnesse, and moorishnesse, it is more barren. The Ayre is commonly pure, nor the cold so violent as some perswade themselves; they live (most commonly) long, attaining an hundred and thirty, and an hundred and fourty years, especially on the Mountains, and pla∣ces more toward the Northern winds. They take store of very great Bugles. Gothland abounds in Corn, Cattle, pasture, horses, Fish, Lead, Iron, and Silver, Latten, and in one place good Iron. Finland is more pleasing then Sweden, and yields more Corn, being mostly in plains. Bothnia is not very fruitful, having many beasts with excellent skins, and much Fish. Lapland hath no Corn, but White Bears, and Ermines: Raine-Deer, for Horses, as big as a Mule; who will draw little Carts an hundred and fifty Miles in a day and night: they have night three Moneths together in win∣ter, with a few hours little light. King Gustave brought Luthers Doctrine into Sweden, seizing upon what goods of the Church he pleased. Yet Calvinism was received by Charls his third son, who was Duke of Vermeland, Sudermania, and Nericia: Henry, Gustaves succeslour, opposed not himself. John his brother succeeding him, was of another opinion, but durst not discover himself. Yet his Wife Katherine the King of Polands daughter, made him observe many Catholique customes. Yea the Queen (who had free exercise of her Religion) obtained some Jesuites for the people, in credit till her death, in one thousand five hundred eighty three. But they being soon after expelled, few remain of the Romish Re∣ligion. Charls uncle to Sigismund, John, and Katherine's son, usur∣ping his Nephews Realm of Sweden, wholly advanced Cal∣vin's Doctrine; yet there are many of the Lutheran's remain∣ing.

MUSCOVY (lying in the midst of Russia the White) from whence all the Estates of this Empire draw their name, and are confined by Lithuania on the South, Livonia and Finland on the West; its chief City as of the whole Empire is called Mus∣kuva or Mosko, whose houses are most of wood; it's great, but ve∣ry myrie. The length of this Empire is 3000 miles, the breadth 1500; the longest day in the most Southerly part being but 16 hours and a half: but in the most Northerly 22 hours and a half; it's part in Europe, part in Asia. So that considering what it con∣tains, he might have a higher style than they commonly give him, which is, The great Duke or Knez of Muscovie: yet when they are sufficiently informed of the Countrie's yielding him obedi∣ence, they term him Emperour, and give him as much honour as ever was done to any Prince. The Provinces besides Muscovia it self, are the Dutchy of Volodimer, and Base Novograd, in which are two Towns of wood, of the same names: the Province of Rezan, the Dutchy of Vorotina; the Province of Severe, very great, con∣taining many Towns: the Province of Smolensko, (scituate on the

river Neper or Borysthenes) taken from Poland's King by Basilius the great Duke, whose chief Town is Smolensko. Mosaiski, taken from King Alexander of Poland, by John Basilius his predecessour. Biele or Bielski, with a Town of the same name upon the River Opske: the Dutchy of Roschove, whose Town stands upon the fa∣mous river Volgas. Tuver, one of the greatest in Russia, whose Town Tuverde is greater and statelier than Mosko. Plescovia or Pleskonia, its chief Town being Pleskouu, powerful and walled, which the other Towns want. Novogrod the great, the greatest Dutchy of Russia, taking its name from Novogrod, the greatest and richest Town of all towards the North. The Country of Volske or Votske, the Province of Corelle, extending to the frozen Sea, so as they have not any dark night. Bieleiezioro or Biolysero, having a Town so called, in whose impregnable Fort the great Duke commonly lodges his Treasure, and whither he retires, when pres∣sed by enemies. Volokde, the Dutchy of Jaroslave, with a Town and Castle so called, on the river Volga; also the Principality of Rostonu; the Province of Duvine, so called from the river water∣ing it, which comes from two rivers, Duvine in the tongue signi∣fying two. The Sun in the Summer Solstice shines there 21 hours and a half, but two hours and a half in the winter solstice. The Province of Susdali, having a Bishop's See; but now (through the Tartars incursions) in a manner desart. The province of Vuiathka, which was taken from the Tartars by the great Duke Basilius. Per∣mia, having a Town of the same name on the river Vischore. Jugre or Jugaria, from whence the Hungarians coming, seized on Pan∣nonia, calling it from Jugaria, Hungarie. Petzore, very long bend∣ing to the frozen Sea, whose longest day is 22 hours. The Cnere∣misses are also under him, and Nordues; other Northern Coun∣tries acknowledg him, as Obdore, Condore, Culomorie, and Lappia; likewise certain Hoords of Tartarians, as Casan, &c. They have great store of skins of Elks, Staggs, Bears, Wolves, and Sables, which they sell into Europe, also Flax and Hemp. They send great store of Corn towards the Caspian and Euxine Seas, besides Iron, Wax, Tallow, Wood, Ashes, whereof they sell abundance to strangers. Nicholas Port is of great Traffique, whither the En∣glish trade much. They exchange the Commodities of their Country for cloath, which the Armenians bring to Astracan, and the English to Nicholas Port. The Knez his riches may easily be conjectured great, he being Lord and absolute Master of all things. They received Religion from the Greeks in 987, or 942, in the which although persisting, yet they have added (in time) many superstitions. They say, themselves and the Greeks are onely true Christians: that the Romans and others are fallen from the primitive Church: They celebrate their Masse and ceremonies in their own language, which is the Sclavonian tongue; they suffer not Jews to live among them. Processions are very fre∣quent there, and though it be exceeding cold, yet they go far. They never passe before a Monastery, Temple, or Crosse, (where∣of

the streets are full) but horsemen (alighting) and footmen also, kneel down, making the sign of the Crosse, saying thrice, Miloy Hospodi, or Lord have mercy upon us. It's lawful for Priests to mar∣ry but once. They deny Purgatory, yet pray for the deceased faithful. They hold it not lawful to celebrate any Councels, but the first seven, whence growes their discord with the See of Rome. They have a Metropolitan, to whom they attribute as much as Papists do to the Pope: and without whose advice, the Prince de∣termines not of any important thing; yet they say, the Metropo∣litan should depend on the Patriarch of Constantinople. The Prince strictly observes all Ceremonies of their religion: for when they change a dish at Table, or give him drink, he makes many signs of the crosse. He fails not at any fast, and beats the ground with his fore-head through devotion, as the rest do, especially at the elevation of the Sacrament.

The Nordovois on Muscovie's frontiers use circumcision; wor∣shipping no Idols, as the Pagans, nor are they baptized; worship∣ing one onely God Creator of all: going into the field, (which is seldome) they eating and drinking together, offer to God the first of all, casting it against Heaven, as of any thing they ga∣ther.

DACIA (bounded on the West with Hungary, and so na∣med from the Daci first inhabiting it after the Moesi, who gave them place) is divided into Transylvania, Moldavia, Walachia, Servia, Rascia, Bulgaria, Bosnia.

TRANSILVANIA (of which before in Hungary) whose chief Town is Alba Julia, was committed unto Bethlem-Gabor by the Sultan Achmet, after the death of Gabriel Batour, who succeeded Justine Botscay, in 1609.

MOLDAVIA (scituated on the North end of Transylvania, whose chief City is Occazonia) was utterly subjected (in 1574) to the Turks by Selimus the second; which revolting and combining with the Transylvanian and Walachian, they have since prosecuted it with great alteration. To this belongs little Bessa∣rabia, between Mount Hoemus South, and Lithuania North; so called from the Bessi, whose chief Town is Kilim, made a Turkish Province, in 1485.

WALACHIA, to be called Flaccia, from Flaccus, who planted here a Roman Colonie, seated between Transylva∣nia and Danubius: The chief City being Sabinium. It abounds in all necessaries for the life of man: Mines of gold, silver, and iron; Salt-pits, wine, Cattle, chiefly a number of good and great horses, pure refined brimstone; it joyned with Moldavia, upon Amurath the third's requiring the tribute of 60000 Ducats to be doubled, in 1594.

SERVIA (lying between Bosnia and Rascia) whose chief Ci∣ty is Stoniburg, once the Despot's seat distinct from Rascia, lying between Servia and Bulgaria, which had also a Despot of its own. But one George, a Christian by profession, and Turk by affection, being Despot of both, and the Turks tributary, after his son Laza∣rus his death, who succeeded him, Mahomet united them to his Empire in 1454.

BULGARIA (having on the West, Rascia; on the South, Thrace; whose Mother-City is Sophia, now the Turkish Beg∣lerbeg's seat of Greece) is so called from the Scythians of Bulgar, who conquered it; who were bitter enemies to the Christians, till the King thereof, with all his people, were baptized in 868; over which Theophylact was chief Bishop. It was of a Kingdom made a province by the Turk in 1396.

BOSNIA, so called of the Bossi of Bulgaria, and bounded on he East with Servia, its chief City is Cazachium. It was erected a Kingdom in 1420, and not long after, Stephen the King, being taken and flayed alive, by Mahomet the great, it was turned into a Mahometan Province in 1464.

SCLAVONIA (having Hungary on the North; on the West, part of Italy; so called from the Sclavi; before, Illyri∣cum, a couragious, proud, and stubborn people) is now divided into Illiris, Dalmatia, and Croatia.

Illiris (whose general name is now given to one part thereof, and commonly called Windismarch) is bounded on the East with Danu∣bius, whose chief City is Zatha on Danubius, and now a member of Hungary.

Dalmatia, having on the East the River Drinus; on the West, Croatia, (for whose Town Zara or Jadara (standing on the Sea∣shore) there hath been great Wars betwixt the Hungarians and Venetians) (as of great importance) its Inhabitants were the Dal∣matiae, whose Metropolis was Dalminium on Drinus. It was made tributary to the Venetians, upon their new Lords the Hungarians ravishing some Venetian Damosels. But now is divided between the Turk and Venetian who yet hath the greatest part.

Croatia, called antiently Liburnia and Valeria, and having on the East Dalmatia, whose chief City is Gardiska, on the River Sa∣vus. The Croatians are corruptly called Corbats; it is entituled a Dukedome; but subject both to the Austrians and Venetians, who entred it in 1007. These three Countries thus called Sclavonia, use their own Sclavonian tongue, and is observed to be used by all the Turkish Emperours, Captains and Souldiers. The Country is most fit for grazing; whose Sheep and other Cattle bring forth young twice a year, the sheep being shorn four times. They are by outward profession of Religion, Christians, following the Greek Church.

GREECE (so called from Graecus, who founded Athens, and accounted the Mother of Arts and Sciences, except the Ma∣thematiques) was given a name onely to the Country about At∣tica, till the Macedonian Empire had swallowed up the other Com∣mon-wealths; but now including Peloponnesus, Achaia, Epirus, Alhania, Macedonia and Thessalie, Migdonia, and Thrace, beholds Italy on the West; the Aegean-Sea, &c. on the East. The Greeks were diversly called, Achivi, Myrmidones, &c. They were once brave men for war, learning, virtue, government and behaviour; for which, they scornfully called other Nations Barbarians; now most fit for the Graecians themselves, being unconstant, illiterate, uncivil, riorous, and lazie. They spake Greek, whereof there were 5 dialects. The Common, Attick, Dorick, Aeolick, Io∣nick. Peloponnesus is a Peninsula, tyed to the main land, but with an Isthmus of 6 miles broad, so called of Pelops, and 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉, which signifies an Island. It contains 6 Provinces; Elis, having Arca∣dia on the East, whose chief City is Elis; another is Olympia, where was the Statue of Jupiter Olympicus 60 cubits high; in honour of whom, the Olympick games were begun by Hercules. Messenia, having Elis on the North, whose Metropolis is Messene, wherein Menelaus (Helena's husband, who occasioned Troy's destruction) reigned. Arcadia, (so named from Arcas, formerly Pelasgia) which hath Elis and Messenia on the West; Its chief City being Psophis. Laconia, on the West of which lyeth Arcadia; whose chief City is Lacedemon, once a famous Common-wealth by means of the Laws of Lycurgus, which being kept almost 700 years, it flourish∣ed all the while. They were accounted the chief of all the Grae∣cians: But the Athenians beginning to eclipse their glory by con∣quest in Asia, they warred against them, and after many losses took and dismantled the City. Argolis, denominated from its chief City Argos, built by King Argus, and bounded on the South with Laconia; in which was born Agamemnon, Captain of the Greek Army before Troy, in which Army were 69 Kings carried over by 1224 ships. Achaia Propria, having Elis, Arcadia, and Argolis on the South. Its chief City is Corinth, at the foot of the Acro-Corin∣thian hills, built and named by Corinthus the son of Pelops; which flourishing by reason of its commodious situation, (the Sea wash∣ing its walls on both sides) abused some Roman Embassadours sent them: for which, Lucius Mummius (taking it) burnt it to the ground: and now is of small note, and called Crato. Peloponnesus was conquered by the Turk in 1460.

ACHAIA (once named Hellas, from Helles, Deucalion's son) is divided into Attica, which hath on the West, Megaris, whose chief City Athens being built by Cecrops, was called Cecro∣pia, but took its name from Athena, which is Minerva, famous for three special things: the Citizens inviolable faith, and un∣fained affection: for Schollars, from whose University learning

was dispersed throughout all Europe: for valiant Captains, as Alcibiades, Aristides, Themistocles, Pericles, &c. who notwithstand∣ing dyed in banishment, or violently at home.

Megaris, (having on the South Boeotia) whose chief City is Me∣gara of Megra, where Euclide the Geometrician taught. This Country having shaken off the Cretans, came to a height of pro∣sperity: which lasted not long in that degree; yet were a free people till the coming of the Macedonians.

Boeotia, which hath Attica on the East, taking its name from 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉, signifying an Ox. Its chief City is Thebes, built by Cadmus a Phoenician; in which Town dwelt Pelopidas and Epaminondas, who so crushed the Lacedemonians in two battles, that they never re∣obtained their former puissance. Philip of Macedon first got foot∣ing in Greece, by making this flourishing Common-wealth sub∣mit to his mercy.

Phocis, having Boeotia on the East, (whose chief Town is Cyrra, as also Antycira, famous for its Ellebore very Medicinal for mad∣nesse); in it is, Mount Helicon consecrated to the Muses, also the hill Citheron, both striving with Parnassus, whose two tops even kisse the Clouds.

Locris, bounded on the East with Aetolia, whose chief City is Naupactum, now called Lepanto.

Aetolia, (bounded on the West with Epirus) its chief Town is Chalcis: The Aetolians were the most turbulent people of Greece, never at peace with their Neighbours, seldom with themselves.

Doris, which hath Boeotia on the East; its chief City is Am∣phissa. This people causing Philip to return into Greece: Demosthe∣nes whetting on the Athenians by his biting Philippica against him: their Armies meeting, and the Athenians being vanquished, Philip was made Captain of all Greece.

Epirus, bounded on the North with Macedon, whose Eastern part is called Acarnania; its western, Chaonia; and in which Country Olympias (Alexander the Great his Mother) was born, as also Pyrrhus, who warring with the Romans, it was after his death subdued by Paulus Aemilius, who destroyed 70 Cities thereof in one day; in which is the City Nicopolis, built by Augustus, and Actium, nigh which, he and Anthony fought for the World's Em∣pire.

Albania, bounded on the South with Epirus; in which is the City Albanopolis; and Durazzo at first called Epidamnum, and then Dyrrhachium, under whose Walls was the first bickering between Caesar and Pompey's Souldiers. Its chief City was Croia in George Castriot's time, named Scanderbeg; under whose walls Amurath the second, having with very great losse besieged it, sorrowfully and wretchedly dyed.

MACEDONIA (whose Southern part is Thessaly) is boun∣ded on the East with Migdonia, and called Aemathia from King Aemathus; Hoemonia, from Mount Hoemus; Macedonia, from King Macedo: the first City whereof is Scydra, another is Pella, where Alexander the Great was born. It was never very famous, till King Philip and his son Alexander's dayes.

THESS ALIE, (wherein is the exceeding high Hill Olympus, being by Poets taken for Heaven) in which pleasant and fruitful Country, was scituate the delightful Valley, Tempe, five miles broad, and six long, whose chief City is Tricca, where He∣liodorus was Bishop: another is Pharsalis, nigh which, Caesar and Pompey fought for the Lordship of the World, Caesar being Con∣querour.

MIGDONIA, (having on the North Thrace, and in which is the Hill Athos, 75 miles about; and so high, that its sha∣dow reacheth to Lemnos, 40 miles) its chief City is Stagira, where famous Aristotle was born.

THRACE, now called Romeli or Romania, from Roman Colo∣nies there planted, and Constantinople's being called New Rome; (bounded on the East with Macedon) wherein stands Constantinople, which being built by Pausanias a Lacedemonian Captain 663 years before Christ, was by him called Byzantium; it's in compasse 18 miles, most fitly seated for an Empire; as over∣looking Europe and Asia, and commanding the Euxine-Sea, Propon∣tis, and Hellespont. It was taken by Mahomet the Great Turk, in 1453. Being re-built by a Constantine, called the Great, (there∣fore called Constantinople) the son of a Helena, a Gregory being Pa∣triarch thereof; and it was lost by a Constantine, sirnamed Paleo∣logus, the son of a Helena, a Gregory being also Patriarch. Its people were accounted very bold and valiant, who were called by some 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉, because every one was a law to himself; which had they been of one mind, and under one King, Herodotus saith, they had been invincible; but two brothers striving for the King∣dome, and at last appealing to Philip of Macedon; he taking an advantage, seized on it, and kept it. The Town of Sestos on Hel∣lespont was also in this Country, right over against Abydos, on Asia side, which two places were famous for the love of Hero and Le∣ander; in whose room stands two Castles, who examine all ships passing that way, and receiving the grand Signior's customs.

IN the AEGEAN Sea (which receiveth Hellespont's waters after 40 miles course) also (whether so called from Aegeus, Theseus his father, who here drowned himself; or from Aege, once a chief City in Euboa Island; or that the Islands lye scattering like the leaps of a Goat, from 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉, so signifying,) are divers Greek

Islands, the chief whereof are, Samothracia, where Pythagoras, and Samo a Sybill were born, whose chief Town is Samia.

Lemnos, once called Diospolis, from its two chief Cities Hephe∣stia, wholly decayed; and Lemnos or Myrina yet continuing; where also the soveraign Mineral called Terra Lemnia is digged.

Lesbos, so called of Lesbos, who married Mitylene; of which name is a chief City therein. In this Island, Sappho, who invented the Sapphick verse, Pittacus a wise man of Greece, and Theophrastus a notable Physitian, were born.

Chios, (whether so named from Chione a Nymph, or from 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉, snow; or from Chio (now called Sio) the chief City; so called from the Greek letter Χ, in whose fashion it was built. Herein chiefly or onely groweth the gum Mastich.

Euboa, now Nigropont, which was rent from Achaia's Continent by an Earthquake, between which, is but a little Euripus: the cause of whose ebbing and flowing seven times a day, Aristotle not finding, is said to throw himself into the Sea, with these words; Because I cannot comprehend thee, thou shalt comprehend me. Its chief Cities are Chalcis, once joyned by a bridge to the Continent. Scyros, Achilles his lurking place, sent thither by his Mother, being fore∣warned he should be slain in the Trojan war.

Salamis, nigh Megaris, noted for Xerxes his numerous Navy, overthrown by the Athenians and their Allies. For which Isle al∣so, there was much contending between the Athenians and Mega∣renses.

The Sporades, so called from 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉, to disperse, because they are scattered about the Sea; their number is 12, The principall of which is named Melos, from its much honey.

The Cyclades (so denominated, because they lay in a circle about Delos, the chief of them, noted for the Temple of Apollo, and for not suffering any to die or be born therein) are 53 in number, whereof (besides Delos) these four are remarkable; Samos, where the Tyrant Polycrates lived without any mischance, till (at last) he was mise∣rably put to death by Orontes.

Coos, (but now Lange) in which Hippocrates the reviver of Phy∣sick was born; where also Aesculapius was worshipped: Its chief Town is Coos.

Glaros, but small, whither the Romans were wont to banish delinquents. The 69 Kings at Troy's siege, were Kings but of these small Islands: which stand so close together, that 20 may be seen (in a clear day) at one time; yet are they part in Europe, part in Asia; called also the Islands of the Arches, as being in the sea called Archi-pelagus.

Creet or Candie, (once called Hecatompolis, as having 100 Cities therein, whose Metropolis Candie is much inhabited by the Vene∣tians) which is scituate in the mouth of the Aegean Sea, (in length 270 miles, in breadth 50) was above mentioned in the Venetian Common-wealth, to whom it is subject; whose ancient Inhabi∣tants were much addicted to lying, as appears by Paul's citing

Epimenides words, Tit. 1. v, 12. yet were excellent sailers. The Island is very populous, and fruitfull of Wines, together with Gum, Honey, Sugar, Olives, Dates, Apples, Orenges, Lemmons, Raisins, Mellons, Citrons, Pomegranats; but, through its heat, de∣ficient in Corn; other Islands there are also in this Sea, as Claudi, Dio, and Aegilia.

The chief Islands of the Ionian Sea (named either from Ionius, whom Hercules killing, here drowned, or from the Region Iona, in the utmost part of Calabria, or from Io daughter of Inachus) are, Ci∣thera, now Cerigo, (mentioned before). It was formerly called Por∣phyris, from abundance of Marble therein, and hath a Town of the same name with the Island, out of whose Temple dedicated to Venus, Helena was willingly ravished by Paris, it's also environed with Rocks.

Strophades, being two Islands lying against Messenia, whose ra∣venous birds, the Harpies, were driven away by Zethus and Cala∣nus. They are now inhabited onely by Greek Friers, called Ca∣loyres, that is, good Priests.

Zacinthus or Zant, so called of Zacinthus, son to Dardanus; whose chief City is called also Zant, 60 miles from Peloponnesus, for the Cu∣stome of whose very Currans they pay 18000 yearly Dollars to the Venetians. They being wery frequently troubled with Earth∣quakes, build their houses very low. Over the judgment Hall door of whose City Zant; there are written Latine Verses to this purport—

This place doth hate, love, punish, keep, requite; Voluptuous riot, peace, crimes, Laws th' upright.

THe ECHINADES, little Isles, five in number, onely fa∣mous for the battle of Lepanto. Cephalenia over against Achar∣nania, called at first Melena, then Teleboas; but Cephalenia, from Cephalus. Corcyra, now Corfu, so called from the Virgin Corfu; it's but twelve miles from Epirus; whose chief City Corfu, the Turks have found impregnable through two unaccessible Fortresses on its top, esteemed the chief Bulwarks of Venice, whose two Cap∣tains are sworn during their two years command, to have no con∣verse or intelligence with each other. Ithaca, now Val de Cam∣pare, on the North-East of Cephalonia, in which Ulysses was born. Leucadia, of the white Rocks between it and Cephalonia, its chief City is Saint Maure, most inhabited by Jews. All these Islands (be∣sides this Leucadia, lost to the Turks) have been defended by the Venetians.

THe MEDITERRANEAN Isles, (from the Mediterrane∣an Sea, so called, because it runs in the middle of the Earth, and called by late Writers, the Levant-Seas, (because they are toward the East of France, Spain, &c. Levant, in French signify∣ing the Sun-rising) are; Sicily (of which before in Spain) called at

first Trinacria, for being triangular, it butteth into the Sea with three Promontories. Its narrow Seas between it and Italy, being but a mile and half broad, on each side of which are Scylla, and Charibdis: Scylla being a dangerous Rock on Italy side, and Charib∣dis a devouring Gulf on Sicily side; It is seven hundred miles in compasse, and had seventy two Cities therein, now but twelve. The chief being Palermo, where the Spanish Vice-Roy resides, which stands in Mazara, the Western Province of the three, (in one of whose Cities the Tyrant Phalaris lived, that tortured Perillus another Tyrant, in his omn Brazen Bull which he had made to tor∣ment others in) the other two being Vallis de Noto, and Mona. Malta, (formerly Melita, where Paul shook off the Viper without hurt) is but sixty miles from Sicilia, and as much in Circuit, bar∣ren, as being scituate on a Rock, covered but with three foot of carth; yet there is abundance of Cotton Wooll, and store of Pomegranates, Citrons, &c. It was given to the Knights of the Rhodes, being expelled thence by the Turk, in 1522, who now be∣ing called Knights of Malta, have ever since defended it against the said Turk. They are 1000 in number, and at their admit∣tance into that order, are sworn to defend the Church of Rome, to obey their superiours, live on their Orders revenues, and live chast∣ly. Their great Master, though a Frier, hath a high stile; who is chosen out of the sixteen calied Crosses, who are of great autho∣rity among them.

Corsica, of which in the state of Genoa, was first called Cyrnus, (now Corsica from a Woman of that name) its chief City being Bastia, on the North East, upon a commodious Haven, where Ge∣noa's Governour resides, with a strong Garrison. It's 120 miles long, and seventy broad.

Sardinia, (lying South from Corsica, and but seven miles from it) is divided into Cape Lugudory towards Corsica, mountainous and barren, belonging to the Genoans, and Cape Caligary toward Asrick, larger and fruitfull, appertaining to the Pisans, who disagreeing about their bounds, Pope Boniface the eighth, giving it to James King of Arragon, and his successours; they drove them thence, and made themselves Lords thereof in 1324. Its chief City is Caliaris, built by the Pisans, where the Spanish Vice-Roy hath his resi∣dence. Yet this City is governed by a Councell of its own Citi∣zens.

The Baleares, (so called from the Greek word 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 to cast, be∣cause they were very excellent slingers) are two; Majorca or the greater, which is sixty miles from Spain, and 300 miles in com∣passe, whose chief Cities are, Majorca, a University, and Palma, in which Raymundus Lullius was born.

Minorca, or the lesse, is nine miles from the other; and 150 miles about; whose chief Town is Minorca: both which Islands, (through the Romans teaching them the use of Ferrets) destroyed the multitude of Conies, who undermined their Houses and Walls.

Nigh these are two small ones; Ebuisia, whose chief City is Yvica: Salt is its chief commodity; and Olhiusa, called Frumen∣taria; Both whose men and women, as of an adjoyning Islet, are very good swimmers: Pedro the fourth King of Arragon, united all these four to his Crown, in 1343.

There are also lesse Islands hereabouts; The Vulcanian or Aeo∣lian, being eleven in number; the two chief of whom, are Lipara, from whence the rest are now named.

Vulcania, where Vulcan was worshipped: near these, was the first Sea fight between the Romans and Carthaginians.

The Isles of Naples, being eighteen, the chief whereof are Ischia, whose chief Town is so called: Caprea, and Aena∣ria.

The Ligurian Isles; whereof the principall are Elba, or Ilva; whose chief City Cosmopolis, Cosmi of Medices builded.

Gallinaria, from its many wild Hens, and Giglio.

Gades, or Cales, scituate without the Mouth of the strait of Gi∣bralter (called of old Fretum Herculeum, on whose South-side upon Mount Abiba, Hercules placed his Pillars, on which he inscribed Nilultra, or no farther) as being from Gibal Tariff, a chief leader of the Moors into Spain, then the Western bound of the World; and in which there was a Temple consecrated to Hercules, that great traveller. The English took it (in 1596) in one day.

The Brittish Isles (with those of Zealand, and Denmark) are cal∣led the Isles of the Ocean; of which before.

Little is to be said of the riches or fruitfullnesse of either Bosnia, Bulgaria, Servia, or Rascia, as being for the most part full of Moun∣tains, yielding little; and most of the plains and valleys in Bul∣garia, are full of thick Woods, and its middle part more stony and rough then the rest; but Bosnia hath much Silver Mine, and Servia Mines of Gold. They were of the Religion of the Greeks, in which Countries now Mahometism bears most sway, they being subjected to the Turk.

As for Greece, it formerly exceeded all others in Europe, both for the Ayr's temperature, and goodnesse, and the soils delight∣some fertility, bringing forth all sorts of fruits, and nourishing much Cattle; also Fish abounded in its Sea's and Rivers; with all Plenty and Wealth, for that it was so easily to be arrived at, through its Gulfs, Ports, Isles, Demy Isles and Rivers; and que∣stionlesse, would still yield great profit to the Husbandman, if pains were taken in the tillage thereof: but the Greeks (knowing nothing certainly to be their own, but all subject to the Great Turk and his souldiers) omit the same: yet they transport and send into other parts, Wines, Oyl, Copper, Vitriol, some Gold and Silver, Damasks, Velvets, Grograms, &c.

Pliny commends Thrace for fertility, and its Corn for weight and substance, of which they reap store in divers goodly plains; but it is mostly cold, and in the dayes of Copronymus the Emperour, Thra∣••ius Bosphorus (by which Constantinople is scituated, and which com∣prehends

thirty good Ports in Asia and Europe (though most on Europe side) was (with a part of the great Sea) so frozen, that the Ice was twenty five Cubits thick, (with a great quantity of Snow thereon) and being increased 20 Cubits above the face of the Sea, men might travail, and Waggons laden, out of Europe into Asia, and from Constantinople, to the entry of Danubius, as on dry land) whereby it is not (of it self) a rich soil, nor of a pleasant Ayre, the seeds ripening leisurely, and the Vines and Trees yielding more leaves then juice and fruit. To leave the antient Religion of the Greeks (when, notwithstanding all their humane wisdome) they in a Pagan manner worshipped an unknown God, in various man∣ners, and under the name of divers gods; the Faith of Christ was received in some part thereof (as in Thessalonica) soon after the de∣parture of Christ to the Father, and the spirits Baptism given, as it was in Rome, to which Church Paul wrote also an Epistle; but degenerating from the power into the form of Religion; all the Greeks became Christians in name and profession; who with∣drawing themselves long ago from the Church of Rome, upon some points, as the manner of the administring the Supper, &c. (some of which were mentioned in Muscovy) and not acknowled∣ging the absolute supremacy of the Romane Bishops, set up Patri∣archs, that is, chief fathers of their own, whom they acknowled∣ged for their heads, and spiritual Governours: of which there are four. The Patriarch of Jerusalem over the Greeks of Palestina; of Alexandria, over Arabia and Aegypt: of Antioch presiding over Sy∣ria, Armenia, and Cilicia; of Constantinople, whom the Country and territory of Greece acknowledge, together with Sclavonia, Dacia, part of Poland, the Adriatique and Aegean Ifles, as also Creet, and Cyprus, and Rhodes, of whom in Asia. There are many Caloyers, or Greek Priests or Monks, dispersed over all Greece, where (for a tri∣bute to the Turk) they are permitted free exercise of Religion; yet not without 1000 indignities from the domineering Turks. About 6000 of these Caloyers inhabite Mount Athos, a priviledg formerly granted to them of Basils Order, onely to dwell in; where are Monasteries and Reliques, visited from all parts, also stately and adorned Temples, which Mountain the Greeks as much esteem as the Latines do Rome. They all do something, or exercise some Mechanick Trade, labouring to maintain the whole family, by going out of the Monastery to work. They wear woollen shirts which they make themselves; being apparelled almost like Her∣mites. They are so little given to Learning, ••hat many of them can neither write nor read. If any passe over the Mountain on any occasion, they furnish him with victualls without any money; These the Turks hold in such esteem, that they are very charitable towards them.

A Description of ASIA.

ASIA, which is also called (by the Poets) Lydia, by a Synechdoche of a part for the whole; according to some, takes its name from the Fenne Asia; after others, from Asia the Mother of Prometheus: according to Hippias with Eustathius, from Asius a certain Noble-man: after others, from Asia the fabulous Daughter of the Ocean and Thetys. It is the greatest among all the parts of the world known to the An∣tients, containing from East to West, 130 degrees of the great Circle, taking its beginning from that Meridian, whose distance from the Fortunate or Canary Islands is 70 degrees, even to that Meridian which is distant from the Fortunate Islands 200 de∣grees: which 130 degrees being numbred in the 30th Parallell, which cuts almost thorow the midst of Asia, do make above 1300 German miles. It is the East part of the World, both in respect of Africa and Europe; whence perhaps it is called Natolia, from the Greek word 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉, which signifies the East. It is disjoyned from Europe by the River Tanais, and also by the Euxine and Aegean Sea: but it is disbounded from Africa (not according to some) with the River Nilus: but with the Sinus Arabicus, or bosome of Arabia, and by a line which is brought out from thence into the Mediterranean Sea. It cleaves to Africa by an Isthmus or a piece of land of 18 German miles; and is washed towards the West with the Mediterranean Sea, and is compassed in its other parts with the Eoan, Scythick, and Indian Ocean. It is also divided in∣to the greater and lesse; the lesser is next to Europe; and by a special name called Natolia, and likewise Turcomania, because the Turks hold it all at this day; whose Countries are, Cilicia, Pam∣philia, Caria, Lycia, Ionia, (which with Strabo is strictly called Asia, Lydia. Aeolia, both Mysia's, Phrygia the lesse, and greater, Bithynia and Pontus, Paphlagonia, Cappadocia, Galatia, Lycaonia, Pisidia, and Armenia minor; Greater Asia, is that which is more remote from Europe toward the East, whose chief parts are, 1. Syria, Palestina. 2. Armenia the greater. 3. Chaldea. 4. Arabia, which is three∣fold, Petraea, or the stony; Deserta, or the wildernesse; and Foelix, or the happy Arabia. 5. Persia; and then Tartaria, Hyrcania, Bactriana, Parthia, and lastly, India; which India is divided into the Old and New. The bound of Old India in the East, was the Country of the Sinans; and is divided into that which is within the River Ganges, or the Western: Whose chief or greatest City is Calicut: and into that which is without Ganges, or the Eastern, which is extended even to the golden Chersonesse or Malaqua. The Eastern part of New India, is the Kingdom of Catay or Cathaia, which is called Upper India: but the Southern part is the Coun∣try of the Chinoys, and likewise Japonia, with other parts found out by the Portugals, which embrace the Lower India.

But Asia is divided into five Empires; the Moscovite, part whereof is onely therein as aforesaid: the Ottoman or Turkish; the Persian, the Tartarian; and the Indian. Its Seas are, the Medi∣terranean, and the Ocean; and its chief Rivers, Euphrates, Ganges, and Indus. The greatest Mountain of Asia, and as it were the father of the other Mountains there, is Taurus: which reckoning his ben∣dings and windings, is 6250 miles long, and 375 broad; having divers names in diversity of places, as Caucasus, Sarpedon, &c. and according to some, Imaus: yet Imaus may be accounted a second distinct Mountain in Asia; for although it crosse Taurus even (as it were) with right angles; yet as Taurus divideth (beginning about Caria and Cilicia) the North of Asia from the South: so Imaus (beginning in the North shoar) doth the East from the West: so making Scythia within Imaus, and Scythia without Imaus. Asia (from the beginning) was the most excellent part of the world: both in regard (as is believed by most) of the Creation of mankind there; and also, for all the matter of histo∣ry of the Old and New Testament there done, except a few his••o∣ries of the Apostles: and so because there the true Church was first gathered; because Christ (whose light and life is the Saviour of Mankind) there preached, dyed, and rose again. Likewise for that in the same place, were established the Monarchies of the Assyrians, Persians, Babylonians and Medes. And lastly, because in Asia was the first original of all Nations, as also of all tongues and arts. This indeed was once its dignity and prerogative, but at this day it is a fold for Turks, and other blasphemous and very wicked Gentiles. Its head or chief City was once called Troy; but now the Cities therein are not so fair and decked, unlesse for the astonishing things related of the City Quinsay; which may be reckoned the greatest in the World. And thus much of Asia in general.

ANATOLIA, or Natolia, (called Asia the Lesse, in which were John's seven Churches, to wit, Ephesus, Smyrna, Thyatira, Laodicea, Pergamus, Philadelphia, and Sardis) its first Country to be mentioned is CILICIA, on the South-East; whose chief Ci∣ties are, Nicopalis, built by Alexander the Great, for his victory over Darius of Persia, (its name signifying a City of victory) nigh the straights of Antitaurus, called Pilae Ciliciae; wherein with 30000 he slew 110000 of Darius his men, who were in all 600000. Pompeiopolis, built by Pompey after vanquishing the Pyrats, who spoyled even Italy's Villages it self. Alexandria, built also by Alexander, distinct from that in Egypt, therefore named Alexan∣dretta. And Tarsus or Tarshish, where Paul was born, and whither Jonah would have fled when sent to Nineveh. In the waters also of this Countrie's River, Cidmus, was the Emperour Frederick the First, drowned, when bathing himself.

PAMPHILIA, frontier'd on the East by Cilicia, and part of Cap∣padocia; called (saith one) by the Arabians, Zina. A chief Town tnereof is Perga, in the midst of the Country, where Diana was worshipped. Phaselis, Aetalia is the greatest and strongest of its Towns, being Maritime; and is now called Satalia, giving al∣so her name to the adjoyning gulph. Nigh the River Eurymedon herein, Cymon the Athenian Captain overthrew, first the Sea-for∣ces of the Persians, then their Land-forces, (by attiring his men in the Persians habit, stowed in their taken ships, and waving their colours) in one day.

LYCIA, watered with the River Xanthus, (whence they thereabout were called Xanthi) bordereth on the West of Pamphilia; afterwards called Lycii, from Pandion's son, Lycus, whose chief Town now is Patras: also Phaselis, formerly as much enriched and haunted by Pyrats, as Algiers is now. Before the Romans conquered this Province, they were governed by 23 men chosen out of their 23 Cities.

CARIA (denominated from Cara its King, who invented Augury or divination by birds flying) is on the West of Ly∣cia; whose chief Cities are Mindum, which though but small, had wide gates. Halicarnassus, where Dionysius (who wrote Rome's first 300 years history) was born: also Magnesia, which Xerxes assigned to Themistocles, (when banished) to whom he fled for en∣tertainment: for joy of whom, Xerxes cryed out oft-times in his sleep, Habeo Themistoclem Atheniensem, I have Themistocles the A henian on my side. All which Countries are now called Carama∣nia, from one Caramon, Aladine's Captain, the Zelzuccian. Now a Sanzackship of the Oguzian Turk.

IONIA (which hath been taken for Asia Propria, alone, al∣though that include likewise, Caria, Lydia, Aeolia, and both Phrygia's, and of which Asia, Acts 19.10, 27. must be understood) lyeth on the North of Caria; in which, seven Cities (whereof Smyrna was one) strove for the birth-place of Homer. Ephesus (standing by the Sea-Coast, and said to be now called Figena or Fiena) is also a principall City hereof, to whose Gospel-Church, Paul wrote a lively Epistle: it's accounted also John the Evange∣list's buriall place; wherein also was Diana's Temple, which being contrived by Ctesiphon, and 200 years in building, was for its largenesse, furniture, and workmanship numbred among the Seven Wonders of the World, and was set on fire by Erostratus, (the night that Alexander was born, after 6 times firing before) who did it to make himself famous by doing evil, since he could not by good. These Ionians rebelling against Darius Hystaspis, having before been subdued by Harpagus, Cyrus his Lievtenant, and the Athenians assisting them therein, chiefly moved Darius to in∣vade

vade Greece. Little Doris borders on its South-side; whose chief Towns are Cnidis and Ceraunus. Ionia is now called Sarachan, from one of Aladine's successours, of that name.

LYDIA (which was also called Meonia) took its name either from Lydus a Nobleman, or from Lud, who was Sem's son, and bordereth on the North-East of Ionia, wherein stand the Ci∣ties of Sardis, (which being ruined by an Earthquake, was re∣built by Tiberius); Pergamus, where parchment called Pergamenum, was in vented; where also Galen was born, who lived in health 140 years. Laodicea, Thyatira, and Philadelphia; of which Sardis was the strongest. It was a Kingdom before Rome's building, whose last King was Croesus, one of the richest of old; who after subduing Doris and Aeolis, was with his Kingdom subdued by Cyrus. But the Lydians rebelling afterwards, he subduing them, dispoyled them of all instruments of war, training that powerfull Nation in all loose and effeminate living. In this Country runs the River Maeander with his winding banks. They are said to be the first coyners of money, and inventers of dice, ball, and Chess, &c. to beguile hunger (for 22 years) every second day; Till they being more fruitful than the soyl, sent a Colony under Tyr∣rhenus into Italy, which their plantation is called, not now Tyrrhe∣nia, but Tuscanie.

AEOLIS (South from Lydia, and lying on the Aegean Coast, whose people together with the Dorians and Ionians of Asia, were of old onely accounted Greeks: the other Asians, Barbarians) hath three Maritine Towns; Myrina, and Cuma, now called Castri; and Focea, now named Foglia Vecchia, that is, the old leaf.

NIgh unto Aeolis, are the high and low MYSIA; whose chief City was of old called Lampsaca, in which Priapus a god was worshipped in a beastly manner and form. Cyzicus also was another City therein. The River Granica, called also Lascara, is in this Country where Alexander vanquished Darius his Lievte∣nants. There was also formerly the Town of Adramittium an Athenian Colonie, now named Landermitti. This people are said to be so base of condition, that one of no worth was called Mysio∣rum postremus, or the worst of Mysians.

PHRYGIA minor or the lesse (called Phrygia from Phryxus, who fleeing from his Mother Ino Queen of Thebes her treacheries, seated himself here; and now called, they say, Sarcum) lyeth on the North East of Aeolia; whose chief City was Troy, (called Ilium) so named from Tros the third King thereof; but it was built by Dardanus, (who fled into this Country out of Corinth, having kil∣led his brother Jaseus) and called Dardania, in the year of the World 2487; for in the once-famousnesse of this people, many or most Nations would from them draw their original. There

are yet (as some say) the admirable ruines of great and old Troy to be seen: whose length may be discerned (by the walls foundations yet extant) to have been about 20 Italian miles in length, reckon∣ed 15 of English, yet but two miles in breadth, lying along the Sea-side between the three Papes of Mount Ida, (here scituated, and now called Gargara) and the farthest end, Eastward, of the River Simois; whose delightful and fruitful plain, abounding in Corn, fruits, and delicate wines, may be called the garden of Na∣tolia: the Inhabitants of whose 5 scattered Villages, are most Greeks, the other Jews and Turks. Priamus the 6th King thereof, giving leave to his son Paris to ravish Helena Wife of Menelaus King of Sparta, made the Greeks renew a former quarrel, who after ten years siege, possessed the Town, and burned it with fire; having lost in that time the best part of a million of men: and the Trojans even (as is reported) an incredible multitude more. Some place the City Adramittium, mentioned in Acts 17.2. and also Pergama or Pergamus, in Phrygia the lesse: the one whereof we have placed in Mysia, the other in Lydia. This Province (with Aeo∣lis, and a part of Lydia) are named Carausia from Carasus, one of Aladine's sharers; and have a long time been subjected to the Ot∣toman Turk.

PHRYGIA Major, or the Greater, lyeth on the East of Phrygia minor, whose City Appamia, called formerly Sibotis, was the greatest of the Country. Midaia, or Midaeium, the seat of King Midas the son of Gordius, whose seat was the City Gordion: he being of a Plow-man chosen King of this kingdom. Also the City Colosse was here, to whose Colossians Paul wrote an Epistle. Pesinus, where Cibele their goddesse was worshipped, and thence called Dea Pesinuntia. Psamneticus king of Egypt gave verdict of this peoples greatest antiquity; by shutting up two children, who were suckled by Goats, and all humane company forbidden them: who learned onely the word Bec of the Goats cry; which in the Phrygians language signifyeth bread, and nothing at all in any other tongue. This with the other part of Lydia was called Aidi∣nia, from Aidin, another of Aladine's successours. The River San∣garius runs near the City Mysaia, and in Bythinia.

BYTHINIA (nigh whose River Granvicus, Alexander ob∣tained his first victory over the Persians, slaying 20000) is on the North side of Phrygia, and bounded on the West by the mouth of Pontus; whose famous Towns were Nicomedia, founded by Nicomedes King hereof, an ancient Town pleasantly seated on a little hill, with many springs of water, (though it be ruined) where many Turks and Greeks inhabit. Chalcedon, where was the 4th General Councel against Nestorius his heresie. Nice, now called Nichia, or as others Isnich, where was held the first General Councel in 314 against the Arrians; as also another by Irene the Empresse, wherein the lawfulnesse of worshipping Images was

established: and (as was thought) by substantiall Arguments. Prusa, new Burse; a great City near Mount Olympus, a long time the seat of the Othoman Kings, till Mahomet the First removed it to Hadrianople in Thrace. Herein also is Mount Stella; both where Pompey the Roman General overthrew Mithridates; and also where Tamerlain the Tartar vanquished Bajazet the Turk, who being taken, after two years close confinement, ended his dayes by breaking out his brains against an iron Cage, wherein he was enclosed.

PONTUS (on whose South-East Bythinia is scituate) and which (being divided from Bythinia by the River Sangar) was a distinct Province from it: but they being afterwards reduced into one, are now called Bursia, as one saith; or Bechsangiall, as another. Its principal Towns are Tomos, whither Ovid was ba∣nished by Augustus Caesar, of which (whatever was the true) the cause pretended was his lascivious books, of the Art of Loving. Claudiopolis, Flaviopolis, and Pithius, where John Chrysostome remain∣ed, when he was banished. The King of this Country was Mithri∣dates; who being once a friend, and Allie of the Roman Common∣wealth, (in hope of the Monarchy of Asia) wrought (by a plot) the death of 150000 Roman Souldiers, scattered thorow Anato∣lia, in a night: dispossessing two or three Neighbout-Princes of their estates, for their faithfulnesse to the Romans: and stirring up the Greeks with all the Islands, (but Rhodes) to rebell. So that after 40 years much shaking their estate, he was with much ado conquered. But when his son Pharnaces rebelled against him, he killed himself, having first (as is reported) attempted to poyson himself, which he could not do, for the Electuary called Mithri∣date, which he invented, and long used. The River Parthus wa∣tereth this Country.

NExt is PAPHLAGONIA, (on the East of Pontus: and which small Country heretofore contained four different Na∣tions; one of whom never warred, but they certified their enemy first of the time and place of fight) whose chief City is Pompeio∣polis, as being built by Pompey. Sinope is also there noted for store of Brasse, Lead, &c. Likewise Citros, built by Citorus the son of Phryxus. It is called Paphlagonia, from Paphlago, the son of Phineus; and in whose bowels runs the River Parthenius.

GALATIA or Gallograecia, (wherein in Paul's time was a ga∣thered Church) is bounded with Paphlagonia on the North, and was so called from the Gaules, who came hither under Bren∣nus, three of whose Towns are remarkable for somewhat: Ancyra, for a Synod there holden; and now for making Chamlets, and is called Angouri. Tavium, in which Jupiter's Temple was a privi∣ledged Sanctuary. And Pisius, a place of great Traffique. This valorous people were by degrees weakened by Asian pleasures;

who (as one observeth) were so far from assailing the Romans in the Capitol, that they lost their own Country to Manlius a Roman General; Deiotarus being their King.

LEUCOSYRIA, or CAPPADOCIA, stands on the East side of Galatia; about the banks of whose River Ther∣modon, dwelt the Amazons, Women of Scythia, who came from thence hither with their Husbands, in Sesostris his time, King of Egypt. But the men being treacherously murdered by the inha∣bitants, called Themiscyrii, whom they held a strict hand over: they (through desperatenesse) both overthrew the Conquerours, and greatly enlarged their dominions; and going to men their neighbours thrice a year: they sent the Males to their Fathers, keeping and trayning up the Females in warlike Discipline; whose right breasts (it is said) they cut off, that they might not be hindred in fighting. Six Cities are here of note; Amasia, whi∣ther the Turkish Emperours send their eldest sons (after Circum∣cision) till their death. Mazaca or Neo-caesarea, where Basil the Author of Monasticall lives lived; Nazianzum, where Gregory Nazienzen was Bishop; Erzyrum on great Armenia's confines, and so the Turks randevouz in their Persian expedition, when Constan∣tinople was possessed by the Laines, which Mahomet the great took from David, the last Emperour in 1461. Sebastia, where Tamerlane is said to have buried 12000 alive. Trupezond the Comnens Imperial seat.

LYCAONIA is bounded on the North with Cappadocia, whose most eminent Cities are Iconium, where the Selzuccian Aladine Kings formerly kept their Court; Derbe mentioned in the Acts, together with Lystra; by whose inhabitants, Paul and Barna∣bas curing a Criple, were admired as gods. This Province is watered with the River Lycus: and in whose Southpart is the Hill Chimera; on whose top, Lions roaring; in whose middle, Goats grazing; and in whose lower part, Serpents lurking: Poets have feigned it to be a Monster.

PISIDIA hath Lycanoiae on the West. Its Cities are Ly∣samis, and Antiochia, called in the Acts, Antiochia of Pisidia. Xenophon, the Greek Historian aiding Cyrus in war (against his bro∣ther Artaxerxes Memnon, with 12000 Grecians) who was by him overcome and slain; Xenophon retired home, the best of them be∣ing lost; yet by this example, he animated the Spartans, and af∣terwards the Macedonians to attempt Persia's Conquest.

ARMENIA Minor, or the lesse, (to which Pisidia is joyned Westward, and whose Eastern bounds is the River Euphra∣tes) is thought to be the land of the Mountains of Ararat, where the Ark rested; the territory of whose chief Town Malexona abounds in Wine and Oyl; and which Province long remained

under the Romans, they having forced Antiochus the Great out of Asia by Scipio, and possessed the same: But the Turks at length wrested it (as they did all lesser Asia) by degrees from the Greek Empire.

AS for ASIA-Major, or the greater; Syria therein, which hath on the East Euphrates, is first to be briefly surveyed; which some divide into five Provinces; Palestina, Phoenicia, Coelosy∣ria, Suria, and Camogena. We will contein under it onely three, (to wit) Phoenicia, Coelosyria, and Syra, Phoenicia; speaking of Pale∣stina as a distinct Countrey. In Syria is Mount Libanus, so famous for Cedars. But by one that travelled to the place where the Ce∣dars formerly grew, there was but 24 to be seen, and seventeen more nine miles Westward, on the Mountain. Phoenicia (which lyeth all upon the Sea, South towards Judaea) her chief Towns were Tyre, now called Sait, an Island indeed; but so near the main land, that Alexander filled up the Sea-passage with earth when he besieged the Town; at last taking it, though with extraordinary expence of men, Money, and toil: it was once famous for her Purples and Merchandise; whose Kingdome was very ancient, and of long continuance; dispersing also many Colonies over the World; and whose two Kings of most note, were, Hiram, Solomons strict confederate, and Pigmaleon, Dido's brother, who built Car∣thage. Sidon, now Sur, in a manner, equall in beauty and power to Tyre, and both so noted for dying of Purple, that the Poets some∣times call it Tyrien, sometimes Sydonien. It is now governed by an Emir or Prince of the Drusians; the off-spring of the Christians under Godfrey of Bullein, who though they have (as it were) forgot their Religion, do still maintain their freedome against the Turks. Ptolemais or Acon, or Acre: a place almost in vincible, when besie∣ged by so many Christian Princes, in the time of the holy War, so called: two of whom were Richard the first, and Edward the first, Kings of England. Joppa, whence Peter was sent for, by Cornelius: which still retaineth its name, of which Cities, (saith one) scarce any remainders are to be seen at this day, more than of Joppa and Acre. Sarepta also was here, whose Widows son Eliah raised from the dead, having been sustained by her in famine; the low∣er part of which Country was Ashers seat; it abounding with Wheat, Oyl, Honey, and Balm.

COELOSYRIA, (which, some say, is properly the Coun∣tries between Libanon, and Anti-Libanon, whence springs the River Orontes, now called Farsara) Its head or chief City is Damascus; which being so pleasantly and fruitfully scituated; Mahomet would not enter therein, lest being carried away with its pleasures, he should forget the businesse whereabout he was sent. Abraham's servants founded it, and Paul was convinced nigh it, and converted and comforted in it. Benhadad, &c. were Kings of this Syria; also the City Hieropolis was herein, where was the Hea∣thenish

Temple of the Syrian Goddesse: whose Priests used jug∣ling tricks to deceive the people.

SYROPHEONICIA, is the third of Syria, whose Metropolis of all Syria, was Antioch, where the converted Gentiles were first called Christians; which name and profession, the Heathen so hated; that in fourty years time, there being a great number of that name, they were afflicted with ten persecutions; which were so cruell, that (except on Jan. the first) there were some thousands pu•• to death every day: But Constantine the great, (not onely favouring them, but becomming of the same profession) put an end to all these persecutions. Antioch is now rather a heap of ruines than any thing else. Aleppo, so called from abundance of milk thereabouts, a place now of wonderfull traffique from all parts; in the Scripture it is called Aram Sobab. Tripolis, so called for that it was thrice built, (standing a mile from the Sea∣side, near the foot of Mount Libanus) and removed into three sun∣dry places. The Town and Province of Palmyra, was likewise in Syria, the which Zenobia a worthy Woman governed: who sway∣ing those Eastern parts, and standing in opposition with Gallien for the Empite; Aurelian the Emperour taking her, led her tri∣umphantly through Rome, and that in such pomp, as never was (in triumphs) greater to be seen. The Syrians were called Ara∣mites; whose King Tigranes, by Election, (Seleucus his stock fail∣ing through civill wars) joyning with Mithridates against the Ro∣mans, was vanquished by Lucullus, an 100000 being said to be flain, but with the losse of five Romans, and an hundred wounded. Then again, by the same Lucullus; and at length, yielded to Pompey, leaving all Syria to the Romans, and contenting himself with Ar∣menia, and Media onely. But it was wrenched by the Saracens out of the Romans hands.

PALESTINA, which lyeth between the Mediterranean Sea on the West, and Arabia on the South, and being scitua∣ted between the third and fourth climates; its longest day is four∣teen hours and a quarter) is divided into two parts by the River Jordan, which riseth at Mount Libanus foot, from two fountains called Jor, and Dan. Where, of the Israelites, Reuben, and half of Manasseh dwelt beyond it, the other on this side thereof; which latter part is subdivided into Judea, properly so called, Samaria, and Galilee, and Idumea; for when the men of Judah returned from captivity out of Babylon, then began they first to be called Jews (even as the new commers out of Assyria, at the Israelites first transportation, were called Samaritanes from Samaria the Chief Ci∣ty) and then this Country was first divided into the four Provin∣ces abovesaid. It hath had divers names, as Canaan from Cham's son so called; the promised land from Gods promise to Abraham; of Israel, from Jacob surnamed Israel for his faith. Judea, from the Jews, or Tribe of Judah, the chief of the twelve; and Falestine from

the Philistines a powerful Nation therein; and since Christ it hath been called the Holy Land. Here are two Lakes by which Jordan passeth, of Galilee the Lesse, and of Tiberias or Genezareth the Grea∣ter; also the dead Sea (into which Jordan falls at last) called by the Greeks the Lake of Asphaltites, and the dead Sea, because no living creature can endure its bituminous or slimy savour; nigh which once stood Sodom and Gomorrah; where (as some have written) a Tree groweth with Apples very fair to behold; but be∣ing touched, they moulder to nothing.

TO begin with GALILEE, for that it is the very North part of Palestine, it is divided into the upper and lower. In the upper were the two Tribes of Asher and Napthali (with a part of Dan) seated, four of Ashers chief Cities were mentioned in Phae∣nicia; another was Aphek, by whose Wall falling, wee 27000 of Benhadads men slain; when as Ahab had slain (in battel) 100000 of them before; also Giscala. The Cities of note in Napthali, were Capernaum by the Sea of Galilee, which (Christ said) though lifted up to Heaven, should be brought down to Hell. Cinnereth, then Genesareth, whose Lake was so called. Jabin, at which Joshua met twenty four Kings in battel. Leshem being understood of Laish; which the Danites took, Josh. 19.47 proves that a part of Dan were here seated also. This was called Galilee of the Gentiles, ei∣ther as being the nearest to the Gentiles of Palestina, or because Solo∣mon gave it to King Hiram. The Lower, which beginning at the Sea of Tiberiades, is but twelve miles long, and five broad, in whose center, Nazareth (from which City Christ was called Jesus of Nazareth, and where Mary was saluted by the Angell) almost standeth; from the several miraculous removes and transportati∣ons of which Chamber of Mary there, is begun that deceitfull im∣posture of the Lady of Loretto; over which they would have to be believed, Paul the second built a most stately Temple; Here was also, Cana, Bethsaida, Tiberias, Gaba, since Hippopolis, from He∣rods Garrisonning horse therein: Enhadda, nigh which Saul slew himself; Daberoth, in the Valley of Israel, famous for many bat∣tels fought in it; which two last Cities were in Issachars Tribe, the rest were in Zabulon, both which possessed this Country, in which also was Mount Tabor, where Christ was transfigured, and the brook or River Chison; Julian the Apostate called Christ a Galilean in contempt, because of his much conversing in this Lower Galilee.

SAMARIA (taken here for the Province of Samaria, lying be∣tween Galilee and Judea, not for all the ten Tribes) containeth Ephraim, Gad, Reuben, and the Tribe of Manasseh, one half whereof was scituate beyond Jordan, as was said, the other on the Mediter∣ranean Sea; chief Cities of which latter, were Bethsan, on whose walls, Saul's dead body was hung; and which (being long after re∣built by the Scythians) was named Scythopolis; Caesarea, Palestina;

before, Straton: Herod repairing it and calling it by Caesars name, where Herod Agrippa was for his thetoricall pride, eaten of worms; and where Naboth was stoned. Thebes, from whose wall, Abime∣reel, where Naboth was stoned. Thebes, from whose wall, Abime∣lech (who nigh the City Ephra, had before slain seventy of his brethren) was mortally wounded with a stone. Here stood also Endor, where Saul asked counsel of a Witch in his distresse.

The Metropolis of Ephraim was called Samaria, a stately City. It stood on a Hill, built by Omri King of Israel, and denominated from Shemer, of whom the Hill was bought. It being afterward razed, was repaired by Herod, and called Sebaste from Sebastos, the Greeks word for Augustus. Bethel was another of its Cities, which signifying the house of God, was by Jeroboams Calves there erected and the Idolatry there committed, called by the Prophet Bethaven, that is, the house of vanity. Sichem, nigh which Judas Maccabaeus overthrew Lysias. Lydda, since Diospolis; where George for En∣gland was said to be beheaded. Here was also Ramatha, Joseph of Arimathea's City: and Shiloh, or Silo, (on a hill) where the Ark was, till taken by the Philistines. Gad, beyond Jordan, conteined the chief Towns, Gadara, and Gergesa, two distinct neighbouring Cities; but both one in desiring Christ to depart their coasts; also Ramoth Giliad fatall to wicked and wilful Ahab, seeking to re∣cover it from the Syrians. Here stood also Succoth, and Gabosh Gi∣lead, where Saul and his sons were buried, and Rabba, where Uriah was slain; likewise Betharam, which Herod rebuilding also, cal∣led Julia in honour of Augustus Wife, now of the Julian family. In the other half of Manass••h; (which Countrey was called Ba∣san, Og the Gyant being its last King) and also part of that coun∣trey called Decapolis (divers times mentioned in Matthew, Mark, &c. from its ten chief Cities) some of whose principal Towns were Edrey, Ogs seat, Ashtaroth, where the Goddesse Ashtaroth was worshipped in form of a sheep; and Hus, or Jobs birth-place. In the Tribe of Reuben, was strong Machaerus, (on a Rock) where John Baptist was beheaded, Bethbara where Moses exhorted the Israelites, and John long after baptized. Ramath Baal, whither Balaam was brought to curse the people, and whose god Baal (some have said) was beastly Priapus aforementioned, finally Abel, Sittim, in Mo∣abs plains, where the Isra••lites last encamped, and where the wood grew whereof the Ark was made. The Samaritanes were (after the ten Tribes carried away) Assyrians sent thither by Salma∣nassar, who being deceitfull, were deadly enemies to the Jews in distresse, but in their rest and prosperity, they would be their Cou∣sins; so that they were for their mungrel Religion, not onely ac∣counted Schismatiques, but also reprobates, with whom the Jews conversed not; and accounted the word Samaritane among the worst they could give to Christ.

JUDEA contained the Tribes of Judah and Benjamin, and is now accounted as large as them: all the remarkable Cities of which two great Tribes, to speak of particularly, would be too tedious. In Judah was Jethir; near which, King Asa (by his God's help) overthrew Zerah King (not of the Aethiopians beyond Egypt, but) of the Arabians nearer home, having 1000000 men. Hebron, a very ancient Seat of the sons of Anak; which Anak (the word signifying a chain for ornament) it appears, wore such a chain; the Gyant being enriched with his enemie's spoyls. Near this Town was also the Plain of Mamre; whither the Angels came to Abraham: here also was David anointed King by the Tribes; and kept his Regal Seat before the taking of Jebus, afterwards called Jerusalem. Tekoa, where the Prophet Amos dwelt; in whose wil∣dernesse, the Lord destroyed the Moabites, Ammonites, and men of Mount-Seir, in Jehosophat's time, by setting the two former against the latter: and then against each other. Bethlem-Judah (for there was another Bethlem in Zabulon) where Christ was born; and the Infants suffered by Herod: amongst whom, Herod's own son, at nurse, being slain, Augustus Caesar said, He had rather be Herod's hogg, than his son. Emaus, (afterwards Nicopolis) where Christ made himself known to two disciples; when their hearts had burned within them, as they travelled reasoning with him. Herein likewise, are the hills of Engedi, at whose feet were Gar∣dens of Balsamum or Opobalsamum: for whose Trees, Cleopatra send∣ing to Herod to plant them in Egypt, he, as not daring to refuse, pluckt them up and sent them. In a Cave of these hills also Da∣vid cutting off the lap of Saul's garment, his heart (by God's wit∣nesse in his conscience) smote him for it.

Benjamin's Cities were Gilgal, where Joshua, after Moses's death performed several acts as preparatories to his successe and con∣quest of Canaan; as, circumcising the people, keeping the Passe∣over; pitching 12 stones near it; a memorial of dividing Jordan to give them passage; eating of the fruits of the land; and where Agag was hewen in pieces by Samuel. Strong Ai, where the Is∣raelites (purging the Camp of Achan the thief) seized the City by a stratagem, having been first discomfited- Mispeh, even in the midst of the Land and peoples common assembling place, was with Gilgal, made the Judgment-Sear, whither Samuel went year∣ly for that purpose. Gibbah, where, in the quarrel of the Priest's daughter being forced, that Tribe was almost extirpated. Gibon, whose Gibeonites obtaining peace of Joshua, and Saul afterwards killing some of them, a famine came on the Land, and was not ap∣peased but with the hanging of his seven sons by them. Jericho, whose Walls falling down at the sound of rams-horns, it was ra∣zed, and a curse denounced on the builder thereof; which being attempted in Ahab's time by Hiel a Bethelite, for the pleasantnesse of the place, he lost his eldest son at the foundation of its Walls;

and his youngest at the setting up it's Gates. On the other side Jordan against this Jericho, is Mount-Nebo, where God having shewn Moses the promised Land, took him away, not suffering him to enter therein. Lastly, Jerusalem; built by Melchizedeck, that is, a King of righteousnesse in spirit and figure; and King of Salem, that is, King of peace, the effect of the former: which standing among the Jebusites, was named Jebusalem; and, a letter being altered, Hierusalem, or a City of peace. It was built on Mount Sion, having a ditch about it cut out of a rock: which was not conquered, till David (by Joab) took it, although the Citizens co∣vertly and presumptuously said, their blind and lame could defend it. Then was this the Royal Seat; In which Solomon built the magnificent Temple, the place of general worship: which being destroyed by Nebuchadnezzar King of Babylon in the 1350th year of the World, was (after the Jews return from Captivity) rebuilt; the Workmen holding their swords in one hand, and tools in the other, through the great opposition of the Samaritans. Yet was it not outwardly in divers respects so glorious as the former: But the Lord promised (by the Prophet) it should be more glorious: which was fulfilled not onely by Christ the light of the World, his personal preaching glad tydings therein; but especially by dwelling in his Saints, of whose bodies (which are his Temple) that was but a type. Herod the Ascalonite, in favour of the Jews, plucking it down, made it much exceed the second, though some∣what inferiour to the first. But it was again destroyed by Titus, Vespasian's son, Aug. 10. (on which very day, Nebuchadnezzar burnt the first with fire) which City, to be besieged, the Jewes their rebellion and obstinacy against the Roman Emperour, (under whose power they were) to fulfill their own wish in crucifying Christ, that his blood might be upon them and their children, af∣ter some years, caused; and at the time whereof, there dyed by sword and famine above a million of people in the City it self, besides near 100000 taken prisoners at the taking it, and in other Cities well nigh a million more: and all this from the 12th year of Nero, onto the second of Vespasian, which was within 4 years time. And in the 136 year of Christ, (through 2 rebellions by them rai∣sed) they were by Adrian the Emperour, in general banished never there to inhabit but as strangers: since which, they being dispersed over the Earth, have been banished out of England first; then out of France, Spain, Portugal, Naples, & Sicily. Yet are there many in Germa∣ny, Poland, Amsterdam in Holland, (where they have a Synagogue) Ita∣ly, and chiefly Rome it self, with the Pope's jurisdiction of Avignion: which permission of them under the Pope, although an expectation of their conversion be the declared reason; yet considering the Pa∣pists Image-worship, whereby they are stumbled: and they also not being suffered to see so much as the New Testament: as also, that at their conversion, they must likewise convert all their goods to the Church, as ill-gotten; it may be rather judged to be from profit hereby arising. When Julian the Apostate would (to in∣crease the Jews number, and diminish the Christians) have re∣built

built this Temple; an Earthquake casting up the foundations, and fire from Heaven consuming the timber-work, hindered that de∣sign. Yet the City was re-edified by the Emperour Aelius Adria∣nus, (who calling it after his own name Aelia, gave it to the Chri∣stians) though not in the very place of the old, every way: for, ac∣cording to the relation of an eye-witnesse, on its South-side, much of Mount-Sion is left without the walls, which was anciently the heart of the old City; taking in also now, both Mount-Calvary, and Christ's Sepulchre, called the holy grave, within those Walls that were built by Selimus the Turk: so that (saith he) a man may boldly assirm, the most part to be built on that place, where the first Jerusalem was; as appears by the Mountains mentioned in Scripture, whereon Jerusalem is both scituated and environed; who reserve their same names to this day; as Mount Sion, Cal∣vary, Moriah, and Olivet, which last Mountain the Valley of Jehosaphat divideth from the City. There is in it also the Tem∣ple of the Sepulchre built by Helena, (Mother to Constantine the Great) with a little Chappel over it: and in the place of the Tem∣ple, burnt by Titus, is another great Temple builded by Sultan Se∣lim Seliman, reserved and highly regarded by the Turks out of their respect to Solomon: near which, or within whose Courts, none (called a Christian) may enter, under pain of losing his head. The Temple of the Sepulchre, hath been, and is much reverenced and resorted unto; for the sight of which every one payeth 9 Crowns tribute to the Turk, or (as a Traveller thither saith) 12 chickens of gold, was dispatched from each of them for the Turk, as tribute for going into the holy grave.

The Levites (of whom there were four sorts, Punies or young∣lings till 25 years old; Graduates, who after 4 years study might oppose and answer in the Law; Licenciates, who exercised the Priest's Office; And Rabbins or Doctors, the highest, who expoun∣ded the Law) had 48 Cities allotted them, out of every Tribe, and were reckoned of that Tribe where their City was. Simeon also inhabited onely a part of Judah's portion; according to their father's prophesie, That he would divide them in Jacob, and scat∣ter them in Israel: so that Joseph's sons, Ephraim and Manasses, made up the 12 Tribes. They were called Hebrews from Heber, who was before Abraham: and of 70 souls when Jacob went down into Egypt, grew a multitude in 215 years space, notwithstand∣ing their oppression. Neither was any Province thought to be so proportionably peopled, as Palestina; in which (being not above 160 miles long, and 60 broad, the length being reckoned from Dan to Beersheba) when David numbred the people, they found a million and 300000 fighting men, besides Benjamin; but now stript even of all ornaments, except the beauty and bounty of the soyl, which is defective also. The Jews had 16 Judges, 415 years; Moses being the first, and Samuel the last: who having judged them four years; in the year of the World 2873, they desired a King like other Nations. They had three Kings before

the kingdom was divided, Saul, David, and Solomon. There were 17 Kings of Israel, Jeroboam the son of Nebat being the first, and Hosea the last; who being overcome by Salmanassar, the Israelites were carried captive into Assyria in 3232; whence those ten Tribes never (as we find) returned. The Kings of Judah were 20. Rehoboam, Solomon's son, was the first, from whom the ten Tribes rent; Zedekias was the last, in whose reign, Nebuchadnez∣zar the Proud, destroying Jerusalem, captivated the people into Babylon his kingdom; (two Kings having reigned in Judah after Israel's captivity). Who so remaining 70 years, Cyrus King of Per∣sia (to whom the Babylonians were now subject) gave them liberty to return, and build the City and Temple: which finished, they chose them Governours of the chief of David's house; whereof Zorobabel was the first of the 15, Johannes Hircanus the last, of them that were of David's stock.

But the Dominion of Jewry being vexed by the Egyptians on one side, and the Syrians on the other, during their governments; compelling them withall, to eat Swines-flesh, &c; Mattathias and his five sons were stirred up to resist Antiochus Epiphanes, and the Syrians; who having been very victorious over them, Judas Macchabeus (reckoned one of the Nine Worthies) was chosen Captain of the Jews; in the year of the World 3799; who van∣quished three of Antiochus his great Captains, with their three numerous Armies. Three Princes of Judea there were after him, Johannes Hircanus being the last, in 3831. Then were there four Macchabaean Kings of Judah: Aristobulus, the first, who starving his Mother, slew his brother. Alexander was the second; a blou∣dy Tyrant both to subjects and enemies. Then a woman, Alexan∣dra or Solome, the Tyrant's wife. Lastly, Hircanus, who being di∣sturbed by his younger brother Aristobulus, was established by Pompey the Roman, in his Throne, he with his sons being impri∣soned at Rome; one of whom (Alexander) escaping and disquiet∣ing his Country, was seized on and slain. But Julius Caesar (Pom∣pey's victorious competitor) freeing the other brother Antigonus, he deposing Hircanus, cut off his ears; who suddenly after, was slain by Mark-Anthony, and a stranger had the kingdom in 3930. Of which strangers, there were five Kings. Herod the Ascalonite an Idumean, being the first, made so by Augustus: and at which time Christ was born; and Agrippa minor, or the Lesse, who was the last: before whom with Festus, Paul pleaded, and in whose time Jerusalem was destroyed; and the kingdome made a Roman Province, in the year 73 after the birth of Christ: which being re-edified (as was said) by Aelius Adrianus, and given to the Christians: Cosroes King of Persia took it from them in 615; from whom the Saracens wresting it in 637; and the Turks from them in 1009, one Peter a French Hermite stirred up the Princes of the West to relieve the oppressed Christians; who came at last to Je∣rusalem, and took it. Godfrey Duke of Bulloign for his merits therein, was saluted the first King of Jerusalem and Palestine, in

1099; of which (though he would not in that place where Christ wore a Crown of Thorns, be Crowned with Gold, yet (for the com∣mon goods sake, he took the title; there was nine of these Kings whereof Guy of Lusignan was the last; for in his time, Saladine Sul∣tan of Aegypt in 1187, won that Kingdome, which his successours defended, untill that in 1517, Selimus the first, Turkish Emperour, added both Palestine and Aegypt also to his Empire. Yet after that Saladine had taken Jerusalem; the Christians retiring into some Towns thereof, made them good against the Turk; under Con∣rade of Montferrat, Henry Earl of Champaigne, and John di Brenne, who was the last Christian King that possessed any thing in Pale∣stine or Syria; yet Yoland, Brenn his daughter, marrying Frederick King of Naples, he intituled himself King of Jerusalem in her right; whereupon the Kings of Spain, being heirs and possessours of Naples, do now assume that empty title. Three Orders of Knight∣hood were also erected for defence of the Holy land so called, against infidells. The first, by Helena, Constantine the Great his Mother, and called Knights of the Sepulchre. The second by one Gerard in 1124. named Knights of Saint John of Jerusalem, (which was also confirmed by the Pope) who being expelled Pale∣stine, seized on Rhodes, and being forced thence also (at length) by the Turk, are now in the Isle of Malta, and called Knights thereof. The third were Templers by Hugh of Payennes in 1113, confirmed also by the Pope: who possessing very many Lord∣ships, even in all Provinces of Europe; their great revenue was not the least cause of their dissolving; yet were there crimes pro∣ved against this order, as revolting from obedience to the Patri∣arch of Jerusalem, their visitour, unspeakable pride, and also sins against nature; so that, being dissolved, their lands were given to the Hospitallers, or Knight of St. John.

IDUMEA, (which the Edomites, Esau's off-spring once inha∣bited, as also Mount Seir, or wildernesse of Edom, counted part of stony Arabia, where the Israelites were stung with fiery Ser∣pents) was in part possessed by the Philistines; who very much vexed the Israelites: and although they, with the Edomites were made subject by David, yet could not be expelled the land. The Edomites revolting in Jorams time, and remaining free, till the time of Hircanus the High Priest after the Captivity, he subject∣ing them, forced them to be circumcised, and so were accounted as Jews. In Idumea were Dan and Simeons Tribes. Dan's chief Cities were Kiriathjearim, where the Ark was kept in Aminadabs house 20 years; Eckron where they worshipped Baalzebub, or the god of flies; Asotos, Azotus, or Asdad, where was Dagons sump∣tuous Temple: and near which Judas Macchabaeus was slain in hard fight. Gath, Goliahs City: and Joppa, or as some now, Jaffa, reported to have been built before the floud; whence Jonah took shipping to flee to Tarsus, where Peter raised Dorcas, and where he saw a Vision of the Gentiles conversion in Simon the Tanners

house. Simeon's principal Cities are, strong Gaza, which from the Persians laying their Western tributes and customes there, all Ri∣ches are called Gazae; Ascalon, where Queen Semiramis who built Babylon; and also long after, Herod that slew the Infants was born. Beersheba, which was the Southern limit of Palestine, as Dan, or Laish, was the North, and was well fortifyed by the Warring Christians, as bounding on Arabia. Abraham and Abimelech here sware to each other. Hagar wandred hither with Ishmael, and Isaac there long dwelt. Cariathsepher, whose name signifying a City of books; some would have it to be antiently Palestine's Univer∣sity.

ARMENIA Major, or the greater, vvhich hath on the North, Tartary, and on the South, Mesopotamia, called at this day Mingrelia, hath Mountains lying on the East of Euphrates, vvhich divide it from Anatolia, called Scodrisci, Periadres, and Amamus, vvhose Inhabitants having want of all things, are stout, cruell and Warlike, living (in that so barren soyl) by hunting and stealing. It is divided into three Provinces; whereof the first to be mentioned is Colchis, now called Diarbec, scituate North and West on the Euxine Sea, tvvo of whose chief Tovvns are Phasis, or Fassum, on the River Phasis its banks; and Dioscurias, vvhere the Romans (in their time) kept 30 Interpreters to stand between the Governour and people, because of 30 languages there spoken, through the Merchants of all Nations. In Colchis also Aetas was King, from whom Jason is said to have stollen the golden Fleece by Medea's ayd and sorceries. Georgia (otherwise called Gurgestan, and formerly Iberia; for it comprehends the ancient Iberia with a part of high Armenia) was not so named from St. George, (al∣though they highly esteem him) but from the Georgi inhabiting long before George, the adjoyning Countries. It is scituated on the East of Colchis, and on the North of Turcomania. This peo∣ple being good Souldiers, have alwayes maintained their liberty, by joyning sometimes with the Persians, and sometimes with the Turks; of whose Country also there have been many Lords: but now 'tis mostly under the Turk, and hath many good and strong Towns: (one whereof is called Teslis, exceedingly fortified by the Turks, to defend their new Conquests against the Persians) also Loca, Toman, &c. Hence the Sultans of Egypt choosing their Ma∣malucks; they at length proudly assumed, and long defended that Kingdom.

TURCOMANIA (formerly and properly called Arme∣nia the greater, to distinguish it from the lesser in Natolia) is confined upon the North with Colchis; on the West with Euphra∣tes, and the lesser Armenia, and took this name from the Turks, (in the Hebrew signifying, banished men) who breaking thorow the Caspian straights out of barren and cold Scythia, seated them∣selves

in this Country in 844, where reaming up and down after the manner of the Scythian Nomades, and being an unregarded people; at length, Mahomet the Persian Sultan, a Saracen, send∣ing for some of them to ayd him against the Caliph of Babylon, (by whose valour he got the victory) and hindring their return home; they first retiring into the Woods, by open arms fought the Persians: where Mahomet by unadvised riding to and fro to encourage his Souldiers, breaking his neck with a fall from his horse: Trangolipix the Turks Leader, was (by common confent of both Armies) proclaimed Sultan of Persia, whereby, at first, by the Zelzuccian family, and then by the Ottoman swallowing up the other, the large Turkish Monarchy hath been (by degrees) erected both in Europe, Asia, and Africa: So that as 'twas said of the people of Rome, that of a small beginning, they grew up to such a greatnesse; so may it be said of these Scythian Turks: but as it is with the Moon her self, which increaseth, and again di∣minisheth; so also is it with all Empires placed under her, which have their time to rise, and must have their time to fall. The Metropolis or Mother-City of Turcomania was once Artaxata, de∣nominated either from the River Araxis, (which divideth Arme∣nia and Persia) as being seated thereon, or rather from Artaxes before Tigranes who founded it; then Esechia, and now called Coy: nigh which Lucullus the Roman overcame Mithridates and Tigranes his son in law; and Selimus the Turk, Hismael the Persian Sophie, in 1514, though with the losse of 30000 choise men, and such a general terrour, that they still call it, The day of Doom. Ar∣minig is now its chief City. There is also Tigranocerta built by Tigranes, one of the mightiest Kings of this Armenia; whose new City, Lucullus taking by siege, found beside other wealth therein, 3000 talents in money. Van, which both by Nature and Art is a strong Bulwark against Invasions of the Persians. Lastly, Seba∣stia, where the Patriarch of Armenia resides.

ARABIA (taking it altogether) is a very spatious Coun∣try, and is shut up on the West with the Arabian Gulph, or the Red-Sea; on the East with the Persian Gulph; on the South with the Ocean; and on the North with Palestine, and famous Euphrates: So that it is in the form of a Peninsula, and is divi∣ded into three parts, Arabia Deserta, or the Wildernesse, Petrosa, or the Stony; and Foelix, or the Happy. Though the Arabians are very much given to theft, and hate all Science; yet they boast much of their Nobility. They of Arabia Foelix, the civillest of the three, had many barbarous customs. The Arabick tongue which they all use, extends also thorow Syria, Palestine, Aegypt, Mesopotamia, and (Morocco excepted) all Barbary: which lan∣guage the Mahometans account sacred.

ARabia the Desart (which hath three several Epithites given to it by Aristides, Servius, and Lucian) is called by the He∣brews Kedar, and is the Wildernesse wherein the Israelites com∣ming out of Egypt, wandred 40 years under Moses. It is bounded on the East with the Mountains of Babylon. It being covered with a dry and thick sand, is not fit for herbage or tillage: the chief City of whose few Inhabitants is called Bassora. Their travelling beasts here are Camels, whom little food sufficeth; yet will they carry 600, and sometimes 1000 weight.

PETROSA, or the Stony, (which confines with the Desart on the East, and on the South with the Happy) is so called either from its rockinesse, or from Petra the chief Town thereof, though now named Rathalalah: which having been straightly be∣sieged by the Roman Emperours Severus and Trajan, they were in all attempts worsted. Trajan being glad to flee for his life, and the man next him being slain with a dart. Yet this Arabia was subdued by Palma Lievtenant of Syria under the said Trajan:

Here is also Ezion-Geber on the Red-Sea, where Solomon's ships stayed both before and after their sayling to Ophir. This Country was called by Pliny and others, Nabathea; (for it contains the two Regions of Nabathea, and Agara, so called, because the Sararens or Hagarens of Hagar possessed it: where also dwelt the Enims and Zanzummims, as also the Madianites, to whom Moses fled) now it is called either Barra, as one; Bangaucal, as another; or Battha, as a third. The two Mountains of Sinay and Horeb are herein; of which, Sinay is the highest, which being very troublesome to ascend, stairs are cut in the rock, that beasts might more easily passe. There is also in this Mountain, a Covent of Monks, 50 in number, called Maronites, living after the Graecian manner; and who receive Christian Pilgrims (so called) who go thither for devotion. Many would have Petra to be the very Mecca where Mahomet was born: but it is rather that which (in Mapps) is called Petra of Est: for Mecca is reckoned to be in Ara∣bia the Happy. Of all Vegetables, the Palm-Tree onely growes in this barren Province. Store of Dromedaries there are, which, they say, will (through swiftnesse) bear a man 1000 miles in one day. The Ostrich also (who is said to digest Iron) is plenty here.

FOELIX or the Happy, joyns to the other two like a Peninsula, betwixt the Arabian and Persian Gulph, and bordering with the Indian Sea; and is so called, (I may well suppose) for that it is the most pleasant and fruitfull Country of Asia, abounding with Balsome, Myrrhe, and Frankincense, Gold and Pearls, espe∣cially (saith a Traveller) about Medina the second City to Mecha; now it carries the name of Yaman or Gyamen. Some will have Saba the principal City: but however, hence were the Sabeans that af∣flicted

Job. Medina Tanalbi, that is, the Prophet's City is sci∣tuated near Arabia Petrea, and well peopled, and was the first Town that yielded to Mahomet, when by arms he began to esta∣blish his Religion: in or nigh which he composed the model there∣of: here the Iron-Coffin of this false prophet, with his inclosed body, is said to hang, being held by an Adamant up to the roof of the Temple, near which they also say are alwayes about 3000 burning lamps. Mecha is the chief City; wherein Mahomet was born: which two Cities are remarkable places for Mahome∣tan Pilgrims: there coming also three Caravans or Captains year∣ly, which part from Cair, Damas, and the Indies, and go to Me∣cha for devotion, in honour of Mahomet's birth; thence to Medina, in honour of his Sepulchre: and into which no Christian is suffe∣red to enter. The other Towns of note are Horan, the chief Port of the South Ocean; and Alteroch or Elter, the onely Town in that Country where Christians, so called, are in greatest number. There is Zidon, a Sea-Town 40 miles from Mecha, without walls, but indifferent fair houses: also Aden seated on the borders of the Red-Sea, near the strait of Babel Mandel; and said to be the fairest Town of Arabia, strong by scituation, as well as Art: which Town the Turks took, and the whole Realm by policy, in 1538, and they lost their King. Zebeth or Zibit also is a good Town stand∣ing in a Plain between two Mountains, and on a River of the same name half a dayes journey from the Red-Sea; which being taken by the Turk after Aden, he sent thither a Begliarbey with great forces. One barbarous custome which they had formerly in this Arabia, was the community of one Wife alone among a whole kindred, and if she accompanied any other man, they both dyed. The Turkish Alcoran composed by Osmen the 4th Caliph, and commanded by him to be only received as Canonical throughout his Dominions, is an exposition on Mahomet's eight Commande∣ments: which are, 1. Every one ought to believe that God is a great God, and one onely God, and Mahomet to be his Prophet. 2. Every one must marry to increase Mahomet's followers. 3. Every one must give of his wealth to the poor. 4. Every one must make his prayers five times a day. 5. Every one must keep a Lent one moneth in a year. 6. Be obedient to thy Parents. 7. Thou shalt not kill. 8. Do unto others, as thou wouldst be done unto thy self. Which Religion of his (he promising a carnal and vo∣luptuous Paradise to those that kept these Lawes) was greedily received by the Saracens, (of Arabia the Desart) so called (not of Sara, but) either of Saharra, which signifies a Wildernesse, and Sa∣ken, to inhabit; or from Sarak, theeves, a name agreeable to their natures. Mahomet was born in 572, and some say not at Mecha, but in a Village of Arabia called Itrarip; his father was a Pagan, and his mother a Jew; he was married to his Mistris at 25 years old, and began to affect the name of a Prophet at 38 years of age; and by policies strengthening himself with the Arabians, who freed themselves from obedience to the Greek Empire: he was

driven from Mecha's Territories by their Nobility; the which he (ere long) subduing, expelled thence the Greek Officers. From whose flight from Mecha, the Saracen's Hegira, or computation of years (so called from Hegirathi, which (from the Arabick) is rendred, a persecution raised about Religion) began; which was about the year of Christ 617. Although Selimus the First, subdued the Arabians to the Turk; yet are they rather tributaries than provinces of that Empire; for they have two Kings of their own, one whereof liveth on Euphrates, the desarts of Mesopotamia; sometimes in Arabia Foelix, and in some parts of Syria: the other wandreth with his tribes or wild theevish Arabs, tents, and Bestial, one while in Petraea and Deserta; sometimes in Palestine, as he findeth good pastorage and fresh fountains; which makes the tra∣vail to and in Palestine, so dangerous. These two Kings are mortal enemies; and if by chance they meet, they bring damage, rapine, and destruction to themselves and their followers: for being un∣tamed Savages, they cannot bridle their inordinate passions.

These Countries are all subject to the Turkish Empire, which did also possesse part of Media, with its chief City Taurus: but some think the Sophi of Persia hath recovered the greatest part thereof. The Turk also holds almost all Mesopotamia and Diar∣beck; being Master of Chaldea, and part of Assyria: But since the Persian Sophi hath daily won from him, recovering his estate by little and little, as also that many of these Countries do (hereby) change their masters daily.

We will briefly mention the Riches, Fruitfulnesse and Religion of the forementioned places: and then (that we run not into a la∣barinth) in brief survey the other Countries also.

Anatolia, or Lesser Asia enjoying a sweet and temperate Ayr, did abound likewise with grain, having store of good pastures for Cattle; and had more than sufficiency for the life of man. But now it is not so fruitfull, as not so well manured; yet it is more fertile in places near the Sea; and as the land is better husbanded, so it yields the more. In the great Plains within the heart of the Country, they sow Wheat, Barley, and Cotton. Natolia hath the benefit of many Rivers watering it; whereof five of the prin∣cipal discharge themselves into the Euxine Sea; three into the Pro∣pontides; one into Hellespont; four into the Archipelago: one runs into Euphrates; and divers others into the Mediterranean Sea. But the chief revenue of Natolia is by Cotton, whereof there growes abundance.

Bythinia imparts its Orpiment to other Nations. Galatia hath great yearly profit by Copper-Mines. Caria a good revenue by the Adamant stone. The Pamphilians make the best of Chamlets, and have great sums of money for them. Cappadocia is enriched by Silver, Iron, Allom, Jasper, Crystal, Alabaster, and the Onyx stone. And Cilicia receives much money for its store of Chamlets made of Goats-hair, which is there very soft, and delicate as silk. Judea reaps much profit by Pilgrims going yearly to the Holy Se∣pulchre.

Phoenicia is much frequented for its great traffique: But Arabia the Happy exceeds them all in Merchandise, and by reason of the Spices, precious stones, and Pearls there sold to strange Merchants, is exceeding rich; and it yields Incense for all the World. Mecha hath great traffique, unto which Aethiopian, In∣dian, and other Merchants come; and (together with Medina) is enricht yearly by Pilgrimages. Aden exceeds any other in traf∣fique for the abundance of Commodities brought thither from India, Persia, and Aethiopia, which are fetcht and sold from thence at a dear rate; for they are a witty people in Merchandi∣zing matters. As touching Religion, there are many of divers Religions and sects in these Countries besides the Mahometans. Jews are dispersed all over them: and those that professe them∣selves Christians, some obey, and others are divided from the Church of Rome. The first sort, are great numbers of Merchants of Venice, Ragouse, France, &c. trading to Tripoli, Damasco, Aleppo, &c. being assisted by them of the Order of Francis who dwell in Jerusalem and Bethelem: and a few among the Armenians also, are found following the Latine Church. There was 25 Villages under the jurisdiction of Alangiacana-Castle, two dayes journey from Tauris, who (though they spake the Armenian tongue) ac∣knowledged Rome. This was in 1337; which Inhabitants are said to be then converted by one Bartholomew a Dominican, who was made Bishop of Armenia (I suppose the lesser); but now 12 only do persist in obedience thereunto: some of the other 13 having submitted to the Patriarch of the greater Armenia, and the others being ruined during the Turkish and Persian Wars. The 12 Vil∣lages are assisted in religious matters by the Dominicans under an Archbishop of that order, who being made by their Chapiter, and the chief of the Villages, is confirmed by the Pope. The La∣tines had also Synagogues at Bursia and Trebysond or Trapezond; but they with the Latine Ceremonies being lost for lack of Priests to officiate, either the Grecian or Armenian Religion hath suc∣ceeded. For the Armenians differ from them, 1. In receiving Infants to the Supper immediately after Baptism. 2. In abstinence from unclean beasts. 3. In fasting on Christmas-day so called. 4. In holding their children over the fire in Baptism, as a needful circumstance, because John told the people, That Christ should baptize them with the holy Spirit and fire. The other sorts are divided into three sects, Melchites, so named from Melech, that is, a King or Prince, as following the Emperour's of Constantinople's example: Such are all they of the Greeks religion in Asia under the four fore-mentioned Patriarchs of Constantinople, Jerusalem, Alexandria, and Antioch; this last residing at Damasco: who be∣ing chosen by the Country Bishops, seek not now the Pope's con∣firmation, (as formerly) but a liberty to choose, from the Turkish Bashaw, and the Turks own confirming, exercising their power under his authority. These choose and consecrate the Arch∣bishops and Bishops under them: some of whom have recourse

to the Pope for confirmation. They are all Monks of Basil; the famousest of which many Covents throughout the Levant, are those in Jerusalem, on Mount Sinai, and the holy Mountain upon the Archipelago. These hold all that the Greeks of old condemned as erroneous at the Councel of Florence; and are thought to be more than all the rest, Natolia and Syria being full of them; they extending also into Egypt, and Corazzan of Persia. Some also place the Georgians among them: who (as one) acknowledg the Patriarch of Constantinople's authority: yet some say, they agree in most doctrinal points with the Greeks, but not acknowledging the said Patriarch; but have one of their own: who being most∣ly resident on Mount Sinai, hath 18 Bishops under him. They call ('tis said) on St. George as their Advocate: But take not their name from him, as was before shewn. Some of them have turn∣ed Mahometans. Nestorians are also in these Countries, so called from Nestorius the Leader of their formerly condemned heresie: who speaking the languages of the places where they live, do not∣withstanding celebrate their Liturgie in the Chaldean tongue. The third sect are Dioscoriens, which are likewise divided into three Armenians, who although they give the title of Patriarch to many of their Prelates who farm the Turk's Armenian tributes, and are made partly by his favour; yet call but two Universal Patriarchs, the one being over the high, the other over the Low-Armenia. They are not much lesse in number than the Melchites; who have great liberty in all the Turk's estate, both for their policy in Trade, and for some testimonies of their predecessour's affecti∣on to Mahomet: who passionately recommended them to his suc∣cessours. They have no Images, but crosses of brasse and iron, yet have they divers reliques in shrines of silver: they say Service in their own language. Those things wherein they differ from the other Dioscoriens are, 1. Celebrating their Sacrament with unleavened bread, therein being conformable to Rome beyond all the Eastern Sectaries: they put also no water in their wine, saying, the Latine Church used anciently the same; they eat figgs and milk on Saturday night before Easter; eating also flesh every Friday from Easter to the Ascension. They differ in the time of celebrating the Annunciation and Nativity. They say, Christ was exempt from passions, and necessities of humane nature. They make the sign of the Crosse with two fingers, first on the right side, then on the left, contrary to the Jacobites.

For their killing nor buying any flesh five Saturdayes of the year, in remembrance of the Idolaters sacrificing their chil∣dren to Idols, and in a different ordering the Lamb in their Mass for the dead before they kill it; some call them Sabbatins and Julianists. Yet they remember their first union with Rome's Church, in Pope Silvester, and Constantine the Great's time. Ja∣cobites, denominated from one Jacob, a Syrian, a follower of Dio∣scores and Eutyches; the chief of whom are in Aleppo, Caramit, and Tur, a Mountain of Mesopotamia. They had two Patriarchs;

now but one; which is 〈◊〉〈◊〉 the Monastery of Gifran, yet living at Caromit: who hath under him two Metropolitans, one being in Jerusalem; divers Arch-bishops, and many Monasteries of An∣thonie's Order. They celebrate in the Chaldean tongue, and dif∣fer from the Armenians; in making the sign of the crosse with the fore-finger onely, to signifie a onenesse of nature, will, and ope∣ration in Christ. They eat also milk and flesh on Wednesday and Friday night after Sun-set, saying, Then the term of absti∣nence is past: eating flesh all the year long but in Lent. Some Arabians living among them, have joyned to them, who ar••••ll∣ed Solares, because they worship (among other superstitions the Sun. The Maronites (some think) are a branch of the Jacobites; for they were both (of old) subject to the Antiochian Patriarch; the which Patriarchship, both pretend; though it be now in the hands of the Melchites: they both use the Chaldean tongue, and had the same opinion of the unity of will, nature and operation of Christ. It is the least of all the Eastern sects, there being not above 12000 housholds, most of whom are poor; yet they are the most affected to the See of Rome, whose Patriarch being of Anthonies Order, and chosen by their Bishops and Religious on•••• is confirmed by the Pope, and resides at Tripoli of Syria, the Town•• of Syria and Villages of Mount Libanon being the abode of the Ma∣ronites. Yet are there some convents of Anthony, and a few Bi∣shops, who having no certain abode, are as it were his assistants. They pray to Maron, not (say they) the Arch-heretique, (from whom, 'tis generally held, they derive their name) but an Abbot of a very holy life: or else are so called from Marona a Village of Mount Libanon. Some are found among these, called White: who not being baptized, and in outward shew Mahometans, do call themselves Christians, confessing and communicating in se∣cret. The third sort of Dioscorians, are Costes or Curdes: who be∣ing wonderful ignorant, are mostly Nestorians and Jacobites; but have divers other opinions: many Mahometans being also among them.

Before I passe to Assyria, &c. I shall strike in with those two noted Islands of the Mediterranean Sea, Rhodes and Cyprus. Rhodes lying in the Carpathian Sea over-against Caria, had of old divers names, as Ithrea, Trinacria, &c. But (according to Pliny) called Rhodes, from the fields of Roses therein, from 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉, signifying a Rose; nigh whose chief City Rhodes (which stands on the East part of the Isle, the side of a hill, and part on the Sea-shore, en∣joying a fair and safe Haven, having also two or three Walls, five Castles, 13 high Towers, and some other Forts, making it even impregnable) at the entry of the Haven, stood that huge Idol of brasse, (in a man's image) called Colossus, one of the world's seven Wonders: whose thumb was so big, that no man could embrace it with both arms; and its little finger as big as an ordi∣nary man. Some say it was built by Canete Lindo in 12 years space; others, by Callasses Lysippus his Schollar, taking the name

Colossus of him. It was 80 cubits high, and erected in honour of the Sun; (which is said, once a day to shine on this Island, though never so cloudy in other places) between whose leggs, (it stand∣ing in the Harbour's mouth) ships with sails were wont to passe under. Whether the people were hence called Colossians, is un∣certain; but those Colossians to whom Paul wrote, were dwellers in Anatolia, of which mention hath been made. Mnavi Caliph, Osman's General, uniting this Isle to the Mahometan Empire, he brake down most of this Image, the brasse whereof is said to have loaded 900 Camels: yet its reliques were seen within this 60 or 80 years by a travailler into Rhodes. When the Knights of John of Jerusalem were driven out of Palestine by the Turks, this Island was given by the Constantinopolitan Emperour unto them, who ex∣pelled the Saracens from thence in 1308, who formerly took it from the divided Greeks; who having sorely infested the Turks nigh 200 years, Solyman the magnificent invading it, and besie∣ging Lilladamus Villiers (with about 500 of his Knights, 5000 Rhodians assisting them) by an Army of 200000 Turks, and 300 Galleys, 6 moneths; in one of the two strong Fortresses of the City, they resolutely defended it to the utmost of valour or warlike policy, till multitude over-mastering both, Solyman entred the Town on Christmas day so called, in 1522: the Knights yielding it on condition to depart, with liberty, goods, and transportation; and the Countrie's Inhabitants to continue there still if they would: yet the Turk lost so many of his best Souldiers, and brave Commanders, that (as one saith) he might have said with Pyr∣rhus, Such another Victory would have utterly undone him. They re∣mained long after without a habitation; till the King of Spain gave them the barren Isle of Malta. Rhodes hath been much sub∣ject to overflowing of waters, wherewith in 25 years space it was three times afflicted, and mightily indangered by con∣tinuall storms of rain; the last of which beginning (when Antigonus vanquished Eumenes) with hail at the entrance of the spring, the whole Island was covered with water, and the inhabitants drowned; many houses were beaten down, many kil∣led, and the Town in a manner ruined thereby, but they since la∣bouring to drain the waters, and dry up the moors, the Country hath been fruitfull, and not subject to such inundations. It abounds in pastures, great store of Olive-Trees, Olives, and Citrons, with other Trees, continually green, and near the Town it self, there are many Valleys and small hills, with store of Fruit-Trees and Vines; but they grow all by industry, not naturally. These Islan∣ders were so expert in Sea-affairs, that Florus calls them Populus Nauticus, or a Sea-people; they made couragious defence against the Romans, before subjected unto them; but then ever faithfull, who (of all the Mediterranean Isles, that revolted in Mithridates his time) stood onely fast to the Romans, so that Velleius Paterculus makes it almost a miracle, that (in the Romans hard wars with Perseus King of Macedon) the very Rhodians that before were most

faithfull to the Romans, now (by a doubtfull faith) seemed to be more inclinable to the Kings part. The Town is onely inhabi∣ted by Turks, and Jews; Christians may not abide therein in the night on pain of death, for fear of sedition or Treason; by day, they may either continue, or trade there without exception. But those in the Villages are most Christians, and those Greeks who manure their fields, and dresse their Vines and Gardens; and whose manner of living is mostly like other Grecians; I suppose the Authors meaning is, both in Religion and behaviour. Rhodes was an old Academy of the Roman Monarchy, on the West side of which Isle (which is 120 miles in circuit) lieth Carpathos, now Scarpanto, 70 miles in compasse; eminent onely for giving the name of the Carpathian Sea to the adjoyning waters.

CYPRUS (scituated according to Ptolomy, in the midst of the Issick-bay, called the Gulf of Laiazza) lies between Cilicia, and Syria's Coasts, and is about an 100 miles from Syria South∣ward, having Aegypt on the West, and Cilicia on the East. It's length extending from East to West, is (by a traveller thither) reputed 210 miles, 60 broad, and 600 in circuit. It fell into the Romans hands, after the Assyrian Monarchies extinguishment, (which before was under the dominion of Greek Tyrants) by whose means the Ptolomies of Aegypt commanded it. Then retur∣ning again under the Romans by M. Cato, who conquered it, and found therein 7000 Talents in money and goods; which summe, fearing to lose, in bringing it to Rome by Sea, he put it into several boxes, to wit, two Talents and fifty drachms in a box: at the end whereof, he fastening a long rope, with a piece of Cork at the end, that, if it suffered shipwrack, it might be espied. Upon the division of the Roman Empire, the Emperours of Constantinople possessed it; whither Isaac Comnen (fleeing from Andronicus Comnen, the usur∣per of the Greek Empire, ruled as its King till 1191, when as Ri∣chard the first, of England, going to the Holy War (so called) against the Turks, his souldiers being by the Islanders, some slain, and some taken Prisoners, who in two ships were there driven on ground, having hardly escaped the Sea's danger: and the rest of his fleet there arriving, being forbidden to land also; he moved therewith, and by force landing his men, took Isaac Comnen Pri∣soner, (whom he sent bound in Silver Chains into Syria) and spee∣dily over-ran and subdued the whole Island; exchanging it after∣wards with Guy of France, of the Family of Lusignan, for the lost and titulary kingdome of Jerusalem; in whose posterity it remai∣ned till 1423. Then the Sultan of Aegypt invading it, and ta∣king John its King Prisoner, yet restored him (after a round ran∣some) for 40000. Crowns yearly Tribute. Then it came under the Venetians subjection in 1473, by means of James an illegiti∣mate son, who having dispossessed his sister Carlotte of the Crown, married one Catherina adopted daughter of the Senate of Venice, whom he leaving his heir, she resigned her Scepter to the Senate,

which defended it (onely paying the Tribute) till Mustapha, Se∣limus the Second, his General, wrested it in 1570 out of their hands, Bragadino their Governour making good to the utmost the Town of Famagusta (the which and Rhodes are said to be the two strongest holds in all the Turks Empire) yielding at last on honourable conditions: which Mustapha kept not; but murdering the chie∣fest men of the Town, he cut off Bragadinoes ears, fleaing him alive, &c. and sending the chief prisoners and spoils unto Selim: A Cy∣prian Lady appointed for his lust, firing Gun-powder, partly burnt and partly drowned the two Vessels, and booty, so that he never saw them. Yet the next year the Venetians won the battle of Le∣panto. This Island was formerly called Achamantis or Achametide, Macaria, that is, blessed or happy, from its fruitfulnesse; Cerastis, either for the many Mountains therein, whose tops are sharp like horns: or because it butted toward the East with one horn; and one saith, it was named Crypta, that is hidden; lying so low as if the waves of the Sea did cover it. But Cyprus, from its abundance of Cyprus Trees. There are six Capital Cities or Towns therein; Paphos, said to be built by Cineras, who called it after his fathers name, wherein (of old) was the Temple of Venus; for the Gentiles consecraced this Island to that imagined Goddesse of beauty. Fa∣magusta (formerly Salamus) on the South-Sea: at whose siege the Turks spent 118000 great Bullets. Nicosia, in the plain of Massa∣ra, 34 miles from Famagusta, and of old called Fremitus, and Leuce∣tum. Ceraunea, now Cerienes; which Cyrus built after vanquishing the nine petty Kings, into which it was once divided. Amathus, whence the Island was called Amathusia, where Venus was also wor∣shipped. Lescare, antiently Arsinoe, highly noted for Jupiters Groves. Here was born five noted Gentiles; Xenophon the Histo∣rian, Zeno, Appollonius the Philosopler, Aesclepiades, whence the Aesclepiad Verses, and Solon, one of the seven wise men of Greece, who gave laws to the Athenians. The Cypriots are very courteous and affable to all strangers, except Jews, of whom (because in Tra∣jane his time, they under Artemio their Captain, desolated this Island, killing 240000 therein (who yet were quickly overcome and slain by the Romans Lievtenant) if any come, or are forced in thither, ('tis said) they execute him. Their greatest want is of water, but too much plenty of scorching heat (the longest day there, being about fourteen hours and an half) and fabulous grounds, (whose heat notwithstanding the Northern winds strong∣ly blowing in Cerines Burrough, doth moderate; the Ayr also on the Mountains being very subtile) and it is recorded, that the Isle was utterly abandoned in Constantine the Great his dayes, for that it rained not in thirty six years. It was formerly (as Ptolomy tea∣cheth) divided into four parts; Salaminia, Paphia, Amathusia, La∣pathia; but now into twelve parts, called Provinces or Countries, Strabo saith, Cyprus in his time yielded abundance of Wine, and Oyl, and Wheat enough to feed the Inhabitants. At this day it is exceeding fertile, having all things needfull for mans life, their

Wine is excellent, keeping 80 years, of a pleasing tast, and of black (in that time) becoming white; but a travailer saith, they having no barrels, but keeping it in great Earthen jars inclosed all (save their open mouths) within the ground, and interlarded with pitch within, to preserve them from breaking by the Wines force; it favours of the Pitch, and makes it too heady for the brain. The black great Raysin called Zibile, comes here hence; they gather all kinds of fruit (except Chesnuts, Services, and Cherries) especially Oranges, Lemons, and Citrons, excelling all others in tast. They have Dates, Saffron, abundance of Coriander∣seed, also Mastick. It yields medicinable things, as Rubarb, Turpentine the best of all; and some say Coloquintida, and Scammony. Here are also Mines of Gold, Chrysocolla, Calthan∣te, Allome, Iron, and exceeding good Copper. Besides which, are pretious stones found, as Diamonds, Emeraulds, Crystall, white and red Corall, and the Amiant stone, of which they ma∣king Linnen Cloath; the fire will not burn it (though cast into it) but purifies and whitens it. They have Goats hair, wherewith they make Chamlets. There is a Lake not far from the Sea, 12 miles about, into which runs a small River falling from Mount Olympus, out of which they draw store of salt; excellent and white Honey have they, also Wool; But it appears, their chief com∣modities are Sugar, which they draw out of Canes, and Cotton, for, as one saith, Cyprus, Candy, and Sicily, are the Monarchall Isles of the Mediterranean Sea; resembling each other in length, breadth, circuit and fertility, onely Candy is somewhat narrower than the other two, and more sassinous and hilly; yet for Oyles and Wines, shee is the Mother of both the other, Sicily being for Grain and Silks the Empresse of all, and Cyprus for Sugar and Cot∣ton-wool, a darling sister to both, giving likewise this Character of their Inhabitants; they of Sicily Isle are the most civill: the Cy∣priots indifferent, the Candiots rudest of all. Besides the Latine and Greek Churches, whereof there are 4 Bishopricks, yet double, the one Greek, the other Latine; of Nicosia, Paphee, Famagusta, and Li∣missa; there are other sects in this Island, as Armenians, Coftes, Ma∣ronites, Indians, Nestorians, Georgians, and Jacobites; every one ha∣ving their Bishop, and were expelled by Saladine (after the taking of Jerusalem) for the Turks here (as in other Countries) give liber∣ty of Conscience, onely for a yearly exacted Tribute. There are many Monasteries on the chiefest and highest Mountain in this Isle, called Trohodos, 8 miles high, and 48 in compass, whose people are of Basil's Order, and called Colieros, or rather Caloires, that is, good Priests. The Latine Bishops have their burroughs, and Tithes; but the Greek, a yearly sum of the Priests and Deacons under them, as in other Provinces. Also the Greek did acknowledge the Latine Bishops for their superiours, &c. But the Latine Arch-bishop of Nicosia (called Archbishop of Cyprus) depended immediately of the Pope, not on any Patriarch, untill the Signiors of Venice, under Pope Pius the 4th, becomming Patrons of this Arch-bishoprick, chose 4, one whereof the Pope named Archbishop.

ASSYRIA (so called from Assur, one of Sem's five sons who peopled it) is by divers, diversly named; as Adrinsa, or Adrise, Azemie, Mosul, Sarh, Arzerum, and by some, Cussestan and lyes between Armenia Major on the North, and Susiana, in Persia, on the South. This Country was of old in reputation, for the Empire there setled, whose King Salmanassar carried away the ten Tribes: and of the chief City Nineveh (built by Ninus the third Assyrian Monarch): whither Jonah was sent to preach repen∣tance; it was 60 miles about, whose walls were 100 foot high, 200 foot high was every Tower in the walls, whereof there were 1500, and the walls were so broad, that three Carts might be conteined a breast: it was seated near the River Tigris, and bigger than Babylon; but is now almost quite ruined. Here is also the City Arzeri, whence the whole Region is denominated, and Ar∣vela, nigh which Alexander in his third and last battle with Dari∣us, having 800000, got a great Victory, and was installed in the Monarchy of Persia. Darius dying not long after. It formerly conteined the Provinces of Arapachit, Adiaben, and Sittacen, which some (saith one) at this day call Botan, Sarca, and Rabia. Thorow Nineveh also ran Euphrates.

MESOPOTAMIA, (so called because it is scituated be∣twixt the two famous Rivers, Euphrates and Tigris) is in Scrip∣ture called Padan Aram, now Diarbech, according to Mercator, and hath toward the West Syria, toward the East Assyria, divided by Tigris; which for its swiftnesse, is so called, Tigris in the Medes language signifying an Arrow. Whose chief Towns were Edessa, now (they say) called Rechais; whose Governour Agbarus, wri∣ting an Epistle to Christ, received an answer from him, where∣of Eusebius hath set down the Coppies. Near which also Caracalla, Severus the Emperour his son, was slain by Ma∣crinus his appointment, Captain of the Guard, who in∣tended to have took off his head, for that the Magicians returned their answer, that Macrinus should succeed him. And 'tis observed by history, that all or most of the 40 Empe∣rours between Julius Caesar, and Constantine, dyed unnatural deaths, either killing themselves, or being killed. When the Christians had recovered this Country and Palestine from the Turks, they divided their whole conquest into four Tetrarchies, Jerusalem, Antioch, Tripolis, and Edessa: every one whereof had subordi∣nate Lords, and were all subject to the Kings of Jerusalem. Carra, in Scripture Haran, where Abraham dwelt, when he left Ur of the Chaldeans: this Town is now called Caramit, that is, a black Town, where resides a Turkish Bassa of great power: it was of old na∣med Amida, and stands in the chief Country of Mesopotamia, cal∣led Alech, and was taken by Selimus the Turk. The Pagans here once worshipped the Moon, some as a Female; others as a Male. Orse, said to be seven miles in compasse, and famous by the death

of Crassus the Roman Lievtenant, who was worth 7100 talents, when he had offered the 10th to Hercules, and given three moneths corn to the poor. But he was vanquished by King Herodes and his Parthians nigh unto Carra. Herein also stands Merdin the Chal∣dean Patriarch's Seat: and Mosus the Nestorian Patriarch's resi∣ding place, whose authority extends even to Cathaia, and the In∣dies. Here was Abraham born; whither also he sent his servant to choose Isaac a Wife: unto whose brother Laban in this Coun∣try, Jacob fled from his brother Esau: The earthly Paradise is judged to have been in an Island of this Region made by Tigris and Euphrates, and branches running from them: whose uppermost is said to be Pison, watering Havilah, now Susiana, the lowermost G••hon, running thorow Aethiopia, Asiatica, Chaldea, (whose first In∣habitants descended from Arphaxad, Sem's third son, according to Dubartas—

And Chaldee fell to learned Arphaxad)

is scituated on the West of Assyria, and on the East of Syria; two of whose principal Cities were Ur; yet now called Horrea.

Babylon, whose Tower of Babel, that is, confusion, (begun by Nimrod the son of Chus soon after the flood, to secure themselves from a second deluge) (though Heber and his family contradicted it) is said to have been raised 5164 paces from the ground, whose circumference was equal to its height, &c. which God behold∣ing, made of one language, 72; so hindring the proceedings of that proud and fond attempt; who being about 24000 men, besides women and children: 27 of those languages, Sem's posterity, di∣spersed themselves over Asia; 15, being Japhet's ••ssue, went to∣wards Europe and Asia the Lesse: the other 30, of Cham's loyns, peopled Africk) which was neverthelesse finished by Semiramis, a woman of insatiable lusts, born at Ascalon a Town of Syria, and the 4th Chaldean Monarch, who being taken to Ninus's bed, who granted her the Empires command for five dayes: she putting on the Royal robes, commanded the King to be slain. And whose walls being in circuit 60 miles, were also 200 foot high, and 50 Cubits in breadth. News being brought to this Semiramis, of this Citie's revolt; she, leaving her head half undrest, never platted the rest of her hair, till she by siege had recovered it. Cyrus took this Town, by cutting many deep channels; so emptying Euphra∣tes that ran thorow it, and conveying his forces along the emptied River into the Town. Which revolting from the Persians in Da∣rius Histaspis his time; Zopirus, Darius his Captain, (after twenty moneths siege, and still lesse hope to prevail) cutting off his nose and ears, and mangling his body, fled in policy to the Babylonians, complaining of his King's tyranny: who crediting his words, and committing to him their whole Army, he delivered Souldiers and Town into his Soveraign's hands. Here Alexander the Great en∣ded his dayes; by whose Greek Army it being taken, one part onely took cognizance thereof in three dayes space. Bugiafer Ca∣liph of the Saracens, rebuilt this City, expending 18 millions of

gold therein, calling it Bagdet from Baga, the Arabick word for a a garden; of which it contained many. Between this Town and Aleppo is still a great Trade of Carriers with laden Camels, be∣tween which also they are wont to send letters in haste by post-Pidgeons. In Chaldea flourished many and the first Astronomers: whose two helps herein, were, the Countrie's plain∣nesse affording a fair Horizon: and a long life, with sufficient experience of all the Stars and Planets motions; and the three Wise men of the East, who worshipped and presented gifts to Christ, are thought to have come from hence. Belochus Priscus, the 10th Assyrian King, was the first author of divination by birds flying, called Auspicium: besides which, the Gentiles had three other kinds; Araspicium, or a looking on or into beasts that came to be sacrificed. Tripudium or by the rebounding of crums cast to chickens. Augurium, or by the chirping or chattering of birds: as also from unknown sounds and voyces. Sardanapalus the 38th Monarch, for his effeminacy, being besieged in Nineveh by Ar∣baces, Governour of Media; and Belochus, of Babylon: he burned himself with all his riches. Justine saying, that by this deed onely he imitated a man. After whose death, Arbaces taking Media and Persia with the confining Provinces; Belochus seized on Assy∣ria, Chaldea, and the Countries adjacent; whose Kingdome was called the new Kingdom of Assyria: the 9th of which new Mo∣narchs was Nebuchadonosor, who conquering Egypt, destroying Nineveh, repairing Babylon, and in the 18th year of his reign de∣stroying Jerusalem, and captivating the Jews to Babylon, was cal∣led commonly, The Hercules of the East. But toward his latter end was distracted seven years, living like a beast: and being resto∣red to his senses, and thereby somewhat humbled, he dyed, ha∣ving reigned 44 years; whose grandchild Balthasar, (the son of Evilmerodach, who was slain by Astyages King of the Medes) a dis∣solute and cruel Prince, had his Kingdom taken from him, and himself slain by Darius and Cyrus, Astyages's successours: after which, it was subject to the Persians, Graecians, Romans, (who yet hardly extended their borders beyond Euphrates) Parthians, Sara∣cens, Persian Sophies; and last of all to the Turk, by Solyman the magnificent, who in 1545, caused the titulary Caliph of Bagdet to crown him King thereof.

MEDIA (now called Servan or Shirvan) confines towards the South with Persia, on the West with high Armenia and Assyria; to the North with the Caspian Sea, so called from the Caspii, a people of Scythia Southerly bordering herein. Its people were formerly the most powerful of all Asia: and it was divided into high Media, and Atropatia, the most Northerly part of Me∣dia. The chief Cities are Servan, whence the whole Region is denominated. Tauris or Tabris, which some believe to be Ec∣batane, and is seated at the foot of Mount Oronte about eight dayes journey from the Sea of Bacu or Caspian Sea: whose ayr being very wholsome, though cold and windie, it contained in its 16 miles

compasse about 200000 Inhabitants: but Amurath the Third, ta∣king it in 1585, (for it was thrice taken by the Turk) some hold, that since it is much decayed: Here was formerly the Persian Sophie's Seat, (in Summer) till Tamas transported it to Tasbin their last abode, which lyes more Southerly than Tauris. Sul∣tania, where is the fairest Mosque or Mahometan Temple of the East. Also Nassivan, which some think to be the ancient Artaxata or Nasuana. Ardoville, in which Guinet and Sederdin, (whom some call Bunie and Aider) the first authors of the Sophie's Sect and Em∣pire, with some other authors of that sect, have reigned. Some also make reckoning of Marant in high Media, noted for the war that hath been between Amurath the Turk, and the Persian So∣phies. And (as one saith) although the Turk hath held part of this Country somewhat long, yet it may well be attributed to the Persian King, seeing he hath of late recovered almost all from the Turk. Symmachia, or Sumaquie in Atropatia, said to be the strongest place in Media, taken by the Turk in 1578, and made the Seat of a Turkish Bassa. Here stand also the Towns of Sechi on the frontiers of Gurgestan: Javat on the confines of high Media; and Eres, famous formerly, for the great store of silk coming thence. They once made a liquor in Media, called oyl of Media, with which they envenoming their arrowes, and shooting them, not in a strong, but slacker bow, it burnt the flesh with such violence, that water allayed not, but rather increased, the torment: onely dust could mitigate it. There is also Derbent (anciently named Cauca∣siae Portae, built hard by the hill Caucasus, called by Plinie, a great miracle of nature, as being environed with two walls, and having gates of iron, the chief City in Albania, but now called Zuiria, a Country lying on the North of Media: a chief River whereof Arasse; and an ancient City whereof was called Laodicea.

THe particular Province of PERSIA (in old time called Panchaia, from King Panchee; then, from the Greeks, Cephene: but Persia, from King Perseus, (changing the name of Elamites into Persians) who passing over from Greece into Asia, there tamed the barbarous Nations by a great and daily war, and gave the Conquerour's name to this subdued Country) is bounded on the North with Media, on the South with the Persian gulph; which takes its name of this Province; and runs along 600 miles: The two chief Cities are Siras, in antient time, Perse∣polis, built by Perses, Perseus his son; some say, that it was named Cyropolis, and was the abode of the wise Kings of the East; it is seated on the River Bindimir, and is now one of the beautifullest Towns of the East, being (with the Suburbs, 20 miles about, and containing 60000 houses. Alexander at the request of his lewd Lais, set it on fire; but repenting his folly, he afterwards rebuilt it. Casbin or Tasbin, whither Tamas (as was said) brought the Sophie's residence from Tauris; it's called also Hispian, and said to be a dayes journey about on horseback. This is well walled,

(though Tauris hath none) and is beautified with two Seraglio's, whose Walls are of red Marble, and paved with Mosaique work; where also doth the Sophie sometime personally administer Ju∣stice.

SUSIANA (called Chus and Cusistan, hath for bounds on the West, Chaldea; on the South, the Persian gulph. It (saith one) took this name from its famous City Suses, called Chus and Sustre; but it may be called Sufiana (as if to say, Chusiana) from Chus, Ham's son, who first peopling here, withdrew to the three Arabia's, call∣ing them after his own name, the Land of Chus, which is Aethio∣pia, (not of Africa, but of Asia) which the River Gihon is said to encompasse. Chus leaving this Country to his son Havilah: it is called in Scriptures, the Land of Havilah, where is gold; which Pison (the Southern branch of the River Tigris or Hiddekel, as Gi∣hon is the most Western branch of Euphrates) is said to compasse. For it is evident from 1 Sam. 15.7. that there was another Land of Havilah, besides that of India. Suses the chief City is built up∣on the River Enele, now called Tirtir: being of a long form, and 15 miles in compasse: where the Persian Kings also (of old) kept Court in Winter; for that it stood more Southerly than Tauris or Echatane.

CARMANIA, now called CHIRMAN, hath been divided into two parts; the one called by some at this day, Dulcinde, or Carmania the Desart; whose limits are on the North Parthia, towards the South, the other Carmania: it hath no Towns, but onely some scattering Villages. The other lying betwixt Ge∣drosia the Desart, part of Persia, and the Indian-Sea, and is called high or great Carmania. Whose chief City is Chirman, famous for its cloath of Gold, and making of the best Scimitars; which the Mahometans so prize, that those who were taken at their over∣throw of Lepanto, cast them into the Sea, that the Christians might not have such weapons. This Province extends 200 leagues, and is near the Sea; but (they say) there is no safe Port, or comming for ships, for the sands and Rocks. Yet the more Westerly, hath the more commodious Ports and many Towns, but the Easterly is ill inhabited. Here Alexander returning out of India, kept his feasts in imitation of Bacchus, who first conquer∣ed that Nation. They continued seven dayes, night and day in a sottish, drunken, and foolish manner, as they marched thorow it. In the Army was no weapon to be seen, but Cups, Barrels, and Flagons; and eating, drinking, laughing, and singing, instead of skirmishing, &c. so that the Historian observes, a 1000 sober Persians, (if their courage had been according to the occasion offer∣ed them by this drunken army) might have defeated them, and re∣covered the Countries freedome.

GEDROSIA, now CHARMAN, Circan, and Gest, hath toward the East the Realm of Camboy, or part of the Indies, on the West Carmania, from which it is parted by the River Il∣ment: whose chief City is called Gedroson, or Gest. Alexander here (to immortalize his fame) making all the Monuments of his Indian conquest larger and bigger than what they represented, oc∣casioned many to suspect, his actions were lesse than is thought, since (hereby) he would have them thought more then they were.

DRANGIANA, (divided by the River Drangie, called in new Maps Ilment) is now called SIGESTAN; yet Niger saith, that Drangiana with Arachosia is so called. Some will have this to be Cabul on the Sophies frontiers Westward, ha∣ving a particular Mahometan King. It is bounded on the North and West with Aria, under the Mountain Bagoe, and on the East with Aracosia, and is so inclosed with Mountains, that the Ri∣ver scarce finds passage; two Cities hereof are, Sige, whence it is named Sigestan, and Mulebet, where Aladine a seditious Persian, promised an eternal earthly fools Paradise to all that took his part, who swearing to venture their lives in his quarrells, he appointed them to Massacre such neighbour Princes as probably might prove bad to him, which thing they did; whom the Italians calling Assassines, that is, theives, and cut-throats, we use the word to Assassinate. Some indeed attribute this unto Aladeules, King of Antitaurus, whom Selym the first vanquished; but Paulus Venetus relates the full story concerning Aladine.

ARIA (by others, Eri, Sablestam, Sargutzar, Corsan, and Se∣mere) hath on the West Parthia, and Carmania the Desart, on the East the Country of Parapomisus. Here are three principal Rivers Aria, Arapen, and Tonelet; also the Marish of Arien, now called the Burgian Lake. Its chief City is Eri, or Aria, thirteen miles about; Sartibarzanes was once Governour of this Country; who revolting from, and joyning battell with Alexander, challen∣ged to fight hand to hand with any of his commanders: the which one Eriguis an aged, but mettalsome souldier, undertaking, and having cried aloud, I will shew what souldiers Alexander had, came on, and at the second onset, slew Sartibarzanes; and then the Arians re-obeyed Alexander; who at another time having rebel∣led; and being by Alexander forced to hide in a Cave, on the top of an inaccessible Rock, he piling up wood eeven with the Caves∣mouth, set it on fire with the wind; whereby, some, by the heat and smoak, being half burnt and stifled, the rest yielded to his mercy.

ARACHOSIA, (which hath on the West Drangiana, on the East, India) is, they say, called (of it self) Cabull; whose chief City is Cabull, formerly called Alexandria of Arachosia; Alex∣ander built it at the foot of the Hill Caucasus, (Taurus taking this name here) and left 7000 Macedonian souldiers to people the same. On this Mount the Tragedy of Prometheus is said to be act∣ed, which is far diversly related by Augustine, then according to the vulgar Fable.

PARAPOMISUS, so called for that it is fashioned like an Island, with Rivers running almost about it, is named Dache by one, but by another Candahar; yet others will have this called Sablestan. It is bounded on the South with Arachosia, on the North with the Mountains of Taurus, dividing it from Tartary; here called the Mountain of Parapomise. It is so mountainous, that in Alexanders times, it was scarse known to its neighbour Countries, and the people being so barbarous that they were not held worthy of acquaintance; whose Valleys (though said to be indifferent fruitfull) were so shadowed with the high hills; that it much Eclipsed their clearest day. Their chief Town, and a frequented Market is Candahar, or rather now called Conda∣tura.

SACA, whose people Sacae, seating themselves North in Germany, gave name to the Saxons, increasing there both in number and valour. They are reported still to live here barba∣rously in Caves, living mostly by theft. The Country is scitua∣ted more Northerly than Parapomisus, on the borders of Scythia, or Tartary.

HIRCANIA hath divers names, as Girgiam, Corcam, Me∣sandre, Hyrach, Strave, Diargument; and ••ath on the North the Hircanian, or Caspian Sea, and on the South, Aria, and Parthia. its chief City is Hircan, very strongly scituated, and called by the Scythians, Charizat. In it also is the Town Nobarca, once famous for an Oracle therein, When Alexander conquered this country, (it being in a manner a Forrest) the Hircanians tying the boughs together, he could not come at them. But causing his Souldiers to cut down the Wood, which they thought his affairs would not have permitted him to do, they yielded. Abundance of fierce Ty∣gers lurking in these Forrests, occasioned that Proverb of cruell men; That they had sucked an Hircanian Tiger. There are Ri∣vers in these forementioned Provinces, some whereof (they say) have even an incredible steep fall into the Sea, and the River Zio∣beris in this Hircania, in his course out of the Hills, is hid 38. miles under-ground, rising again into another river, the which, Alexan∣der, by casting two Oxen therein, the stream casting them up at its rising, made tryall of.

THere is also included within the Realm of PERSIA, the Island ORMUS (for Persia conteineth the eleven mentioned Provinces, bounded in the generall with the Main Ocean on the South, and the Caspian Sea, with the River Oxus, on the North, which Oxus, (as may be shewn hereafter, is a bound fatall to Mo∣narchies) about twelve miles from the continent, not great, and yet barren. They say it is tributary to the Portugalls ever since 1506. But its convenient scituation, for the Trade both of Arabia, Persia, and India: occasioned these Verses by the Ara∣bians.

If all the World should be a Ring; the stone, And Gemme thereof, were Ormus Isle alone.

So that, the Customes of its Merchandise affords a great Sum to the Mahometan Vice, or under King thereof, unto whose Crown the Isle Bolsaria not far off, and also some of Arabia the happy, is said to belong.

THis is the ordinary and received Description, and Division of Persia, but one that hath written a brief relation of the chief Provinces thereof, and which have continued longest under the Persians command, saith, that Persia, which those born in the Country call Parc, or Agem, and whose inhabitants are named Pa∣ry, or Agemy, being one of the greatest Monarchies (for before the renting Media, and Armenia from it, it was 4560 miles in com∣passe) and the most famous and best people in the World, can∣not be discovered, or have any certain bounds given unto it for the variety found in that Kings dominions, the Realms, and Pro∣vinces whereof, have been sometimes very great, sometimes of small extent.

After Sardanapalus his death, the Empire was divided into the Assyrian, Chaldean, and Median Monarchy, of which last the foun∣der was Arbaces, in the year of the World 3146, the seventh of which Monarchs of the Medes, was Phraortes, who being of great prowesse, and reigning 22 years, compelled the Persians to be his Tributaries. But Cyrus Astiages his Grandchild, having no quar∣rell at all against Cyaxares his Uncle (who is plainly Darius the Mede with Daniel,) left him the Kingdome of Media, and himself took Persia; yet so, that Cyrus marrying Cyazares his onely daughter, should be his heir both of what he then had, and what they should mutually win in Cyaxares his life time. So that although the Greeks attribute the taking of Babylon, and slaying of Baltazzar un∣to Cyrus onely; yet the Scripture gives it wholly to Darius; as being the elder, the Medes Empire the more famous of the two; and the Uncle being before the Nephew, unto whom also what they both won, was to belong, till after death; Cyrus succeeding him, and incorporating thereby, the Medes and Persians into one,

joyned also the Assyrian Monarchy, besides Armenia and three other Countries to his Empire: whose successour Cambyses (a cru∣ell tyrant making an expedition into Egypt, in which he dyed; although he subdued Psamniticus the last King thereof, uniting it to his Empire) the Vice-Roy, a Magus, set up his own son, the false Smerdis as Cambyses his brother; till O••anes a Nobleman, being in∣formed by his daughter the King's Concubine, that he had no ears, the deceit being discovered, this false Smerdis was slain in the 8th moneth of his reign; and the seven Nobles chose one among them to be King, whose horse first neighed in the Palace-Green before Sun-rising: which by the sleight of his Groom fell to Darius called Hystaspes; whose two immediate Successours were Xerxes, who to his own overthrow, attempted to subdue the Greeks; and Artaxerxes Longimanus, who is called in Scripture Abasuerosh: The 5th after whom, being Darius Governour of Media, he was vanquished by Alexander the Great in three battles, whereby the Median and Persian Empire was passed over to the Macedonian, which was in the year of the World 3635. At which Conquest, Alexander is reported to have loaded 10000 Mules, and 5000 Camels, with the gold and wealth taken therein, beside what every Souldier particularly had. Hereupon, the Persian Monar∣chy was obscured, till the year of Christ 228, that is, 535 years; 83 years under Alexander's successours of Syria; 452 under the Par∣thian kings: for Arsaces a Parthian Noble perswading the Eastern people with the Persians, to break the Greek yoak, took the Diadem: although in that they changed onely the Tyrant, not the tyranny. But at length Artaxerxes a Persian taking an opportunity, by the massacring and breaking of the Parthians by Caracalla and Macri∣nus, slaying Artabanus the last Parthian King, he raised again the royal Seat of Persia, though not without three dayes cruel fight. Artaxerxes hereupon, sending to Severus the Roman Emperour, for all the Provinces of Asia belonging to the Persian Monarchy, to be delivered him, Severus went against him with an Army, di∣viding it into three parts; two whereof the Persians breaking, he hastily and dangerously retired with the third. So that, Valeria∣nus being after this overcome and taken by Sapores the second of that Persian race: their name growing terrible, Constantine the Great, brought both the Garrisons and Colonies of the North-West into the East, removing also the Empire's Seat from Rome to Constantinople, lest the Persians should intrench too far on the Roman Provinces. They continued in Soveraignty under 28 Kings, till the year 634, in which, Haumar the Saracen vanquish∣ing Hormisda the second, the Persians were buried under infamy by the Saracens; who gave to their Deputies here kept, the name of Sultan or Soldan, who remained till the year 1030; in which Tangrolipix the Turk coming out of Armenia for assistance to Ma∣homet the Persian Sultan, was invested King of Persia through the said Mahomet's unhappy death. The third that is read of, from

Tangrolipix, was Cussanes; who being conquered by the great Cham of Tartarie in the year 1202, Haalon was ordained the first Tartarian King of Persia; the 9th from whom was Abuzaid: who dying, the Tartarian Princes civilly dissenting about seizures on several parts thereof; Gempsas a Parthian took occasion to free both his own subjects and the Persians from their bondage: which he effecting, was chosen Sultan or King of Persia; whose Issue not long enjoyed it; Violent Tamerlane the Tartar dispossessing that race; whose issue also, after his death soon lost this kingdom: for Usun Cassanes the Armenian rooted out Malaoncres the last of his line, in 1431, and possessed the kingdom; during whose reign, he gave his daughter in marriage to one Aider Sophie, the son of Guine Sophie; who (in 1360) deriving his birth from Musa Ceresin one of the twelve sons of Ocean Halies son, (who marrying their prophet Mahomet's daughter, he bequeathed to the said Hali all his estate; with the title of Caliph or Emperour) contrived an establishment of the Caliphateship in his own family. Jacup Usun Cassanes his son fearing Aider's glory, had him slain, casting his sons Ishmael and Solyman into prison; who notwithstanding being well edu∣cated, and having liberty afforded them by Amazar to whom they were delivered, Ishmael vanquishing and killing Jacup, with his son Eluan, was both crowned King of Persia, and as to reli∣gion, made Hali and himself Mahomet's true successours: reject∣ing Abubequer or Abuzezer, Ormar or Haumar, and Odman or Osmen, together with the Turks who followed them, (for being powerful men, and great assistants to Mahomet, they all pretended them∣selves his true successours) as schismatical Rebels: whence hath proceeded those mortal jarrs between the Turks and them, though to their losse, who have (since Ishmael Sophie, who began the 7th race of the Persian Kings in 1495) successively maintained wars with the Turk; unto whom they lost Babylon, with a great slaugh∣ter of the defendants in 1639. The contention between Hali and the three above-mentioned, about the succession, was the rise of four sects; The Persians having the best reason for their claim; and by Ishmael Sophie's valour, challenging the race of Hali, he brought his sect into credit, proclaiming war against his neigh∣bours that would not embrace the same. He wore a red Turban with twelve points, in remembrance of Ocen or Ossan's twelve sons, the son of Hali, and commanding all his followers to wear the like. Many Nations followed him and his sect, and all people between Euphrates and Abian, the Caspian Sea and Persian gulph, are settled in this opinion, differing also in some other ceremonies or circumstances from the Turkish Mahometans. In the Sophie's Dominions are likewise some Jews, of those that remained in As∣syria, when Nehemiah and Ezra led back the rest into Palestine; who choosing a head of David's house, called him, The Head of the banished, and built a Town on Euphrates banks, which they named Neardo••, or a floud of Sciences. In the Province Corasan, there are

Melchites (aforementioned) who obey the Patriarch of Antioch. Cosroes also the Persian King chasing away those called Catho∣liques, in despight of the Emperour Heraclius, who had defeated him, planted Nestorians in Persia, who (they say) live mixt among the Assyrians, Medes, Mesopotamians, and Parthians, of whom we are next to speak. Many Armenians have also passed into Persia for fear of the Turk's cruelty, acknowledging two Patriarchs: the Superiour being in the greater Armenia, near Ervan in Persia; the other in the lesser Armenia in Sis of Caramania. As to the Qua∣lity and Riches of these Countries, there is found great difference in the soyl. Assyria is a plain Country abounding in Rivers, and exceeding fruitfull. Mesopotamia is wondrous fertile in some parts; yielding (if it may be credited) 200, and in some places 300 fold, and fit for breeding of Cattle: but in some others is so subject to heat, as many beasts cannot endure its extremity. Here being few Fountains, which the Inhabitants either out of malice or subtilty do hide; but the fertile places are overflown with Ti∣gris and Euphrates, as Egypt is with Nilus. Its very miry here in Winter. Herein also are great Desart places, all sandy, without fruit: yet even there is gathered the sweet Ammomum, and store of Naphte or liquid Bitumen; and about the Town Merdin is abundance of Cotton. Media is generally hilly and cold, espe∣cially toward the North, and therefore barren; and little Corn growing, making their bread mostly of dryed Almonds, and their drink of the roots of some herbs; eating ordinarily Venison, for they have here scarce any thing but fruit-Trees, and wild beasts, tame beasts none: but the South part abounds both in Wheat, Wine, and tame beasts; and the soyl about Tauris is fruitfull in all things. So that of this part of Media, he may be understood, who saith, There be some grassie plains so big, that 50000 horses may pasture on them. Atropatia is very fruitful by reason of the Rivers Araxe or Arasse, and Cire or Ciro which water it; wherein (in old time) was great store of Silks: and it appears to be the same, that another calls Zuiria, as abovesaid, whose Country he saith is little beholding to the Husband-man's industry; yielding for one sowing, most times two, sometimes three reapings. Susiana hath in it many Serpents, doing men much harm; it being (to∣wards the Persian gulph) very Moorish; and exceeding hot, by reason of some high Mountains keeping off the Northerly winds. Yet it yields store of Wheat, and abundance of Barley; but some places having much Bitumen or sulphurous slime; the waters both savour thereof, causing a pain in the bowels; and so short en∣ing mens lives; and also Plants grow with difficulty. Near the Town Sus••e, is digged much Naphte. Persis, or the Province par∣ticularly named Persia, hath its North part cold and hilly, not fit for fruits. They have here Emeraulds, though not the clearest; and some say it hath much gold and silvermine. But its middle part is plain, having many Lakes and Rivers, and yielding abun∣dance

of all things; whose Southern part, towards the Persian gulph, being windy, hot and moorish, bears no fruit besides Palm∣trees yielding Dates. Hircania toward the North, being full of great Forrests, hath store of Tygers; also Panthers and Leopards: but the other part is said to be plain and fruitful in Wheat, Wine, Figgs, and other fruits, having Trees from whence honey distilleth; and that part near the Caspian Sea, through the fresh water, from rocks, is alwayes full of grasse and flowers. Much silk is also made here. Carmania in the middle part thereof is indifferent good, bearing much fruit, and good wine. But the Desart is hot and barren: and in the Maritine parts of the upper there is no Trees, besides Bushes and some Palms. Gedrosia affords Nard and Myrrhe; but being full of sand, it is mostly a desart: and through the Sun's heat greatly wants water, though it hath rain in Summer. Aria hath some fields bearing fruit; but they are near the Mountains, defending them from the Sun's heat: where∣in also there growes Vines yielding wine, which is reported to keep 90 years. Here are also black, and some yellowish Saphires, and a drugg like Myrrhe. But this Province is greatly subject to heat, and environed with Mountains, Forrests, and Desarts. Whence it appears, that the Provinces of Persia, their Trade and Riches is from Silks, (of which they sell and carry much into all the Eastern Countries; yea, as far as Syria) also from Pearls and pretious stones. Chirman in Carmania venting likewise great store of cloath of gold and silver, which the Inhabitants there make.

PARTHIA (called Charassen from the Town Charas, also Arach, and Jex,) confineth on the East with Aria, and on the West with Media. Chief Towns whereof are Cassan, very rich. Tigranocerta, from Tigranes the Armenian King who built it. Cte∣siphon, once the royal Seat, which was divers times besieged by the Roman Emperours, though mostly without successe: before which, Julian (called the Apostate) ended his dayes. There are also divers other Towns of note. But the principal City is Hispa∣ham or Hispaan, which some say, was the ancient Hecatompylis, and is so beautiful and great, that the Persians term it half the World. The Parthians are said to have their descent from the Scythians, whose language they keep, though with some mixture of the Median: their name implyeth as much as Exiles; they were accounted the expertest Archers in the World; and in their dismal retreats, would shoot sometimes from between their leggs, and sometimes backward. They were likewise skillfull horsemen: for the ayr's drynesse seasoned their bow-strings; and the Countrie's plainnesse exercised their horse. The first King was Arsaces, be∣ginning his reign in the year of the World 3718, who brought them into conformity and discipline; before, a base and rude peo∣ple. The 9th King was Herodes; who overcoming Crassus, cau∣sed

molten gold to be powred down his throat, for his covetousness. The 10th was Phraortes, who having greatly worsted Antonius: yet submitted to Augustus Caesar, restoring the Captives and En∣signs taken at the victory over Crassus: which sign of subjection being a receiving the Parthian Kings by the Emperour's and Se∣nate's appointment, continued but till Tiridates the 4th, from the said Phraortes; for Artabanus a stranger took away his life and kingdom: the 11th from which Artabanus was the very last Par∣thian King; who in the year of Christ 228, was conquered by Ar∣taxe••xes the first of the second race of the Kings of Persia, Parthia continuing a member of that Monarchy: till that under the Sa∣racen Caliphs, they had Sultans of their own; one of which, Gempsas, subdued the Persians, and are now (both Persia and Par∣thia) under the command of the Sophies. This Country is subject to great heat, yet beareth (saith one) all things, especially great Trees; for it is full of Woods, but without any Olives. It is encompassed with very high Mountains, and watered with many streams. I refer its Relion to that of Persia.

TARTARIA (known of old by the name of Scythia, from their first King Scythus; and who were at first called Mago∣gins, from Magog, Japhet's son: whose posterity its Inhabitants were) is called by the Inhabitants Mongul: but Tartaria, from the River Tartar, watering a great part of it. It is a great Empire, (not yielding to any other in largenesse of Countries, but to the King of Spain's Dominions: whom also it exceeds, in that it is all united by some bond: whereas the other are very much dis∣joyned) extending 5400 miles from East to West, and 3600 from North to South; so that the great Cham or Emperour hereof, hath many great Realms and Provinces under him, containing a great number of good Towns. It is bounded on the East with China, the Sea of Cin or Eastern Ocean, and the strait of Anian: on the West with the Mountain Imaus; (yet there are some Hordes of Tartars on this side of it, who acknowledge the great Cham) on the South with the River Ganges and Oxus (now Abiam) In∣dostan, and the upper part of China: or (according to some) with the hill Taurus, the Caspian Sea, and the wall of China; on the North with the Scythick or frozen Ocean; the Country of whose shoar is so cold, that it is held unhabited. Besides the rich and great Kingdom of Cathaia, (in whose center, the City Cambala or Cambula (24 Italian miles in circuit on the river Polisangi) is, as it were, seated) there are the Realms of Tangust, Tenduc, Camal, Tainfur, and Thebet, with the Town and Province of Caindo. But Tartaria is now commonly distributed into five Provin∣ces.

1. Precopensis, containing the Asiatican banks of the River Ta∣nais with all Taurica Chersonesus, two of whose chief Cities are Crim: whence the Rulers there feated, were called Crim Tartars: and Precops, which denominates the Country. These Tartars are

to ayd the Turk with 60000 men, without pay, upon any occasion: for which, the Tartar (the Turk's issue male failing) is to succeed in his Empire.

2. Asiatica, called also Muscovitica, and the Desart Tartaria, scituated about Volga's banks; whose people living mostly in Tents, are in Troops, called Hordes; who stay no longer in a place, than there is pasture for their Cattle; and in their removes, ob∣serve the Pole-Star. These are now united under one Prince, who is the Muscovite's tributary. Here are the Citie's, Astrachan; (near which, Selimus the second, Turk, was vanquished by Basiliades the Muscovite) and Noyhan, whose most Northerly Horde, the Noya∣censes, hath the most warlique people.

3. The ancient Tartaria, their old habitation; from whence, they violently spread themselves over Asia and Europe. It butts upon the frozen Ocean: the common sort lying in Tents of skin, or under their Carts; yet are there 4 Cities therein, one where∣of is Choras, noted for the Tartarian Cham's Sepulchres. The Wildernesse of Lop is in this Province, whence King Tabor com∣ming, and perswading the people to Judaism; Charls the 5th burnt him at Mantua in 1540.

4. Zagathai, which is subdivided into Bactria, bounded on the North and East with Sogdiana, near the river Oxus; on the South with Aria, in which were anciently goodly Towns, some being built, and others ruined by Alexander; three of whose Cities, at this day, are Chorazzan, whence the whole Country is named Chorazzan or Charassan. Bactra denominated from a river now called Bochara, in which Avicen the Physitian was born; and also Zoroastes, who in Ninus his time reigned the first King of this Coun∣try: unto whom, some have imputed the invention of Astrono∣my. Istigias, which some say is the chief City of this Province, and one of the pleasantest of the East. Margiana, having on the East Bactria, on the West Hircania; (yet some say it lyeth North to Hircania). It is called Tremigan and Jeselbas, from the peoples great turbants; whose chief City is Antioch; (for Antiochus Soter King of Syria did fortifie it with a strong wall) the which at this day some name Indioy or Indion, and was once called Alexandria Margiana. Here is also Maran, near which Ishmael the Sophie overcame the great Cham. The Marishes of Oxiane, now called the Lake of Barbacamber, or of Maru, are placed in this Country. Sogdiana, scituate on the West side of Bactria; two of whose Ci∣ties are Oxiana, standing on the River Oxus; and Alexandria Sog∣diana, which Alexander built when he went to India; in which also was Cyropolis, a strong City built by Cyrus; under whose walls Alexander, with a blow on his neck with a stone, fell to the ground, his Army giving him for dead. Turchestan, where the Turks in∣habited before they brake into Armenia in 844, barrennesse and want enforcing them thereunto. Here are two Cities, Gal∣ba and Ocerra; of whose eminency or fame, I find nothing re∣ported.

Lastly, Zagataie, lying Northward of all the other four; so na∣med, from one Sachetaie, a Tartarian Noble; and now gives name to all the Provinces. Ogg, Tamerlane's father, was Sachetaie's suc∣cessour: which Tamerlane, (called, Gods Wrath, and the Worlds Ter∣rour) by marrying Gino, Cham's daughter and heir, had the Tarta∣rian Empire: which he dividing among his sons, they (after his death) soon lost all that he conquered. A chief City hereof is Sarmachand, Tamerlane's place of residence: the which he en∣riched with the spoyls of his manifold victories; as also Bochara, where the Governour of the Province (under the Cham) re∣sides.

5. Cathaia (which was, of old, called Scythia without the Moun∣tain Imaus, as Zagataie, Scythia within Imaus) took its name from the Cathey, whom Strabo here placeth; and hath for bounds, China on the South, the Scythick Sea on the North, lying also Eastward from the Tartarian Provinces. The Seres were thought antiently to inhabit here, who being very expert in weaving silks made of a fine wooll, on the leaves of Trees, caused silk to be called (in Latine) Serica. The Cathaians and Zagataians are the Noblest and Civillest among the Tartars, and lovers of all arts. Herein are divers fair Cities; whereof Cambalu 28 miles about, besides the Suburbs, as some say, (though others say, about 24 Italian miles, as aforesaid) is the chief: here the great Cham resides. But in Xaindu he hath a Palace almost of incredible largenesse and state∣linesse. The first of the great Chams or Emperours of Tartarie was Cingis or Zingis in 1162, who subduing Uncham the last King of Tenduch and Cathaia, changed the name of Scythia into Tartaria: the 5th from whom was Tamerlane or Tamir Cham, in whose time this Monarchy was at the height: the 9th was Tamor, since whom it is not known amongst us who have reigned, or what memora∣ble things have been acted among them: for (they say) that nei∣ther the Tartar, Muscovite, or King of China, will suffer any besides Merchants or Embassadors to enter their Dominions, nor their own Subjects to travel forth of them. But it is known, that this Govern∣ment is tyrannical: life and death consisting in the Emperour's word; whom some of the simple sort call, The shadow of Spirits, and son of the immortal God. Amongst the divers Rivers of note therein, is Oxus in Zagataie, arising out of Mount Taurus; which the Persians never passed over to enlarge their Dominions, but were notably overthrown; and so was it with the Tartars in attempting the same thing. The Scythians were a valorous, populous, and antient people, being never subdued, and but seldom assaulted to be subdued: and when there had been a long controversie between the Egyptians and these for antiquity; it was at last pronounced, The Scythian Nation was alwayes the ancientest. And for their popu∣lousnesse, some have called them, The Mother of all inundations, &c. Anacharsis the Philosopher was born in this Country; which ex∣tends also to the Regions North of Danubius, named Sarmatia and

Scythia of Europe. As to the quality, fertility and riches ••ereof, it is said to have been (through its many rivers) very much aboun∣ding in grasse; but so deficient in fuel, that they burnt bones in∣stead of wood: they have stones also in Cathaie, which burn: which Country is said to abound in Rice, Wheat, &c. though the ayr be cold; having likewise great store of Wooll, Silk, Hemp, Rhubarb, Musk, fine Chamlets, Gold, Beasts, and all necessaries, not onely barely to live, but with delight: there Thunder and Lightning is very strange and terrible. It is sometimes extream hot, and suddenly very cold, much snow falling; their winds also most strong and violent. In the Realm of Tangut growes much Rhubarb transported thorow the World. In Tenduch are found rich golden Mines, and Azure. But Tainfur being better manured, abounds in Vines. Thebet is Moorish, full of Forrests and wild beasts, yet abounding in Coral; where is also much Musk, Cy∣namon, and other Spices; so that (this Countrie's Merchandize being Rice, Wooll, Silk, Hemp, Rhubarb, Musk, and excellent Chamlets of Camels hair, besides their Countrie's commodious scituation for Traffique of one Town with another, (there being also sent to Cambalu from China 10000 Carts yearly, laden with Silk, besides other merchandises) to which may be added, their many incursions into Europe and Asia, their great spoyls carried out of Muscovie and other parts, especially from China, of a long time,) we cannot conclude, but that the Tartars are very rich. Yet those who live towards the North, want many necessaries for man's life, whereas their neighbours (and all subject to one Prince) have plenty. As for the Tartarian's Religion, some are Mahometans, crying daily, there is but one God. In Cathay there are many more grosse Idolaters than Mahometans; who hold two gods; one of Heaven, of whom they desire health and understand∣ing: the other of Earth; whom they say hath a Wife and Chil∣dren caring for their cattel, corn, &c. and therefore they ask such things of him: rubbing his Idol's mouth with the fattest of the meat when they eat, and of the wife and children, (which are the little Images in their houses) but cast the broth out of the house to the spirits. Keeping also their god of Heaven in a high place, and that of the earth in a low. They believe mens souls are im∣mortal; but passing from one body to another, according to Py∣thagoras. They worship also the Sun, Moon, and four Elements; calling the Pope and all Christians, Pagans, Infidels, Dogs, and Idolaters. They never fast in, or solemnize, one day more than another. There are likewise some Jews and Christians, although but few: these being Nestorians, who differ from the Romish and Greek Church, in putting Christ in two persons; in saying, that Mary the Virgin is not God's mother; in that their Priests may marry as often as they will. They say also, 'tis one thing to be God the Word, and another thing to be Christ; neither own they the two Councels of Ephesus. Their Patriarch also who re∣sides

at Musal in Mesopotamia is not elected, but the son succeeds the father, being first created Arch-bishop. They have one sore and unnatural practise among them: feeding their old parents, with more fat than enough to dispatch them out of the World, and bur∣ning their dead bodies, they carefully gather and keep the ashes as pretious, putting it on their meat when they eat. Prester Jean King of Hatay or Tenduc, was ruined by the great Tartar Chingis, in 1162, 40 years after he received the Nestorian opinion: yet was still Lord of a small estate. These Christian Nestorians so called, extend unto the Town of Campion, some of whom remain at Tan∣gut, Sucvir, Cambalu, and in other Towns:

INDIA (whose ancient Inhabitants were the Daedalae, Maza∣gae, Malli, Oxydracae, Gangarides, and divers others, (all of whom Alexander is said to have conquered in his Expedition hither) is so called from the river Indus, which it hath on its West side, as China on the East, and Tartaria on the South; whose longest day in the North is 15 hours and a half; but in the South, but 12 hours, for it is 3600 miles long: whose chief river is Ganges, rising in the Scythian hills, of a great depth and breadth, and di∣viding India into two parts; the Western part whereof next the Persians, is called India within Ganges; the other part, India with∣out Ganges. This river overflowing the Country, enricheth it as Nilus doth Aegypt: and is not that which the Scripture calls Pison, compassing the Land of Havilah; for there were two Havilah's: the one inhabited by Havilah, Ophir, and Jobab, Joctan's sons, which is this India, or part thereof: the other, denominated from Ha∣vilah, Chush his son; of which before. That India within Ganges which (at this day) they call Indostan, is that part contained be∣tween Mount Caucasus, now Dallenquer or Naugrocot, and the Sea, and between the rivers Ganges and Indus or Inder; the greatest part whereof, the great Mogor Mogul or Mogull commandeth; reckoned by some to be 47 Provinces or Realms, (although there are two lately erected Princes here, to wit, of Nissamaluc and Idalcan, (one whereof resides in Danager, the other in Visapore, who hold the Country of Decan, being 250 miles long, on the Sea-coast) whose second Town of note, Decan (next to the chief Town of the Realm, Bider) denominates the whole Country: and of which two Princes, near the Mogor, there can be no particular relation) five whereof are (by some) reckoned for the chief; to wit, Cambaia, Dely or Dellie, Sangue, Mandao, and Bengala. Cambaia (called also Guzarate) hath on the East Mandao, on the West the Nautaces or G••drosians, extending it self 500 miles upon the Sea∣coast; and is so full of Towns, Villages, and Inhabitants, that 60000 places are said to be peopled: five of whose chief Towns are Campanel, the King's ancient residing place, seated on the top of a high Mountain, and encompassed with seven walls. Daman and Bandore, sometimes ruined by the Portugalls. Diu, held by the Portugalls, as also is Daman. Cambaia, the Realms de∣nominator,

a goodly City of nigh 130000 families, and therefore called Cair of the Indies. Mandao, so named from its chief City Mandao, twelve miles about, which was not surrendred unto Merhumed, the Mogul of Zagatai till after a siege of twelve years, which Kingdome the said Mogul took occasion to seize on, by Ba∣durius King of Cambaia, his unjuslly warring on it; subduing also Badurius his Kingdome therewith, although he had in his Army 500000 foot, 150000 horse, 1000 pieces of Ordnance, 500 Wagons of Gunpowder, and bullets, 200 Elephants, and 500 Chests of Gold and Silver. Dellie, scituated betwixt the Realms of Decan, and Narsingia, and divided from Cambaia, by the Moun∣tains; which (the Mogulls taking from the Saracens, who had also sub dued Canora, or Decan, they made Dellie the chief City thereof their place of residence, another City is Chesmer, where Magick is much studied. The Amazons which were valiant women for∣merly, here dwelt, there being also some who yet ride on horse∣back in manner of men; and a Mahometan King lately here reign∣ing, had a Wife which marched commonly with 2000 women on Horseback. Bengala, a great realm of twelve leagues in length, and also breadth, having many, both land and Sea-Towns. I••'s City Gauro was the aboad of its Kings, as also Bengala the Pro∣vincial Town, reckoned one of the greatest and fairest of all in the Indies. Sangue which some call Citor, and whose chief City is Ci∣tor, twelve miles in compasse, seated in an advantagious place, and very strongly fortified. This Province was (but lately) sub∣ject unto a fair and couragious woman named Crementina, yet a Tributary to Badurius of Cambaia, from whom she revolting, he dispossessed her of the Town, where she had fortified her self with no lesse then 30000 foot and 2000 horse. There is also the King∣dome of Bocan, or Balassia, which hath two Cities of the same names; and which conteineth inexhaustible Mines of Gold and Silver. This Empire hath been conquered and contracted into one, by the great Mogulls, about 120 years or more: who were so called from the Mongull Tartars, from whom they descended by cutting off a Letter, and so likewise (I suppose) Mogors. This Countrey hath been notable, for abundance of, both necessaries for life, and also of pleasure; likewise for sundry beasts, as Apes, Dragons, Camells, Serpents, Rhicinerots; and Elephants. Cam∣baia abounds in Wheat, Rice, Sugar, all sorts of fruits, Spices, and Incense, fraughting also sometimes 40 or 50 ships (to transport in∣to other parts) with their great store of Cotton, and Silk. Here is also found the Onyx stone, called Cornallina, many Diamonds and Chalcedonies; it abounds also in liquid Storax. It is watered chiefly with the River Indus, comming from Mount Caucosus. Ben∣gala also hath great store of Rice, Wheat, Sugar, very good Gin∣ger, and long Pepper, no Countrey having more flesh or Fish, or more Silk and Cotton, besides its sweet and temperate Ayre, at∣tracting many people thither. And the Jews and Mahometans there dwelling, believe that the sweet and pleasant fruit of their

Trees called Moses, was that which tempted Adam. Here are Canes so big, that they serve for barrels, &c. Dellie also abounds in Horses, Dromedaries, which some call Abades, twice as big as a Bull, and Elephants, besides the commodities of other Realms; So that the enriching Merchandises of this Empire, which they send into remote Countries, are, abundance of Cotton and Silks, Spices and precious stones; their Mogor also having undoubted∣ly vast treasures, as having conquered Badurius (who brought 500 Chests or Tuns of Gold and Silver, as was said, to pay his Ar∣my) and a great number of other Provinces. As to Religion, the Mogors Empire is for the most part Mahometans; also there are ma∣ny grosse idolaters, as may straightway be declared. There are also many Jews, and some called Christians, Abyssins, whom traffique and gain draw hither. There are also within Ganges, the two Kingdomes of Narsinge and Calicute, governed by their own Princes. The first whereof, Narsinge, lyeth between the Gulf of Bengala on the East, and the Mountains of Gate on the West; and is in length 600 miles, wherein are two royall Towns, Narsinge, and Bisnagar, or Besenagal (having three walls, and famous for traffique, yet it was burnt by Saracenicall confederates in 1567) by reason whereof, they call this Prince sometimes King of Nar∣singe, sometimes of Bisnagar. The City of Tanassar (some say) belongs to this Kingdome, though the King of Barma now holds it. The Portugals have seized on one principall sea-Town hereof; namely Onor, and made another (to wit) Batticale their tributary, but these are in the Province of Canara, or Concan, being some part of Decan, which the King of Narsinge doth enjoy; who hath (likewise) the King of Travancor, in the Province of Malabar, sub∣ject unto him. But two Sea-Towns in Narsinge it self, Coromandel and Malipur are inhabited by Christians, the Portugalls holding them also. This King led an Army against Idalcan (a neighbour Prince) of 31690 horse, 558 Elephants, and 60000 foot, and vanquished him. In this Country is great plenty of Corn, Sugar, Ginger, and other spices; no place abounding more in Silk and Cotten than it. Canara, yields Rice, Sugar, Nuts, and Figs; but no Wheat, Barley, nor Pulse. Bisnagars Territory is very fruit∣full, nigh which are very pleasant Forrests. But Travancors soil is lean. This King hath twelve Millions of Gold or Duckets year∣ly. For in this Countrey (as in most of the East) all the lands Forrests, Mines, yea, and the Water of some Rivers are the Prin∣ces: so that every one washing himself in Ganges, running thorow Bengala, or that of Gangue flowing thorow Orissa, must pay a sum to their Kings. This people do believe, first in one God; then in Devills, the Authors of all evill, whom they most honouring, build stately Pagodes, or Temples unto them: and two sorts of people, to wit, the Banean, and Bramans, or Bramins do govern in a manner the Idolatrous Religion throughout the Indies. To speak of all whose vanities and foolish superstitions, might seem as su∣perfluous, as tedious. The Bramans are much more esteemed

than the other, and are of two sects, either those who marry, and live in Towns, called Bramanes; or those who never marry, li∣ving on Alms, and going up and down like Pilgrims, &c. for a time, till becomming Abduts, that is, men exempt from Laws, they commit all beastlinesse, and villany, and take all kind of pleasures, and these are called Joques, whose Commander distri∣butes sometimes a great revenue, sending them up and down to preach their folly. They worship and esteem of Oxen and Kine more than any beasts, because they think dead mens Souls passe rather into them than into any other. They hold God to be black, as the goodliest colour; wherefore their Idols are black, and so deformed, that they affright the beholders, perswading the peo∣ple, they are great eaters; by which lying, they get much money and meat to make good chear withall, they know the explication of the 10 Commandements: and the first thing they enjoyn their received Disciples; is never to publish, one God Creator of all things to be worshipped. In their Sabbath's service, their Doctors repeat often these words, I worship thee, O God, with thy grace and succours eternally. Also to receive meat from Christians, they account it sacriledge.

CALICUTE is the chief Realm of the Country of Malabar, which is the Western part of Aurea Chersonesus of old, which is 900 miles long, from the Mountain Guate on the East, to the Indian Ocean East; yet narrow. It contains seven Provinces; two of whom, to wit, Cononor and Calicute, obey the King of Calicute, a Prince so powerful, that they call him Zamorim or Emperour; although the Realm be but 25 leagues long, and 10 broad: for Pereimall King of Malabar going to a Mahometan Mecha, to finish his dayes, divided his estate into as many parts as Provinces, lea∣ving this name to this King of Calicute. Its denominating City Calicute reacheth three miles along the Sea-side, without walls, the houses being some distance from each other; yet the staple-Town of all the Indian Traffique. Cononor is a City also, having a safe and large Harbour, and so fit for traffique 30 miles from Calicute: But Cochin is 30 leagues from the same, whence are the best scarlet dies; whose Governour is the High Priest of the Brachmanes or Bramins: unto whom, they say, the King uses to grant the hansel of his marriage-bed, wherefore his sister's sons succeed him, as being more certainly of the royal bloud. The houses of Calicute are built low, equal to a man on horseback, be∣cause soon finding water, they cannot lay deep foundations. This soyl yields much Pepper and Ginger: in the Plains, is a fruit like the Myrobolan; but in the reddish soiles, are gathered all sorts thereof. They have divers shrubs and fruits, among which some (unknown to us) taste like Peaches, Damask-Prunes, Figgs, and Melons. Aloes called Succo-citrini, growes here, and is a gumme gathered from a shrub, having but one root, like a staffe. They have a Tree yielding Dates like the Palm, wood for fuel, nuts

well-tasted: ropes and fine cloath are made of it; Wine, Sugar, and oyl are drawn from it. Another Tree bears Cotton, Cypres or Cobweb-lawn, of whose leaves they make stuffe somewhat like to Sattin or Taffata; making ropes of its bark being spun, under whose latter bark, is a nut as big as ones little finger, in whose in∣ward part, water growing, not much unlike Rose-water: they make fat oyl thereof. They draw mornings and evenings a li∣quor from this Tree by incision, which is to them as sweet wines. The whole year seems alwayes here as a Spring, through the ayr its temperatenesse and sweetnesse. Here are likewise many beasts, as Lyons, Bugles, Elephants, Bears, Wolves, Stags, Goats, Oxen, though some say they breed not here. Parrots there are of divers colours, and the bird Saran somewhat lesse than Parrots. Store of Apes and Monkeys, who running up those Trees (like Nut-trees) spoyl the liquor whereof the Indians make drink, overthrowing the vessels in which they receive it. Three sorts of Serpents are in this Country, two whereof are poysonsome in their bitings: but the other which are very great, living in Moorish places; ha∣ving very long feet, are said to have no poyson in them. The Ca∣licutes selling not onely their own Pepper and Ginger to Mer∣chants: but Spices, Musk, Incense, Aloes, and Camphir, Brasil, Pearls, and Cassia, which come to this City from other places, makes it one of the richest in the Indies. They believe one God the Creator and first cause of all: but they say, He, to rest himself hath committed the Earth's Government, Judgment, and Punish∣ment unto the Devil, whom they call Deume, or the god Tameran, holding him to be coelestial. The King hath many figures of De∣vils in a place of his Palace; and in his Chappel a gaping ghastly brazen Devil is set on a Throne of brasse; who holds the soul of a man in his throat, and another in his hand to devour him. Their sacrificers are called Bramins, who (to let passe their many super∣stitions) promise a general pardon to the people of their faults once a year, in December; which continuing for three dayes, their Idol-Temple (whither they resort from all neighbouring Provin∣ces: and into which none may enter, to worship or be sprinkled with the lamp-oyl by the Bramins, till he hath washed himself in the Lake in which the Temple stands) is as a Sanctuary for all, so that none dare either pursue an offender, do wrong, or revenge for wrong done.

India without Ganges, is scituated between the other India Westward, and China on the East, and was formerly divided be∣tween 12 rich and puissant Princes; but now they are all subject∣ed to the King of Brama or Barma, or of Pegu: some reckoning up 14 Realms which he possesseth at this day: But the most remark∣able of the 12, into which it was once divided, are seven; 1. Siam, or the King dome of Sorna, made subject to the King of Barma in 1565; three of whose chief Cities are, Siam, seated on the bank of the broad and deep river Menam, a stately and pleasing City,

also very populous; and wherein nigh 30000 families of Moots, Merchants, are estimated to dwell: the River overflowes the Coun∣try 120 miles every year; whereby the King of Pegu besieging it in 1567, brought but 70000 of 900000 Souldiers with him our of the waters. Odie, bigger than Siam, for they reckon therein near 400000 houses; and 200000 boats are said to be there, in which they may passe thorow every street, as in Venice. Malac∣ca, subject to the Portugals, who have here an Archbishop, with a Colledg of Jesuits: it is eminent for the Trade of Spices, and 20 miles about. 2. Barma, whose Kings were but Lievtenants to the Kings of Pegu, till about 100 years since, or more: when as a Bar∣mian Prince seized on four Kingdoms; and since, these Barmians have won the City Pegu, forced Odie, and totally subdued Siam, making all the rest do them homage. 3. Pegu, so called from the river Pegu running thorow the midst of the Country, and on which, the most fair and elegant City of India of the same name, stand∣eth, distant 25 miles from the Sea. In this Country, by means of the titulary King of Siam his coming and burning up corn, grasse, and fruits, a most insupportable famine consumed all the Inha∣bitants of this kingdom; except those that were preserved by the store-houses of the City in 1598. 4. Macin, whose chief City is Macin; which Country also is notable for the sweet wood Aloes; held by the Indians a most excellent remedy for many grievous maladies. 5. Aracham or Arrachan, scituated North from Ben∣gala near the River Chabery, on which the chief Town Arrachan standeth, and is 45 miles from the Sea. Ava is also another City hereof, remarkable for its many Gems. 6. Camboye, which takes its name from the principal City so called, which standeth on the river Menon: which receiving into it many rivers, in its flowing out of China where it ariseth, makes 100 Islands; and a Lake about 200 miles in compasse. 7. Cauchin China, a few of whose people are said to be Man-eaters: Its chief City of the same name being scituate on the Sea, is much frequented for China dishes, or Proce∣line. In the several Provinces are to be found several Commodi∣ties; great store of Rice, Elephants, little horses, Parrots, Civet-Catts, huge Canes, many Rubies, much Lacca, (which some say is the Gum of a Tree; others, that they gather it upon leaves) Corn, Pepper, Benjoyn, Gold, Silver, Tinn, and other metals, plenty of Musk; in some places great Forrests, where live many Tygres, Lyons, and wild beasts. There is both flesh and fish, and in one place or other all things needful for the life of man: for the Country being plain, and watered with many goodly Rivers, all things abound beyond what is spoken. Merchants coming thither from all parts, do carry many Commodities forementioned into several parts: so that the wealth of these Realms may easily be conceived by their fruitfulnesse; and that the King of Barma hath store of treasure. From the false and foolish principles of those of Pegu, spring so many vain opinions and ceremonies, that they are hardly to be expressed. They have Convents of Priests near

their Idol-Temples above 300 in a place; who have head and chin shaven, wearing long Gowns with sleeves hanging to the ground. Those of Siam are held, as it were, authors of all super∣stitions in these Countries; yet hold God for the Creator of all things, who shall recompence the good, and punish the evil: be∣lieving also, a man to have about him, both a good Spirit guiding him to good, and keeping him; and another tempting, and af∣flicting him. They much honour their Priests, who are attired in yellow cloath; for all of that colour (it resembling the Sun and gold) is dedicated to God. Many are the number of their Idols; worshipping also the four Elements: so that he who in his life-time adored the earth, chooses to be buried; he that ho∣noured fire, to be burnt: who the ayr, to be hung, and devoured by birds: and who the water, to be drowned. We should ex∣ceed our present purpose of brevity, if we should repeat all their vanity.

CHINA, so called, by corruption of the word Sina (whose people, the Sinois, here inhabited) is a very great and ancient Realm; for (according to the Chinoi's own account in their books, and by the computation of an excellent Geometrician and Cos∣mographer, it hath 3000 leagues in circuit, and 1800 in length: and if we credit their own relations, their Kings from the first called Vitei, have successively reigned above 4000 years, being never conquered, till that in Farfar's time, the 242 King, Chisan∣baan the Tartar's Lievtenant (his name signifying 100 eyes) depri∣ved him of his kingdome, according to a foretold Prophesie; yet by one Combu chosen their 251 King, after 93 years, they were delivered from the Tartar's Government. China lyes the most Eastward of any Continent in Asia, having the Ocean Del Zur, the Isles Corea and Japon on the East; on the West India, and part of Tartarie: on the North Tartarie onely, from which it is divi∣ded, partly by Mountains, partly by a Wall; which being 500 leagues long, was made by King Tzainton, and begins in Canton, but ends in Susuan Province; 100 leagues whereof lying quite open betwixt the Mountains: the wall is there of free-stone, seven fathom broad from bottom to top. Almost the third part of Chi∣na's Inhabitants dyed in this toyl; for which proud work, the whole kingdom revolting, they slew the King, and also his son Agntzi. It is distributed also into 15 Provinces; to wit, Pasquia or Pagnia, Foquien or Fegvien, Canton, Olam, Tolanchia, Sisnam or Susuam, Cansay, Oquiam, Honam, Sincay, Ancheo, Quicheu or Quin∣chen, Chequeam or Chegvian, Xanton and Quinsay; every one of which, is bigger than the biggest Realm in Europe: in two where∣of, Pasquia and Tolanchia, the King and his Councel do alwayes reside, not onely because they are the greatest and best peopled; but by reason also of the Tartarian's Neighbourhood, with whom the Chinois are in continual war. In all these Countries are many Towns and Cities: (Every Town of note being built after one

manner, to wit, two great, broad and straight streets crossing each other, which end at four Gates equally distant, all garnished with iron, and stately, besides other smaller streets with publique and private buildings) and the Villages are so many and near each other, that their number is unknown; so that here are judg∣ed to inhabit 70 millions of people: for they are born, and do die, buy and sell in ships, as if in a City. The two chief Rivers of this Country, are Polysango and Cacamacan; on which are 12000 stately bridges, under whose arches ships top and top gallant, do usually passe. The principal Cities are, Quinsay or Suntien, in their language an Ecclesiastical City, which is so large, that a horse∣man must make speed to ride, from one gate to another in a day, the Suburbs being also almost as great as the City. The King hath here three Palaces; whereof that which standeth toward the East at the Citie's entry is so big and full of singularities, that some report, it cannot be exactly viewed under four dayes time. It is encompassed with seven Walls, of a great space asunder; it hath 79 stately and admirable artificial Halls, four whereof are the principal, in which Embassadours have audience; (and like∣wise his Lords and Governours, when he keeps his Court; yet he seldom shews himself to his people out of his lodging, and is scarce ever seen, but through a glasse). The first is of mettall cu∣riously cast, with a many figures. The second hath a floor of Silver of great value. The third of pure enameld Gold. The fourth far exceeds the other three, wherefore they call it the Hall of the Kings treasure; in which are also many inestimable Jewels and the Kings Chair made of Marble; and set with many pretious stones, and Carbuncles so rich, that by night they shine as if there were Candles; and indeed this Hall conteins whatever is rich and rare. Paquin where the King also resideth, either for the health of the Ayre, or nearnesse to the Tartars, whose Pallace, though com∣passed with a triple Wall, within which, besides lodgings, are Hills, Groves, Rivers, Fountains, yet is it not equall in workman∣ship to the European Pallaces. Nanquin, in Circuit thirty miles, and is seated twenty seven miles from the Sea, on a fair Naviga∣ble River; on which, besides private mens, ride 10000 of the Kings Ships for the most part. Colius, famous for Porceline. Xaiton, alwaies harbouring 500 ships. Suchean, a goodly City, and of great traffique, whose scituation is in the Marishes, like unto Ve∣nice. There are no lesse than 160000 Eunuchs, gelded in their infancy by their Parents belonging to this Prince as his chiefeft Courtiers. For that they have had Printing (which is from the top to the bottom of the leaf) and Guns also, long before known in Europe, they say in conceit of themselves, they have two eyes; the Europaeans one; and others none: They are said to be both Po∣litick, ingenuous, and excellent Artificers; for the son is bound not to rove idly, but to follow his fathers occupation. This Em∣pire once commanded all the Eastern Islands, But receiving a great losse and overthrow nigh Zeilan, of 800 ships, they freed

them all from their obedience, as being contented with natures bounds. Those of Canton, and on all that coast, are black like those in Barbary, as being with them in the same Parallel; but the other within the land are mostly white, yet some more than others according as they advance into the cold Countrey; yet China can∣not be said to be either hot or cold, as lying within the temperate Zone, and extending towards the same climate with Italy. There are but few Mountains, but Plains 300 miles about, (their Seas also being very calm); in which, being tilled, and sowed with all kind of fruit, of excellent perfection, do grow not onely sufficient for themselves, but wherewith to furnish neighbours, and remote Countries; so that they carry out of China from their many good and commodious Ports and Havens, Flax, Wool, Cotton, Silk, and all sorts of stuffe; much Sugar, Honey, Wax, Rubarb, Cam∣phir, Vermilion, Diers Wood, and abundance of Musk; besides, plenty of Rice and Barley for themselves. They dig store of Gold; Silver, and other Mettalls out of their Mines, carrying forth much Pearl, Porcelain Vessels, and rich Furs. They have likewise (they say) Wood, and all kinds of spices; and Salt, whose cu∣stome in one onely Town, amounts to very much. They presse a delicate juice out of an hearb, serving them for Wine, and pre∣serving their health; whose Kings revenues are averred to be 120 Millions of Gold yearly, considering the spatiousnesse of so many Provinces, the multitude of people, contributions for every head, Customes of Merchandise, T••••••••es of all fruits, revenues of Mines, with all other Taxes, aid•••• imposts, and subventions. Wherefore this Countrey is believed to be one of the richest and greatest, if not the very richest and greatest in the whole World. Yet are they all grosse and sottish Idolaters, (except a very few that Jesuites have turned to the Romish Religion) believing the Heaven to be the Creator of all things, visible and invisible, which hath a Governour uncreated who is a spirit, him they call Laacon Tzantey, that is, The Governour of the great God; saying, there is another spirit which they call Cansay, who hath charge of things on earth, and the power of life and death, and that he hath three Assisting spirits under him, Tanquam, Teiquam, and Tzuiquam, who have their distinct charges. They worship severall Idolls, one with three heads, others marked for the twelve Apostles, who, they say were great Philosophers, vertuous livers, and were made Angells in Heaven. They have also the picture of an exceeding fair Woman, with a child in her Arms; of which, they said, she was delivered, being a Virgin, and a great King's daughter. They account many for Saints, who have exceeded in valour, Know∣ledg, Industry, or Austerity of life. They use several lots, and when any affliction befalls them, have recourse unto the Devill in an absurd manner. Tain (they say) first created Panzon, and Panzona, whose Posterity being after many thousands of years de∣stroyed for wickednesse, Tain created Lutitzam, from whose right-Horn came men, and from the left, Women. The immortality

of the Soul is generally believed by them, and the reward or pu∣nishment in another life for ever; holding also a place for Souls who shall be Angels, to purge themselves in from all evill. There are in their Towns and Burroughs many places in which men and Women live together as in Monasteries, of whom there are four Orders, every one having his General, called Tricon; who re∣side commonly in Suntien, who provide a Provinciall in every Province, who visits all covents, correcting misdemeaners, and appointing a Prior in every covent, whom they are all bound to obey. The King and his Councell nominate the Generalls, who hold their place during life, unlesse they deserve to be deprived. The eldest son of a Family can be no Religious man by their law, because bound to feed his Parents when old. They offer Incense, Benjoin, and the Wood Alloes, with other odoriferous things and pasts, morning and evening, to their Idols. When any V••ssell is put to Sea, their Religious men do sacrifices in the poop, and perform other fopperies before their Idols, supposing that hereby the Ship is sanctified, and that those who go in her shall have good successe. And when any of them pray, they speak to heaven as their God, and to one whom they call Sinquian, saying, he is a Saint, and invented this their manner of life.

NExt are those called the Orientall or Eastern Islands to be ••riefly surveyed; the first whereof is JAPON, or Japan, called in old time CHRI••••, and Zipangry. It is a Kingdome composed of many Islands, divided by many small Gulfs, and nar∣row turnings of the Sea. It looks Eastward toward that called New-Spain. On the West it hath China, on the North Tartaria, with other unknown Savage people, and to the South certain un∣known lands, between which a spatious Sea runneth. All the Country is near 600 miles long; but thirty miles, in some places, at the most but ninety broad. There are in it sixty six small Realms, whereof the first called chief Japon, contains fifty three of them; another called Ximo, includes nine, a third called Xicoum, four. He that hath made himself Lord of Coquina, the most fa∣mous Principality of them all, and is called Prince of Tenze (in which are five Realms about the City Meaco) styles himself sove∣raign of Japon, as was Taicosama some years since, who to assure his new Conquest of fifty Realms, transported the vanquished kings from one Country to another. Meaco is the principal Ci∣ty hereof, standing in Coquina, which was 21 miles in compasse; but now much lesse through civil wars. Here the three Sove∣raign Magistrates remain. Bandum is another City, a Universi∣ty, and said to be bigger then Paris. Ossacaye also is a great City, and some hold it the richest of the East. This Island was disco∣vered by the Portugalls in 1542. It hath two Mountains in it, one whereof transcends the Clouds, and is named Figenciama, the other burns casting forth flames continually. It abounds in Rice, so that they fraught many strange ships therewith; and the king

hath two Millions of Gold yearly rent for Rice gathered ••ut of his own possessions. Also store of round, great, and red Pearl; which is as much or more esteemed than the white; and their abundance of Gold and pretious stones, do enrich this Realm. They are gi∣ven to all kind of impiety. Their Bonzes or Priests and Doctours are divided into eleven sects, yet all deny the providence of God, and Soul's immortality, communicating the same onely to noble men, but treating with the vulgar, of the other life and pains of Hell. Their Gods most esteemed are the Fotoques for their do∣ctrine, and strict life, who were for the most part Bonzes, where∣fore they desire of them goods of the other World; and Ca∣mes, who were Princes and great persons, accounted Gods for their exploits, and singular inventions; of whom they require earthly blessings. But some of the Japonites adore also the Sun and Stars, others the Heavens, and some Stags and wild beasts. The Devill (likewise) useth divers wayes, too tedious here to set down, that he may be adored by these Infidells. This Island, since discover∣ed (as was said) by the Portugalls, is much frequented by Jesuites, one Xavier, and also Turian first labouring there to turn many to an outward profession of Christianity; who are said to be more zealous than those in Europe: so that many Neophyts, or new Con∣verts, being brought over (as also some kings) in divers places, from the year 1556. unto 1590. there have been since, great Wars and Persecutions against them by Taycosama, and the kings of Tenze, putting many to death, and inflicting torments and pu∣nishments on them, many of whom notwithstanding, would not abandon their embraced Religion; but their belief is said to flou∣rish still, and enlarge it self in many places.

There are also two Islands called JAVA; the greater of whom is the biggest in the World, for it 3000 miles in Circuit, the lesser is 2000. The chief Cities of the greater Java are four, Paliban, Agacin, Ballambua, and Megapeger. The barbarous Indi∣ans of this Country (they say) use to eat the dead bodies of their friends; as also do many of the other Indians; yet is it so won∣drous fruitfull, that it is called the Worlds Epitome. Eight Kings rule in the Lesser Java, whose chief Cities are Samara, Lam∣bri, and Basnia, These are good Seamen, but great Pirates.

ZEILAN is an Isle lying in the Gulf of Bengala, 250 miles ong, 140 broad; whose six Kings are Tributaries to the Great Mogull. Its chief Cities are Zeilan, and Columbus. The inhabitants are skillfull juglers, by which, and the hobby horse, they get money in all India's continent. It is very fruitfull; for Trees do bear fruit, and Grasse groweth all the year long.

BORNEO is an Island containing two Kingdomes or domi∣nions; of Borneo on the North, and of Laus on the South, the which the Aequinoctial line divideth asunder. They worship the Sun when he riseth, (repeating certain Verses) with great reve∣rence; the Moon also and Stars whom they account for his Wife and Children. Their Counsellours of state consult not of pub∣lick affairs but in the night; and before their sitting, they go up a Tree, beholding the Heavens till the rising of the Moon.

SUMMATRA is a great Island, 700 miles long, and 200 broad, but not the biggest in the World, as Aristotle then thought, he calls it Taprobane. Its principall Cities are Pazzen, Androgeda, and Daren. The subjects of whose twenty nine Kings do eat their enemies, using their skulls instead of money. It abounds in Gold, Silver, and Silk, Ginger, Pepper, Aloes, and Cassia.

The MOLUCCOES are in number five; three of the chief, to wit, Terenate and two others, are 18 miles in circuit: which King of Terenate hath 70 Islands under him, bearing pleasant Commodities. There is also the adjoyning Isle Bantan or Banda, much visited for its Nutmegs, wherewith it more aboundeth than any Island of India. These Moluccoes abound in all sorts of Spices; and both in Banda, and the Moluccoes, the Romish Religion hath for some years begun to take deep root.

Lastly, the PHILIPPINAE or Philip's Islands, because they were discovered by a Spaniard in 1564, Philip the Second reigning in Spain. The Chinoys were Lords of them, till they abandoned them. They are said to be no lesse in all than 110000 30 whereof being subject to the King of Spain, have embraced whe∣ther voluntarily or forcibly, his Religion. Mariners say, there are besides these 127000 Isles about India: and 7448 which lay against China, all pagans; which stand so neer together, that they seem afar off to be one Continent. Of which and the other Indian Isles, Travellers have related many fables. The Spaniards hold many Castles, Towns and Islands, in the Eastern Countries, whereby although they are a terrour to the Native and Neigh∣bouring Princes; yet the English and Dutch are not hereby hindred of trassiquing with the Indians.

A Description of AFRICA.

AFRICA (which some will have so called, from one Afrus, a Companion of Hercules against Gerion: others from Africus, a King of the Arabians; whence it is by the Arabians at this day called Africia. But others, from the Greek privative particle [〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉] & [〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉,] signifying cold; as much as to say, A Country without cold. Lastly, Josephus saith, it was so named from Afrus, one of Abraham's posterity, who leading an Army into Lybia, and overcoming his enemies, there sate down: and Africa by the Greeks is called Lybia) bends partly to the South, partly to the West; and is a Peninsula shut up from the North with the Mediterranean Sea; from the West with the Atlantick and Aethiopick Ocean; from the South with the Indian Ocean; from the East with the red-Sea: so that in this part which bends toward the East, it is knit to Asia by an Isthmus or narrow tract of land, but 60 miles over; so that it is separated from Asia by a bosome of the red Sea, a line being thence drawn into the Mediterranean, but from Europe it is disjoyned by Hercu∣les strait. The Aequator cuts Africa almost in the middle, and it is extended beyond the Tropick of Cancer, even to 45 degrees of the Pole Ant-artick. It is much lesse then Asia, for it hath both in length, and breadth also, but 70 Degrees, which make 1050 Ger∣mane miles. Its figure is almost Quadrangular, or four square, but that it runs along towards the South, with a longer point. It hath been no small controversy among Geographers, whether the River Nilus doth divide Asia from Africa, and so, whether Aegypt, and Aethiopia, ought rather to be referred to Asia than to Africa; but since thence it would follow, that Aegypt should be partly at∣tributed to Africa, partly to Asia, which thing Ptolomy holds not convenient, and seeing all do at this day reckon the true Aethio∣pia, which is Presbyter Johns Empire, to be in Africa, it is judged not to be circumscribed by Nile, but rather by the Mediterrane∣an and Ocean. Africa is a very wast and uninhabited part of the World. But it had once the City Carthage therein for its head, which strove with Romes Empire for Masterdome. The two chief Seas (which notwithstanding belong to it but in a part) are the Atlantick Main, and on the other side the Indian Sea. Its grea∣test River is Nilus, which also Geographers call the greatest of the whole World, for it flows about 700 Islands. Of which also Ramnusius and Fracastorius do relate divers, yea many wonders. It is divided into four parts, in the generall; Barbary, Numidia, Lybia, specially so called, and the land of the Negroes, or Blacks. Others make seven parts thereof; Barbary, Numidia, Lybia, the land of the Negroes, Aethiopia, the upper or more inward; Ae••hi∣opia

the nether or more outward Aegypt; unto which is added an eighth, to wit, the African Isles.

BARBARIE took its name from the Saracens, unto whom the conquered Inhabitants language was as a murmuring sound; for so much the word Barbar imports: and is bounded on the North with the Mediterranean, on the South with Mount Atlas. It contains four Kingdoms known at this day by the names of, 1. Tunis, which hath on the West Algiers; on the East the Country Cyrenaica, also called Pentapolitana; and containeth five Provinces, which lay between the great river, and the river of the Country of Mesrat; and was formerly called Numidia, and Africa Propria, or the lesser Africk, or at leastwise included this lesser Africa within it self. The Provinces are, Bugia, which be∣ginning at the great river, extends 150 miles, even to the Moun∣tains of Constantine, and is nigh 40 miles broad; it was once a Kingdom of it self. The chief City is Bugia, of great antiquity, and was built by the Romans on a high Mountain near the Sea. Falzal is another City therein; which the most judicious hold to be Igilgili, as being very like it in scituation: in which were an∣tiently fair Temples, Colledges, stately Lodgings, Monasteries, and Hospitals; but since Peter of Navarr took it in 1508; it hath remained without beauty or ornament. The Country of Constan∣tine, which lyeth between the Mountain of Constantine and Tunis, near the river Guadilbarbar; and whose chief City is Con∣stantine, which some hold to be Certe, called by Ptolemie Julia, and the ancient abode of old King Masinissa (who being King of this Numidia antiqua, liv'd and dyed in amity with the Roman Senate, after whose death, Micipsa's Jugurtha, and the death of his son Mi∣cipsa, his adopted sou killing his two natural sons Adherbal and Hiempsal opposed the Romans, till at length being delivered into Sylla's hands by King Boccus, and led in triumph to Rome, he was there starved in prison). This Town is environed with high Moun∣tains and Rocks, consisting now of about 8000 families. Here is also the Town Bosne, otherwise Hippo, where Augustine was Bi∣shop. Tripoli, so called from three principal Cities therein: which beginning at the river and gulph of Capes, extends beyond the Town of Tripoli, near the Country of Mesrat. The chief Town is New Tripoli, or Tripoli of Barbarie: which being taken from the Knights of Malta by Sinan Bassa, Selimus his Lievtenant, in 1551; Pyrats live there, which annoy all the Coasts of Italy: whereas in former time there was great concourse of Genoan, Venetian, and Sicilian Merchants, as also from other places. Ezzabe, which lies beyond Tripolis, towards the East, in which stands the City Cairaon, built by Hucba Generall to Osmen the fourth, Caliph of the Saracens, and who subdued all Barbary. The chief Country of this Province is Mesrat near the Mediterranean, and about an 100 miles from Tripolis: which hath in it many Towns and Villages,

both on the Mountains and plains. Lastly, The Country of Tu∣nis, which lyes betwixt the River Guadilbarbar, called by the an∣tients the pool of Hipponita, and the River of Capes. Carthage was the antientest City hereof, and once the chief of all Africk; built by Dido, in the year of the World 3078, 135 years before Rome, or as some hold, but seventy two years before Rome (yet this Country was peopled by the Phaenicians long before, who fled hi∣ther from the sword of Joshuah, unto whom Dido (with her Tyrians) joyned her self). After three several wars which the potent Car∣thaginians waged with the Romanes; this City was utterly razed, being taken and burnt by Scipio; but being afterwards re-built by Caesar, he transplanted a Romane Colony hither, so that it flourish∣ed again; yet far from her antient reputation, and hath since been so ill intreated by Vandals, Goths, and Saracens, that scarce a twen∣tieth part of the Town remains inhabited; some say it was 21 or 22 miles in compasse; almost invironed with the Sea, in the midst of which was a Fort called Byrses; containing little lesse than two miles. The Carthaginians were named Paeni, or Phaeni: whence may be proved that they came from the Phaenicians, they were al∣may be proved in their time for perjury, and false dealing. But the chief of the many fair Towns, here is Tunis, called by Ptolemy, The∣mise, or Thunise, which being at first but small; after Carthage was ruined, it began to be so enlarged and enriched; that now its held for the chief of the whole Country, having in it about ten thou∣sand Families, and near five miles in Circuit, it is seated near a very safe harbour; which the Spaniards strengthened with the Fort called Goletta; which being fourty years in finishing; the Turks by their Herculian labour, equalled with the ground in 39. dayes space. This Kingdome generally considered, is fruitfull enough; for Bugia in some places yields store of grain and fruit, al∣though in other places it be exceeding barren. There are also many Forrests, and Fountains on the high and rough Mountains, with plenty of Oxen, Goats, and Horses. Constan••ine hath store of O••l, with great plenty of Butter through their much Cattell; also much Corn; for near Bone (the Town where Augustine was born) there is one plain 40 miles long, and 25 broad, where grows abundance. Tripoli ••ath store of all kind of fruits, and Dates; also plenty of Wheat, but no other Corn. Ezzabe hath abundance of O••ives, Dates, and divers other fruits in its goodly plains, but no grain. The Province of Tunis, four or five miles within the Town so called, hath plains full of Olive Trees; but they dare not manure the land about the Town for any corn, be∣cause of the daily incursions of the Arabes. The Turks comman∣ding the inhabitants of this Country, they all make open profes∣sion of Mahomet and his law. Christians live there in their Reli∣gion, but as slaves, and with many miseries; being worse used than in the Emperour of Moroccoe's dominions,

Secondly, ARGIERS, or ALGIERS; It is the Realm of Tremisen, or Telensin, and was called in the Romans time Maurita∣nia Caesariensis, for that the Mauri or Moors inhabited here, as also the Western part of Barbary, and from Caesarea the principall city herein. It is bounded on the West with Fez, and Morocco, from which it is divided by the River Mulvia; on the East with Tunis, and divided by the River Ampsaga; on the North it hath the Mediterranean looking towards the Island Sardinia; and on the South the Numidians, called Getulians. Caesarea was of old called Jol, where King Boccus (who betrayed Jagurth his friend unto Syl∣la) resided. But now this Kingdome containeth five other princi∣pall Cities, the two chief whereof are Tremisen, or Telensine, which formerly contained 16000 or 17000 Families; but (what by Joseph King of Fez, who besieged it seven years; what by the War of Charls the fifth Emperour, who took it into his protection; what by the Turks, who in the end master'd it; and also by the war betwixt the Serif, or King there, and the Turk) it is much de∣cayed, yet it is said to have in it divers fair Temples, and five dainty Colledges, wrought curiously with M••saique work. Al∣gier, formerly under the Realm of Tremisen; but through insup∣portable charges, it revolted to the King of Bugio. Then it be∣longed to the King of Spain, from whom Barbarossa took it in 1515. But being now reduced under the Turk, it is grown both rich and famous, and made by them almost impregnable (though not so large as strong; esteemed to contain about 4000 families, standing on the declining of certain hills, and three miles in Circuit) and is a retreat for abundance of Pirats, bringing thither their prizes, for which cause the Turk hath a Lievtenant there. There are also two other Towns of note in this Country of Tremisen. Cran, ta∣ken for the Spaniards by Peter of Navarre in 1509, and b••si••ged by the Turk (though in vain) in 1562. It contains 10000 Fami∣lies, and Masalquivir, taken likewise by the Spaniards about the same time, and is a famous Haven Town. A traveller some years since passing between the Town of Algier, and the City Fez, found (he saith) strong Wines, much excellent bread, the very best and biggest of Hens, plenty of Figs, Fruits, Olives, and deli∣cious Oyl; and when past the Plains (in which were innumera∣ble Villages and houses, all of mud, and platformed on the top, as they are all over Africk, and also in Asia) he entring into a hilly Country, saw the fields over-clad with flocks of Goats, and sheep; the sheep being so great, that some of their broad and thick tails which hang to the ground, will weigh sixteen, eighteen, or twen∣ty pound weight; so that (if not from this hilly region, yet) from the Plains (some, if not all, whereof belong to the Realm of Algier) we conclude this Country fertile enough, and not unlike the King∣dome of Tunis. It's Religion the same, and the Christian slaves after the same manner.

Thirdly, Fez; and fourthly, Morocco; which being two king∣doms, yet are subject unto one Xerife, King or Emperour, called the Emperour of Morocco. These Countries were once called Mauritania Tingitana, from the Town Tingis or Tanger; (nigh which the Phoenicians coming into Barbarie, are said to have en∣graven in their language on two Marble Pillars, these words; We flee from the face of Joshuah the robber, the son of Nave). This State, hath for some years past endured even many incredible changes, by the Princes of one family, who by many wicked and unwor∣thy acts, have fought against and expelled each other. They are both divided into seven Provinces. Morocco, which takes its name from the chief City so called, is scituated between Mount Atlas and the Atlantick Sea; whose seven Provinces are,

1. Hee, bounded on the North with the Ocean; on the South with Mount A••las: Its most ancient Town of Hee, is now called Tednest, standing in a goodly Plain on the river Tensist; yet is it not well inhabited, yea rather abandoned by the Inhabitants, who about 1514, hearing that the Arabians would sell it to the Portu∣galls, intended to flee, although many of them were therein put to the sword; another Town being so served. There is here amongst other places, one called in their language, The Fort of Dis∣ciples; because a Sectary of Mahomet there kept with his disci∣ples, preaching his doctrine, and defending it against the King of Morocco.

2. Suz, which lyeth betwixt Mount Atlas and Africa proper∣ly so called; having the Lybian Desarts on the South; and on the East the great river Suz. The chief City is Messa or Massa sci∣tuated on the Cape of Gilon; and is as it were three Towns, be∣twixt whom, the river Suz passeth: yet is it of little or no worth, by reason of the bad soyl. But amongst others, Tavagost is the farthest, and greatest Town of Suz, which is seated in a Plain, and whose Inhabitants are very rich.

3. The particular Province of Morocco is made of a triangu∣lar form by the Mountain of Nesise, bounding it on the West, East, and North, and is separated from Hee, by the river Asi∣finuad, unto which the river Tensisit or Tensist joyneth. The City Morocco is not so beautifull as formerly; the Castle and Palace of King Almansor, as big as a Town, being all of note that is now to be seen. It was built by Abderamen, and once contained 100000 housholds: but now every way inferiour to Fez. Yet its great Temple hath a Town so high, that the hills Azafi 130 miles di∣stant, may be easily discerned. Here are also the Towns of Te∣nezz, and D••lgumuba, which is strongly built on a very high Moun∣tain. Also I••••••••misi, seated on a rock of Mount Atlas, near which, is a narrow paslage of the same Mount, named Burris, through which, he that goes into Guzule, must needs passe; it is somewhat spatious, but decayeth daily.

4. Guzule, having on the West, the Mountain Ilde; on the East,

Hee; and confines with Suz. Here is neither City, Town, or Ca∣stle, onely some Villages.

5. Ducalia, near the Ocean and the Cape Cantin on the West, the Country of Tedle on the East. Its few walled Towns are al∣most all held by the Portugals; and divers Towns here were aban∣doned by their Inhabitants, which were sacked and ruined when the Portugals took the Town of Azamor (seated at the mouth of the River Ommirabili) in 1513.

6. Hascora, which beginning at Ducalia's Mountains toward the North, confines with Morocco on the South. Here are four Towns, whereof Elvimua is a new Town, and Bzo, an ancient one, scituate on a high Mountain.

7. Tedle, of a triangular form, bounded with the river Quadel∣habib, that is, a river of Slaves, on the West, and that of Ommira∣bili towards the East. The chief City is Tesza, standing on the river Deyme, an ancient Town, so called, as being built with stones of the same name. Elfza, (built on Ommirabili, into which Deyme runneth, both flowing from Mount Atlas) is near Tesza, and also under its jurisdiction. Then is there Chythite, having long main∣tained war against the King of Fez, Lastly, Eithiad, which abounds in all kind of Victuals.

The seven Provinces of Fez (which are bounded on the North with the strait of Gibralter, & the Mediterranean Sea, with part also of the Atlantick Sea, and with Morocco on the South) are, 1. Te∣nesme, beginning on the Atlantick towards the West, and bounded with the Buragrag on the East; whose Inhabitants Ptolemy calls Caunes. This Province was (of old) the flowr of Mauritania Tin∣gitana, containing above 400 Towns, and 300 Castles and Villa∣ges, and is 120 miles long, although narrower. Some of whose Towns are, Amsa, built anciently by the Romans on the Sea∣shore; and hath been almost ruined by the Portugals; as also Mansor, a Town nigh this. When the Mahometans contended about the differences of the Doctors of their Law, the Town Adendum, like the rest of Mauritania, felt the ruining fury of the War. This Country is as it were a Land of conquest; for the Arabians, or rather the strongest party, command here. There is also Rabat or Rubut, seated at the mouth of Buragrag near the Sea, and founded by Almansor; in whose time it was one of the popu∣lousest of Africk; but now not above 500 housholds, and nought but Gardens, Vines, and Meadows within the walls. Sala, called by the Barbarians Zale, is a Town towards Gibralter strait, in which is a Palace, wherein the Kings and Royal Princes were interred. Marmora, a mile and half from the Sea, where the Portugal Army (though Christians kept the Town) was defeated by the King of Fez, through the bad intelligence between the Generals of the Portugal and Castilian Armies. Macnase seated on the River Subu, in a goodly Plain, 15 or 16 miles from Fez. It's well peopled, reasonably strong and great, having broad streets, and abundance

of water by an aqueduct through the old industry of the Ro∣mans.

Secondly, Fez bounded with the rivers Buragrag, Inave, and Subu on the West, East, and North; and with Mount Atlas on the South, and is about 100 miles in length. Here is the Town Gualili shewing it self upon Mount Zarbon, ruined by the Africans, but rebuilt by Idris, who is buried there, and honoured as a holy man. Near this is an ancient Town called Pharaoh's Palace, al∣though the Aegyptians never commanded over this Country. But the Metropolis is the great and stately City of Fez or Fesse, called by Ptolemy, Silde; but Fesse, from Fesse, signifying, Gold, whereof they found abundance, in digging its foundation. It is scituated like Grenada in Andelusia of Spain, to wit, on the bodies and twice double devalling faces of two Hills, the low Valley between (through which the torrid River of Marraheba runneth South∣ward) being the Centre and chief place thereof; for it is the most beautifull and populous part of the City: whose scituation (as of the whole) is judged to be right under the Tropick of Cancer. The Valley is two miles long, and half a mile broad: in which are five Market-places, stately Temples, Colledges and Hospitals, and 100 Taverns, that may lodge a Monarchick Train; on the River are 67 bridges of Timber and stone, which are passages for open streets on both sides: most part of the forementioned build∣ings are three or four stories high, adorned with large and open windowes, long galleries, spatious Chambers, and square plat∣forms. It was first divided into two, both parts of each side of the river having his Mahometan Lord, and Mufti or chief Priest; but the King of Luntana, or of the Lantune family, sacking these two Towns, put the Mofiz to death, and made them but one. Also Jacob, son to Abdulach the first King of the Meennon-family, divided Fez into three parts, and with three several Walls, but now (saith a traveller) environed onely with one, and that broken down in sundry parts. On the two Hills of the City, ••ast, and West are streets and houses of two stories-high, with delicate Gardens on their outmost devalling parts, as also numbers of Mosquees or Saracenical Temples and Watch-Towers: on which heighths, and round the Town, stand about 300 Wind-Mills, most whereof belong to the Mosquees, and the two magnifick Colledges foreducating children in the Mahometan-Law, built by Kings of the Marine or Murin family; one whereof called Amarodoc, (having three Cloysters of great beauty, whose gates are of brass, and the private doors of Chambers of in-laid work, &c. cost King Haba Hennor or Habu Henon 480000 Crowns, or 460000 Duc∣kats in the building of it. The chief Mosquee is called Mammo Currarad, which signifies, The glory of Mahomet; which is an Ita∣lian mile in circuit, having 17 high ground Steeples, besides Tur∣rets and Towers, 34 entring Doors, supported within by the length with 48 pillars, and about 23 ranges of pillars in breadth, besides many Isles, Quires, and Circles: Every pillar hath a lamp

of oyl burning thereat, where, and thorow the whole Mosquee, are every night 900 lamps lighted; and to maintain them, with 100 Totsecks and preaching Talsumans, it hath 200 Duckats dai∣ly rent: yet some say, this great Mosquee (no more than the rest) hath but one Priest, whose office is to say the prayers, and take care of the Temple's revenues; the which he distributes to the Ministers thereof, and for all necessaries; furnishing also other Temples that have no means, with necessaries. The rest going to the common profit of the Town, because it hath no revenues. The Citizens are said to be very modest and zealous at their wor∣ship, but great dancers and revellers on their solemn Festivals. Here were in times past, the Kings Almansor, Maunon, and Huc∣ceph, both learned and civil men, and accounted excellent in their superstition; in whose times also flourished Avicen, Rasis, Albu∣mazar, and Averroes, the famousest Physitians and Philosophers among the Pagans: with many others maintained by the Kings of Morocco, who with their Moors were then Masters of all Bar∣bary and Spain. There are now in Fez a great number of Poets making divers songs, chiefly on Love and Lovers, whom they openly name: All which once a year against Mahomet's birth∣day, make rymes to his praise; and on that Feast-day in the after∣noon, in the Market-place is a desked Chair prepared for them; whereon they ascend one after another to recite their verses in audience of the people; and he that is judged the best, hath all the year this Epithete above the rest, The Prince of Poets; and is by the Vice-gerent and Town rewarded. But there are also 12000 Brothel-houses allowed in this City, whose Curtezans are neatly kept, and weekly looked to by Physitians, and (which is worse) they (in Summer) give open license for 3000 stews of Sodomiticall boyes. Nay (saith one) I have seen at Mid-day in the very Market places, the Moors buggering these filthy Carrions, and without any shame or bodily punishment infflicted on them, go freely away.

Thirdly, The Province of Azgar, which hath on the West the River Buragrag, antiently called Lix; on the East the Mountains of Cumera, and a part of Zarbon, and Zelag, which divide it from the Country of Fez. Its an 120 miles long, and ninety broad. Two Towns are found herein, Laras, or Lorache, on the River Luccus, where the Port is good, though the entry difficult: and Caesar El∣cabir signifying the great Pallace of the foundation, built by King Mansor, or Almansor. But of the Town Giumba, which was built by the antient Africans, is nothing now to be seen but the ditches.

Fourthly, Habat, Elhabet, or Ellabat, bounded on the East with the mountains near Gibralter strait, on the West with the Mari∣shes of Azgar, and is larger than Azgar. A chief Town hereof is Exagen, seated nigh the River Guarga, or Zuerga, on a Mountain's top; whose inhaoitants have commonly four hundred horse in Garrison, because of the Portugalls inroads. Here is also among

others, Homar, once well-peopled; but now little inhabited, the Portugalls commanding on that coast.

Fifthly, Erif, which runs 70 leagues from Gibralter's strait West∣ward, to the River Nochor Eastward. Here is Belis, having a good Port, and seated betwixt two Mountains. There is also Ter∣gai with three other Towns that are scituated on a Mountain. But the Villages of this Province are many, although the Towns but few.

Sixthly, Garet, which bordereth on the River Mulvia, and part of Chauz to the East, on the River Nochor, and part of Erif towards the West; and is about 75 miles long, and sixty broad, in one part whereof are Towns, in the other Mountains, in the third a Desart; the chief Towns being Tezzora, seated on a little hill, and but one passage thereto. Miggeo, and Jafferin by the Sea, built not many years 〈◊〉〈◊〉 by the Mahometans, of the race of Ma∣rin.

Seventhly, Chauz, 190 miles long, from East to West, and 170 broad, for it contains all that from Mount Atlas towards Mauri∣tania, and no small part of the Country joyning to Lybia. Herein is Tezo, seated in a plain at the foot of Mount Dubdu, on the Ri∣ver Mululo, and is a City strong and rich, being also as a Universi∣ty, having Colledges like Fez. Teurert, a Town on a hill in a large Plain, and encompassed with Desarts. And amongst others, stands little Tezergue, subject to the Arabians, being near Cunaigel Cherben a Mountain, signifying the passage of Ravens. Mahomet, the second Xeriff of Barbary, who beginning his reign in 1550, united the Kingdomes of Fez, and Morocco, for which Kingdome, the three sons of Hamet contended in 1603; two of which brothren dying in those wars, Abdela, son to one of the slain brothers, main∣tained the war against Sidan the surviving brother: During which one Sidan Amet, a Hermite, seized on the City Morocco, the which, Sidan, and Side-Hean also, a Hermite, forced him to leave in 1616, So that whatever the event hath been since; then was the Xerifate greatly distracted; for Sidan possessed Morocco; Side-Hean forti∣fied himself in Taradant; Abdela lived by robberies; Fez stood on its Guard; and the other Towns were governed by particular Magistrates of their own. These people are Tawny, but some more than the other; they are also somewhat more civill, or else, much of the conditions of the Arabians; they are wondrous am∣bitious, unconstant, subtile, and treacherous, also very cholerick, great braggers, suspicious, and exceeding jealous. This Realm in general (for to speak particularly of the fourteen Provinces, would be too tedious) is said to abound in Corn, Fruit, Oyl, Ho∣ney, Wax, Sugar, Goats-hair, whereof Chamlets are made, and their skins, which being dressed they call Marroquin-skins, and we Spanish-Leather; there is also much Cattle in divers places, also in Suz great store of fine Amber is found; so that although some places are rough and stony, yet these inhabitants have all things needfull for life, one Country abounding in what another

wants; and if they had not war on every occasion, hindering a setled peace; this Empire would be very happy, and not envy any others commodities, for in their Mountains they feed great store of Cattle, and they have likewise plenty of Corn; but their Plains yield so much corn, and fruit, that they furnish other pla∣ces with Citrons, Oranges, Sugar, and Olives. Yea, they trans∣port into forreign Countries, Chamlets, Barbary-skins, Cotton-Cloath, and Sugar, whereof they make great profit. And for the Emperours Revenues, he is Master both of all his subjects goods and persons, none daring to oppose any impositions laid (by him) on them; Yet the Empires usurpation, the continuall wavering of affairs, with the fear of an accident like that of Muley Cheq, makes him seek to govern them the milder, that they may desire to live alwayes under his command. All here are Mahometans except the slaves, which doctrine of Mahomet entred into Aegypt, in 637, through the Conquests of Omar, then a Captain of Odman, first passed into Africk, in 650, with 80000 men, who defeating Gregory Patricius, they chased the Romans with the troops of Leo the Emperour, and Absimachus, quite out of Africk, becomming Masters of Barbary, which the Arabians increased, first by Arms, and those not prevailing, by Preaching and Traffique. The Goths and Vandalls who inhabited Africk, being infected with the Ari∣an opinion, much helped herein; for they brought in the Arabian letters and language, building Universities at Morocco and Fez, ad∣ding also great Revenues thereto; But nothing hath more advan∣ced Mahomets sect than the Victories of the Miramamolins of Africk. But of these Mahometans are many sects also, who have their Heads, and Doctours to defend them, for divers have commen∣ted upon the Alcaron, not directly allowing of what it prescribeth, but contradict it in many things; of all which different sects, and Orders, with their leaders, (some of whom differ not onely from the rest in their law, but also in faith) may be seen in the book entituled, A description of Estates, Empires, and Principalities. But among other differences of the Law and Religion between the Moors of Fez, and Morocco, this is one, that they submit to the Califf of Bagdet, and not to him of Cair, to whom the Turks yield obedience. Here are also Jews, who having multiplyed in Spain, came by degrees into Africk; and afterwards there increased, when Ferdinand of Spain, called the Catholique, and Emmanuel, King of Portugall, expelled them their Kingdomes; many of whom comming, brought the Trades and Arts of Europe with them, which were before unknown unto the Barbarians. The Jews pra∣ctise much the Art of the Gold-Smith (which is forbidden by Ma∣homets law) and especially of Smiths. There are but few called Christians in the Realms of Fez, and Morocco, besides slaves, (ex∣cept such as live in places possessed by the Portugalls) whose state is deservedly to be pitied; enduring more pain among these Bar∣barians, than beasts do among us. But Spain (most of those slaves being that Kings subject's) hath two Religious Orders, (the one

called de la Merced, in Arragon; the other much greater, having the name of the Redemption of Captives) appointed purposely for Redeeming them; who gather great Sums of Money yearly, where∣with they free a great number, for they send diligent and faithfull men to Fez, Morocco, and Algier, who first redeeming Priests and Religious men, then free the other sort: first the King of Spain's Subject, then the rest; and there is alwayes one of the Religious of Spain, at Fez, who informing himself of the quality and necessity of slaves, prepares a way for their delivery the year following. And to conclude of Barbary; The great Turk hath therein three Beglerbegs, or great Bassaes, proudly styled, Lords of Lords; the first whereof is at Tripolis, (which was taken in by Sinan Bassa from the Knights of Malta in 1551) and he commandeth under him 8000 Timariots, and 6000 Janizaries. The second at Tunis, or Tunneis, who being of great authority, commandeth under him twelve Sanzacks, or Lords, Governours, and 35000 Timariots. The third at Algier, who hath under him fourteen Sanzacks, and 40000 Timariots. These are all he hath in Africk, except the great Vizier Bassa of Aegypt; But in Asia, the Greater and the Lesse, he com∣mands 30 Beglerbegs or Bassaes.

Next to Barbary is Numidia (not that spoken of so much in the Romane History, for that is a part of Tunis); on the North whereof is Mount Atlas, so high that they say its top cannot be seen, and was so called from Atlas a King of Mauritania, (who being of a great stature, was feigned by Poets to bear up Heaven with his shoulders; either for his skill in Astronomy, or for the great height of the Hill). It is now named Anchisae, or Montes Clari, that is, famous mountains, on its South-side Lybia, and may be called Numidia, from the manner of its inhabitants, the Numidae, there li∣ving, it being like the Scythian Nomades: for these are said to spend their time in hunting, and to stay no longer in one place than there is grasse for their Camells, so that they are a base, theevish, murderous, and ignorant people; although the Arabians who are mixt among them, are more liberall, civill, and ingenuous. The Country is meanly peopled; for Teffet, accounted by them a great City, hath in it not above 400 families; nor (if we be∣lieve reports) have no neighbours within three hundred miles thereof.

LYBIA (which is AFRICA, properly so called, and is so named either from Lybs formerly a Moorish King, or from Lybia a Queen hereof, or from Lyns fignifying the South-Wind, which gently bloweth from these parts) is bounded with Nilus on the East, the Atlantick Ocean on the West, and is now called Sarra, that is, a Desart; for it is full of vast sandy De∣sarts, (being also under the torrid Zone, or scorching heat of the Sun). In one of these Desarts it was that William Lithgow, the Scot∣tish Traveller in King James his daies, endured (as he saith) both

hunger and great drought, for seven or eight dayes, as he went from Fez towards Arracon, a great Town on the Frontiers of Nor∣thern Aethiopia, with one Chatteline a French lapidatour, who would go thither to buy Diamonds and pretious stones, Chatteline on the eighth day, in the night, falling sick of a burning Feaver, and mindfull to return, Lithgow left him at Ahetzo, the farthest Town Southward of the Kingdome of Fez, (well fortified with Walls, and a Garrison of Moors therein) and with his Dragoman Moor, went forward, entring the Agaroes Country, whose better sort of inhabitants were half clad, the vulgars naked, who had an Emeer or Prince of their own, subject to none but his own passion;, yet had they a bastard shew of Mahometanicall Religion. They toyled six dayes in traversing this Country, whose salvages both snarled on them, and sometimes gave them bastinado's; yea, and enough was it for the Dragoman to save Lithgow's life and liberty from them, who were still inquirous what he was, and whither he went. On the seventh day, they came into the soil of the Hagans, and the Jamnites, most part whereof were White Moors, some of whose better sort, (and chief among them) had their Members covered, but far more wickedly conditioned than the former; who were ruled by a Xeriff, having his Guard made up of young Balars, or Pages; and Women, who see∣med rather to live without any Religion, then to acknow∣ledge any Deity. Then were they led by a Hagan Guide five dayes together South-Eastward, almost contrary to the bor∣ders of Aethiopia, whither they were bent: who stealing from them on the 6th night; they the next day continuing their faces the same way, were long ere night involved in a dis-inhabited Countrey, being both a vaste Wildernesse, (and a part of the Berdoan's Country, one of the four Tribes of the old Lybians; the Sabuncks, Carmines, and South-Garolines, being the other three) and also mountainous and dangerous for wild beasts, whom to af∣frighten, they burnt (every night) shrubs of Tara. But the day after their first entrance herein, they proceeded farther, thinking to find People and Tents to relieve them with victuals, and inform them of the Country; but they found none, nor seven dayes after; so that their victual and water being done, they relyed on To∣bacco, and drank their own pisse for the time aforesaid. This soyl was covered with hard and soft sands, (and those full of Ser∣pents) whose interlarding rockey hights were faced with Caves and Dens of wild beasts; whose hollow cryes, they both heard in the night, and sighted them often in the day, especially Jackals, Bears and Boars, and sometimes Cymbers, Tygers, and Leopards, against whom when approaching, they either shot off a Har∣quebus, or flashed some powder in the Air. The Dragoman (on the 4th day of their seven, being there) wondring to see him en∣dure such heat, hunger, and toyl, despairing, threatned him with death, to make him seek back for their nearest refuge. So Lith∣gow holding his course North-East, met (early on the 8th day) with

900 Savages, or naked Lybian Sabunks, 500 being women, armed with Bowes and Arrowes; who with their complices had put the night before, 300 Berdoans, their neighbour Tribe, to the sword, and brought away 600 sheep and goats, besides other bestiall. Their Emeere or Prince came in the Rear with 100 horsemen, ha∣ving half pikes, sharply headed at both ends with steel; he was cloathed onely with a vail of Crimson Silk, hanging on his na∣ked shoulders with coloured Ribbans, from his breasts to his mid∣dle thigh, and on his head a party-coloured shash set like a Gar∣land; both knees being bare, as also his anckles; the calves of his leggs were girded with crimson silk, and on his feet were yel∣low shooes, his face and beard burnt with the Sun, and about the age of 33 years. His Page was even covered like himself; but all his followers stark naked. He and all the four Tribes of Ly∣bia worship Garlick onely for their God, it being a strong thing, and most part of their food; unto which they annex Altars, Priests, and superstitious rites. He gave them both liberty of life, and relief of food; and after an hours parley with them, gave unto Lithgow his Bow, and a Quiver of Arrowes. He also telling them, that Tunis was their best and nearest recourse, sent a guide with them for four dayes journey, for 5 Sultans or 35 s. who brought them thorow the most habitable and best Tented passages of the Country: where once a day they found Bread, Water, Gar∣lick, Onions, and sometimes Hens, which (saith he) if truth may have credit, we would Rost or Scorch dry at the very face of the Sun, and so eat them. Their guide on the 5th day left them among 400 Tents of Numidian Moors or bastard Arabians, pitched in a pleasant Valley between two sources of water, where they repo∣sed some 9 dayes; and where likewise, he affirmeth to have seen Smiths work Nailes and Horse-shooes out of cold iron, softened onely by the vigorous heat of the Sun, and the hard hammering of hands on the Anvile; as also he saw it in Asia. So renewing their guides from place to place, they descended from Savage, to Civil Moors, and arrived safely, (though with great difficulty and danger) at Tunis. The Garamantes, who were thought to be the farthest people Southward, lived in this Country: and those called the Psylli, who (if it may be believed) were of so venomous a nature, that they could poyson a Snake. Herodotus also tells of an Expedition that this people made against the South-wind; for that, it (blowing abroad the sands) had dryed up those small waters among them: but the wind encountring them with a vol∣ley of sand, overwhelmed and slew them all. Arius, who denyed Christ to be one substance with the Father, was born here. The Lybians seem rather to be worse than the Numidian Moors: their chief Cities being Guargata, Toberraum and Huaden. Some re∣port, that these two Nations have neither King nor Laws, but are governed by the chief men of every Tribe; but this agreeth not with our Traveller's relation. And whereas they are said to

worship a god called Psaphon: who teaching divers birds which he caught, to say, Psaphon was a Great God, the simple people yielded him divine worship: he saith, the Lybians do all worship Garlick: But that they are mostly grosse idolatrous Pagans, is plain, and that among some of the Naturals, the Saracens from Arabia and Barbarie have planted their Mahometan superstition, we deny not.

THe Land of the NEGROES (so called, either from the River Niger, which in Latine signifyeth Black; or because its people are of a black colour) is bounded on the North with Lybia, on the South with Congo or Manicongo, a Kingdom in the Lower Aethiopia. It containeth 25 Provinces, the chief where∣of are 11, to wit, Guala, Guinea, Tombutum, Melli, Cano, Benin, Nubia, Gialofi, Ganaga, Goaga and Bornum; two of whose chief Cities are Tombutum and Chovinum, said to be the third City for esteem, of all Africa. There are four Kingdomes herein, where∣of that of Tombutum (whose first King was Ichia, who in 1526, slew Soni Halin their last Lybian Lord; for in the year 908, when the Mahometan Priests came out of zeal into these parts, they had neither King nor Common-wealth) is the greatest, whose King is very rich, keeps a Royal Palace, with a very great guard, al∣wayes maintaining a great number of learned men, and, they say, causing all who have any Commerce with the Jews, to be slain. That of Bornum, which is somewhat lesse; that of Goaga, and that of Gualata, consisting but of that one Province. These people are best conceited with their native beauty or black colour, and there∣fore are said to paint the Devil white, in disdain of him. They were so blockish, that when the Portugals first sailed hither, they took their ships for great birds with white wings: the painted eyes on the beaks of their ships, to be their directours in their course; bag-pipes to be living creatures; yea, after they had felt them: and Guns for their hideous noise, to be the Devil's works. Both males and females use to go naked till they are married, and then to cloath themselves from the waste to the knees. What the fruitfulnesse of these Countries are, is hard exactly to know: yet the fields adjacent to the River Niger, being 40 dayes (yearly) overflown by the said river, the Country is the more fertile for its inundations; which else could be little, through the drynesse of the soyl, affording no exhalations for clouds to give rain: The Province of Cano aboundeth in Lemmons and Pomegranats, and those of Melli, (whose Country is 300 miles long) are said to be the civillest, industriousest, and richest of all the Negroes. And in Nubia there is a mortal poyson, at 100 Duckats the ounce, of which the very 10th part of a grain will end one in a quarter of an hours time. But for pure gold and silver, the Country of these Nigrites is abundantly stored. Touching Religion, they are grosse Idolatrous Pagans; yet with some mixture of Mahometans

jand outward Christians: with which last, Nubia is reported to have been wholly peopled; but now for want of Ministers, fallen to the former Paganism; for they once sending to the Aethiopian Emperour for instructers, were unworthily (whatsoever the cause was) rejected by him.

COme we now to AETHIOPIA, (taking its name from the Greeks, from 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉, to burn, and 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉, a countenance: the Sun's heat Scorching the faces of its Inhabitants) which is to be divided into that of Asia, containing Arabia the Desart, the Stony, and part of the Happy; of which before: and that in Africa, of which in this place. And it is divided into Aethiopia the Upper or more inward; and the Lower or more outward Aethiopia. The Upper is called also Abasine or Abyssine, either from an Aegyptian word, signifying, scattered Nations; or from Abas, one of its chief Rivers. Nilus also is supposed to arise out of the lake of Zemre in this Country: which taking its course towards Aegypt; and meeting in divers places with lower Valleys, falls down with great noise and force. It seems to be named the upper, not so much for its being higher scituated than the other, as for that it is more Nor∣therly; and the inward, as being environed with the lower, ex∣cept where it confines with the Negroes Country, and Lybia. The Prince hereof is called the Emperour of Abyssins, by the Arabians, Aticlabassa: some of his Subjects name him Bel or Belul Gian, that is, a powerful Prince: and we name him, whether by corruption of language or not, Prete, or Presbyter John; but others say, all these Emperour's since the Eunuch was baptized by Philip, were called Philips; till that one John that was religious, reigned, and was entituled Saint: since whom they have been called Johns, with the word Presbyter prefixed; for that he executeth the Priestly as well as the Kingly Office: But his Subjects calling him Prete-Gian, importing as much as Pretious Prince, makes the name of Presbyter from the cause aforesaid, to be the more improbable. Divers have given divers bounds to this his Empire. But one Hugh Lin∣scott saith in his Navigations, That it extendeth from the Red-Sea's entrance, unto the Island of Siena, under the Tropick of Can∣cer, except the side of the Barbarian gulph, which the Turk hath held divers years; so that Prete-Gian, or Presbyter-John's Domi∣nions should be bounded with the Red-Sea on the East; on the North with Egypt and the Desarts of Nubia; on the South with the Realm of Monoemugi; thus having about 400 Italian miles under his command: yet some affirm this Country to be as big as Italy, France and Germany, put together, although not very well peopled: the ground's dry barrennesse, and the climate's distem∣perature not admitting a multitude. But (however) this Prince attributes to himself many and great Titles, as Emperour of the higher and lower Aethiopia, King of Goe Caffates Fatigar, &c. of Sabaim, the Queen of Saba's Country, saying, he is issued from

David; who being said to have 70 Tributary Provinces under his Empire, we will briefly mention the chief; among which, none is better known among us than Barnagas, for its neighbour∣hood to the Red-Sea, extending from Suaquem almost unto the entry of the strait. Its chief Town is Beroe or Barue, seated on a pleasant River. It hath but one Sea-Port-Town, which is Ercoc∣co. On the Western part of this Province is a Mountain first spa∣tious, then narrowing, and enlarging again, and a small league in compasse, on whose top are a Temple, Monastery, with royal buildings, and two huge Cisterns: with a large plot of ground to entertain 500 persons, for provision groweth there. There is but one passage to it, and that reaching to a mark: beyond which they must ascend by cords and baskets; so that this place can nei∣ther be taken by force or famine. The Turks some years since, (on whom Barnagas bordereth, and who are said to receive hence 1000 Crowns yearly tribute) greatly spoyled here, carrying away many prisoners: yet at length he agreed with the Bassa of Abas∣sia (residing at Suaquem) for 1000 ounces of gold. Betwixt the South and East from Barnagas, lay divers Mountains, dividing Prete-Gian's Empire from the Kingdom of Adel. Ercocco stands in the Province of Dafila, included in the Realm of Barnagas; where are also other Towns, as Sautar, Abarach, &c. The Gulph of Erocco bending to Adulite of old, which is the point of Erocco, extends to Bebul, with a nook made by the Sea towards Arabia, on the beginning of the strait, whereby they come out of the red-Sea or Arabian gulph; which place is very narrow, shallow, and full of Islands: beyond Ercocco are Zagnanie and Zama of the Province of Lacca; then the Port of Velle, once called Antifila. Beyond the aforesaid point are two Lakes wherein Crocodiles do live: beyond which is the Port and Promontory of Mosylon, now the Cape Docono, in the Country of Dangali, where the Sea making a little Gulf, suddenly straitens again, in which Channel, about thirty or thirty six miles broad, are five or six Islands; to avoid whose Rocks, Sailers must have good experience. Next to Dan∣gali, are the Ports Zeiloi, and antient Daphne, where stands the Town Barbara near Mount Fellez; after which is the Cape Guarda∣funi; where Mette, formerly Accanne, is scituated; here sailers doubling the Cape, run from East toward the South, on which Coast is Carfur, once Opene, and the Cape Zingi: then they bend to∣wards Azun, and Zazelle; thence to Magadazo, where the Por∣tugalls traffique. Lastly, to Barris, which Province hath Pate, and Brave, two Towns on the Sea, dividing Prete-Gians country from the King of Melinde's. But to come up into the main-land. Trigremahon is a Realm lying betwixt Nile the Red-Sea, and the Realm of Angotte, whose King being Presbyter John's tributary, it is put among his dominions; in whose good Town Caxumo, Maque∣da the Queen of Sabba, or Sheba, (who comming to hear Solomons Wisedome, had (they say) by him a son called Meilec) and also the Queen of Candace, were said to abide. Angotte is set between

Tigremahon and Amaran, in which Realm are divers Provinces; whose chief City Angotte stands upon the River Ancona, near which, is another Town called Saint Peter. This people are re∣ported to use Pepper, Salt, and Iron, instead of money, which formerly was the onely way of Exchange among many people: Next is Amara, bounded on the North with Angote; on the South with Damut; and by some said to be scituated in the middle of the Country. Herein is a Hill called Amara, ninety miles in com∣passe; and it seems exceeding high (I will not say a dayes jour∣ney) on whose top are sundry Pallaces, wherein (to prevent sedi∣tion) the Emperour of Aethiopia's younger sons are alwayes kept and educated in a Princely manner; and in one whereof, is a Li∣brary said to be, wherein are many Books as Enoch's Oracles, all Livies works, &c. to us in part or wholly lost. It hath been put to this use ever since the year 470. It is made even impregnable, having but one way of ascent. Sagamedre is the greatest country of this Aethiopia: for it extends from Goyame, beyond the Island Guequere which is 600 miles. Gueguere, or the Island of Meroe, is compassed by the River Nilus, 175 miles long, and 125 broad. Whose principal City is named Meroe, built by Cambyses in me∣mory of his Mother Meroe. This Isle (although in the upper Aethiopia) is not subject as some suppose, to Presbyter John, but is inhabited by Mahometans, who are utter enemies to the Abyssine Aethiopians. Xoa is scituate betwixt Amara, Damut, and Fatigar. Fatigar lyes between Xoa, and Adel. Damut is nigh to Xoa, lying betwixt the Province of Zanquebara, and the Lake of Barcena; yet some more probably hold Damut to lye Westward, beyond the Realms of Vangue and Goyame. Most Cosmographers (by reason of the Abyssines ignorant reports) describe this Empire conjectural∣ly; whose Emperour hath not his chief aboad in Caxumo; but ac∣cording to Hugh Linscot, (who sailed along all the Coast of Aethi∣opia) his ordinary and almost constant residence is in the Town of Beimalechi. Yet according to an antient custome (for we find nothing of this Emperours stately Pallaces, unlesse at the Town of Zemra, nigh the Lake so called, where Workmen sent by Francis Duke of Florence, built a Royall Pallace in 1570, where the Emperour is said sometimes to be present) He sometimes in one place, some∣times in another, lives (most commonly, in the open fields under Tents, 6000 whereof are carried with him, with great store of gold and silver vessels, and other rich moveables) whereby his Court, every man being lodged, overspreadeth the compasse of 10 or 12 miles. Some report these Aethiopians (as they are black, so) ignorant and void of all Learning: But Escala his learned Book, of The Correction of Times, is a witnesse, they are not so igno∣rant as some hold them to be: yet it appears, they are for the most part slow and dull of wit: in that having flax, they can make no cloath; having Sugar-canes, and cannot draw it out; iron, and cannot work it; holding Smiths for Sorcerers and wicked men. Yet are they much given to Navigation: so that they are im∣ployed

in the Merchants ships of Goa, Bengala, China, and other places; serving herein for little money, and differing very little from slaves, as being ready for all drudgeries, and enduring whip∣ping, &c. very patiently. They are kept by their Emperial Mo∣narch in wonderfull awe, both high and low; who intreats them more like slaves then subjects, taking away, and giving whole Siegnuries, to whom he pleaseth, none daring to shew any dis∣content, for he is held by them for a sacred and divine person; (whose colour also is said to be whiter than the rest) who was wont to shew himself but once a year to his subjects. Then he appeared thrice a year; but since (it is said) more familiarly. But they so honour his name, that hearing thereof, they bend them∣selves, and touch the ground with their hands, reverencing also his Tent, although he be not in it. These Countries have two Summers, and two Winters yearly; not distinguished by heat, and cold, but by continuall showers, and fair weather. They are generally very fertile; yielding Barley, Pease, Beans, Millet and other Pulses, though but little Wheat, likewise abundance of Su∣gar, if they knew now to refine it. There are almost an incredi∣ble number of Oranges, Lemons, and Citrons, and great store of Vines; but no Melons roots, nor Olives, but they make Oyl of a fruit called Gove. They have abundance of Honey, and Wax enough to serve the Country with Candles, without Tallow. Flax they have, yet not the Art of making Linnen Cloath there∣with; Yet they make it of Cotton, whereof there is abundance. They have almost all sorts of beasts, and Fowl, as we in Europe; as Oxen, Asses, Horses, (though but small) Camells, Sheep; also Elephants, Lions, Tigres, Onces, and Stags, but no Bears, nor Conyes, neither is there any Bulfinch. Mines of Gold, Sil∣ver, Iron, and Brasse, are not wanting; which they know not how to draw; Yet in Zagamedra, they draw their pure Mines of Silver by fire, making it run like rods; and in Damat they draw it, and refine it something better. Their fields are full of Geese, Partridges, and Hares, because they never hunt; so that their Country is bountifull, if they knew how to use such a happinesse. But there is sometimes one inconvenience; to wit, multitudes of Grashoppers, even darkning the Ayre, spoiling one Province or another by eating the leaves and barks of Trees, and devouring their Harvest. Their Prince's revenue ariseth three wayes; From the Fruits of his demeans, manured by Oxen and Slaves; From his Subjects, who pay him for every fire, and the tenth of all Mineralls which they draw; and from the Princes subject unto him; some giving him Horses, others Oxen, Cotton, and other things; So that it is conceived he hath great places full of Gold, pretious stones, and Cloath. His Subjects (as to Religi∣on) are most out-side Christians; yet are there some Mahometans also, his tributaries; who are alwayes seeking to revolt. The Abyssines say there is an old Chronicle kept in Caxumo, which saith, they at first received Judaism, through Meilech, Solomons

son, by Queen Maqueda, and the Jews accompanying him. But Christianity was here received by means of Queen Candaces her Eunuch, whom Philip Baptized, and that, first at Tygia, in which Tongue they frame all their publique writings. But they acknow∣ledging the Patriarch of Alexandria for their head, (from whom also they receive their Patriarch or Abuna) fell with the Cosites of Aegypt, into the opinion of Eutyches; holding but one na∣ture and will in CHRIST; for they could have no en∣tercourse with Rome, but by means of Aegypt. They hold divers other impertinencies (which increase by conversing with grosse Idolaters, and Mahometans round about them; many also of these Idolaters living among them, as in Damut, Agaos, and Corague) as Circumcising both Males and Females. Then Baptizing the Males fourty, the Females sixty dayes after their Circumcision; they eat not of any beast that is cloven-footed; they follow the Jews in observing the last day of the Week's Sabbath, more then the first; they accept onely of the three first General Councels. Their Priests may marry but once, according to the Muscovites, and not that, after Orders received; whom (they say) do live by the labour of their hands; they allowing them nothing, nor suffering them to beg. They Baptize not, but on the last and first dayes of the Week, presently giving the Bread and Wine to the Baptized, rebaptizing themselves also in Pools and little Lakes, every year on Twelf-day, in remembrance of Christs Baptism, on which day they suppose him to have been Baptized by John in Jordan. Their Sacraments are administred by the Patriarch; not spitting, as ••rerewood saith, after receit of the Eucharist, (in which they com-Punicate in both kinds, and with unleavened bread) untill Sun∣••••; nor in their Temples at all, putting off their shooes when they enter therein, nor suffering any beast to enter. But of these things, and other Ceremonious superstitions; with Presbyter John his overtures, as to reconciliation with the Church of Rome, &c; I refer you unto the aforesaid Book, Entituled, The Descrip∣tion of Estates, Empires, and Principalities.

AETHIOPIA the Nether, or more outward, which is re∣ported to be mountainous toward the West, sandy in the midst, and Desart towards the East, is bounded on the North with the land of the Negroes, and Aethiopia the inward, and on the South with the Southern Ocean; and is divided in five principal Coun∣tries. 1. Monotapa, or the Realm of Benomotana, or Benomotaxa, obeying one Prince called Monotapa, that is, Empire in that lan∣guage. It is fashioned like an Island, betwixt two branches of a great River, running from the Lake of Zemre, Southward. Nile, which springs from this Lake, running East and North, and Zaire towards the West. Some hold it is 3000 Italian miles in com∣passe; yet others, but 450 miles. The chief Provinces hereof are six. The chief City is Benomotaxa, where the King ordinarily re∣sides, yet some say his seat is at Tongum, besides which there is

another Town named Simbas. This Kings Dominions extend far beyond the Island, even to the Capes Mozambique and Bonne Esperance, or the Cape of good Hope (all which perhaps may make up the number of 3000 Italian miles) many neighbouring Kings being his Tributaries; among which is he of Torre, or Burue, run∣ning from the River of Spirito Sancto, to the Cape of Courantes, and far within the land also. Monotapa is watered by divers Rivers, as Panami and others, which are said to carry Gold with them; and in all this Estate is great store of Gold, both in Mines and Rocks. The Ayre is temperate, the Countrey good and pleasant, abounding in grain; yet is it full of Forrests, having in it many beasts, great and small, especially Elephants, whereof 5000 are said to be killed yearly for their Teeth-sake. Burue is very rich in Mines of Gold, and hath very good pastures, but wanting Wood. They having such store of Mettall (so much by men de∣sired) cannot but be very rich. The King also exacting no Tri∣bute, but certain dayes service from his People; yet without pre∣sents, none may shew himself before him. He hath likewise no Prisons, all causes being straightway decided by witnesses, nei∣ther do they punish any crimes so severely, as Sorcery, Adultery, and Theft. They are of mean stature, black, but active and Vali∣ant, yet ill armed. This Prince is Politick, keeping with him his Vassall Princes Heirs, to assure himself of them. They wor∣ship here one onely God, which they call Mozimo, and in 1560, Gonsalvo a Jesuite, Baptized a Vassall to Monotapa, called the King of Inanior: and soon after young Monotapa and his Wife. But four Mahometans his favourites, perswading him, Gonsalvo 〈◊〉〈◊〉 be a Magician, a ruiner of Kingdomes, and a Spie, to cause a 〈◊〉〈◊〉 volt by his subjects, he had him slain and cast into the River M••∣sigina, nigh which fifty of his new converts were slain also. But when some Portugalls, and chief of the Realm bad shewn him his errour, he slew some of those four, seeking for the rest, who were hidden. But the Portugalls now not sending new Prea∣chers hither, but sending an Army by Sea under Francis Barret, to be revenged, the affrighted King sent for peace to Barret, who ayming at the gold, rejected all conditions. But through the Ayr's intemperature unto them of Europe, this Army was consu∣med: since which, some few, called Christians, have there re∣mained.

2. Conga or Manicongo, which is a Realm extending from two degrees and an half from the Aequinoctial towards the South, that is, from Katherines Cape, to the Cape of Leo; and hath on the North the Province or Realm of Benin in the Negroes Land; and on the South, Lunae Montes, or the Mountains of the Moon. It contains (according to those who compute its scituation) about 660 Italian miles, and is divided into six eminent Provinces; whose King also commands in the Island of Loande, seated be∣twixt a branch of the river Dande, now Bengo; and the river Co∣anze. He hath likewise some Islands upon the river Zaire, his

feudetaries. Those Provinces are, Bamba, on the Sea-coast, from the river Ambrisi unto Coanze, and hath many Signiories. The chiefest City is Bamba, standing between Ambrisi and the river Lose; being about 100 Italian miles from the Sea. Songo, which extends towards the North, to Ambrisi, and ending near the red rocks of the Realm of Loangoes frontier: its chief City being Songo. Sunde, whose principal Town is Sunde; it extends from about the Town of Congo (now named by the Portugals, S. Saviour) unto Zaire river, which is 40 Italian miles. Pango, once a Realm, not subject to the King of Congo: confining with Sunde on the North; with Batte on the South. Its head City is Pango, scituated toward the West part of the river Barbela coming from the Lake whence Nile springs. Batte, whose chief Town is also Batta. This Pro∣vince confines with Pango on the North, and joyning to Barbela on the South of the Mountains of Aphronitre, as far as the burnt Moun∣tain. It extends to the Mountains of the Sun, confining it self on Barbela toward the East. Lastly, Pemba, in which stands the City of Congo, seated on a Mountain, and about 150 Italian miles from the Sea. It was once named Banze, that is, a Court; now S. Saviour. Here is a Mountain indifferent high, so full of houses and Villages, that it is said to comprehend about 100000 per∣sons, although but two German leagues, or 10 Italian miles (ta∣king 5 miles for a league) in quantity. So that it may be true, which is reported of these Countries populousnesse; they felling (as is supposed) 28000 slaves yearly unto the Portugals: who are carried to Brasil to work in the Mines. This Country is watered with six rivers. This King hath a swelling title of 18 particular Provinces and Countries: some of whom are (they say) Anthro∣pophagi or Men-eaters: having shambles of mens flesh, as we of other meats. But Angolia is most esteemed of the Civill Provin∣ces; which some years since revolted from the King of Congo, and is concluded to be very populous; for in 1582, the K••ng hereof had 1200000 in an Army against Paul Diaz the Portugal Leader; who with his few, wisely ordered, fatally and dismally overthrew him. Edward Loope a Portugal, who lived long in these parts, re∣ports their Winter to be like Autumne, at Rome: yea, generally (through the rain continually falling, especially for two hours be∣fore noon, and as much after) the heat is greater in Winter than in Summer: which heat is most insupportable to the men of Eu∣rope. Their Winter begins on March 15, so that for five months, a clear day is seldome seen. Their Summer, in the midst of Sep∣tember. They also observe very small difference in night and day, being in a manner equall. Their Summer is as dry, as their Winter moist: whereby the overflowing rivers leaves on the land a grosse and muddy humour. They have the common winds cal∣led by Hippocrates, Etesies: which causing continual rain by agi∣tation of mists on the tops of Mountains during our Summer, both in Congo and Prete-gian's Country, make the rivers Nile, Niger,

and Senega, &c. to swell, whereby they overflowing, do fatten those Countries which they water: for it is not the melting of snow which causeth the rivers increase, because no snow falls on the Mountains of Aethiopia and Congo, or the neighbour Coun∣tries, except on those called the Mountains of Snow; or those to∣wards the Cape of good Hope. The West and Northwest winds in their Winter, doth temper the hot mists and vapours. But in Summer their winds are South-East, or North-East: which un∣lesse they did cool and refresh Aethiopia and Congo, the heat would be insupportable. Greece, Candie, Cyprus, Anatolia, Syria and Egypt, enjoying the same winds. Zaire is Congo's greatest river, and hath such abundance of water, (being 5 miles and a half broad) that entring the salt Ocean, it keeps its freshnesse for 8, 10, yea 16 leagues: whereby Sea-men easily know where they are. But to be brief; Bamba hath many silver Mines and other mettals in a Mountain thereof, also many exceeding great Elephants (through its many Forrests and Rivers) which live commonly 150 years, and grow to the midst of their age: some of whose teeth have been 200 weight. The Antients said, the Elephant could not bend his hamme, but were taken leaning on some Tree asleep. But the Flemings and Porrugals seeing them get up into Trees, draw∣ing up their haunches, to gather leaves, and stooping easily down to drink where the water is low, makes it evident, that they have joynts.

Here are also Tygers, whom the Congoans call Engoi, who through hunger's sharpnesse, finding nought in the field, do fall upon tame Cattle; and as Loope testifieth, never set upon White men, but oft-times the Blacks. The beast called Zabree, breeds in this Province; and is like a mule, but it ingenders and multi∣plyes greatly, having young every year: whose hair having from the ridge of the back to the belly streaks of white, black and yel∣low, is very strange; they are exceeding swift, and wild; whom if the Inhabitants had art to tame, might serve instead of horses which this Country wants: whose office notwithstanding men do perform by carrying them, who speedily journey, in litters or chairs, the bearers being often changed. Beasts called Empalan∣ges, some as big as an Ox, others lesse, are here also. To con∣clude, they have wild Bugles or Oxen, Wolves smelling afar off, Foxes, Goats, Stags, Hares, and Conies in abundance; for they hunt them not to death, as in Europe. They have many Civit-Cats, whom they keep tame for their pleasing sent. There are divers kinds of Serpents and Vipers, some being 25 foot long, 5 broad, with a very large belly and throat, that (if we can credit it) will devour a beast as big as a Stag. They kill them sleeping, and hold the food of their flesh better than of any fowl. But some Vipers are so poysonsome, that any one bitten dyes within 25 hours. There is likewise a strange beast as big as a ram, with wings like a Dragon, a tail, long beak, many rowes of teeth, two leggs,

whose skin is red, mixt with green and blew, and who eat raw flesh. It hath Camelions, Parrots green and grey; very fair red birds, and many sorts of small ones singing like Canarie-birds: finally, great store of Hens, Ducks, Geese, Turkies, Peacocks, Par∣tridges wild and tame, Turtles, Pigeons, Faulcons, Sparrow∣hawks, Eagles, and Pelicans. The Province of Congo hath many Elephants, and divers sorts of imitating Apes, many Kine, with divers beasts forementioned: also store of Crystal and other mer∣tals; but preferring Iron, which is found in the aforesaid fruit∣ful Mountain; whose water is excellent good, not hurting any one: which is stored with grasse, much Cattle, Fruit-Trees al∣way green, yielding all kind of grain, chiefly that called Luco, whose bread is as good as ours; abundance of white Millet call∣ed Mazze; also Meaz or Turky Wheat, and store of Rice; but they little esteem these. Bananes, which some take to be Muse; and others, Indian Figs, a pleasing and good food grow here; al∣so Limons and Citrons exceeding pleasant, whereof the poor live. There are three sorts of Palm-Trees: from one whereof they draw Oyl, Wine-Vinegar, Fruit, and Bread. Other Trees bear a Fruit called Cola, as big as a Pine-apple: and other wild Palms, whose fruit are good to eat, and with whose leaves they cover their Cottages, and make baskets, &c. This Province hath abundance of Melons and Cucumbers; also Tamarinds and Cas∣sia, which serve both the Moors and Turks for Physick. The River Leonde ingenders Crocodiles, and the Hog-fish, so big and fat, that some weigh 500 weight and more: also Sea-horses, or the River-horse, which is tawny, having little hair, leaping to land, and feeding, and by day living in the river; some of whom the Africans do tame: and they are exceeding swift, but they must not passe over deep rivers, because they will presently dive. But this river which runs at the foot of the Mountain where the royal Town of Congo is built, so dries up when the rain ceaseth, that one may easily wade it. On the shoar of whose Island Le∣onde, are found gray Cockles very glistering, and better esteemed than those on the other shoars: where also is a Tree called Ensan∣da, alwayes green, and, having many virtues, strangely multiply∣eth, to wit, by some small threds hanging down from the high branches, and rooting in the ground; whose upper bark being made clean, is a kind of linnen cloath, making garm••nts for the common people: and in that part nearest to the firm land do trees grow, at whose foot salt-water springs. Here are likewise big Oysters, which they call Ambizimitare, that is, fish of a stone. They find here also divers fishes, as Pilchards, Soles, Crafishes, &c. And about the outward part of this Island are many black Whales; who fighting, many die: whose fat being taken and mixt with Pitch, the Inhabitants calk their ships. Moreover, we must not forget the great store of stone, and goodly Marble Moun∣tains, besides the Jasper and Porphyrie, with the white Marble,

and of other colours, called at Rome, Numidian and African Mar∣ble: in some Mountains also of this Province of Pemba, grow Jacinths; and in other rocks they find metals, as brasse, yellow and green, whereof they make Statues, &c. So that, if we look on the abundance of metals in this Realm, as also their Elephants, and Civit-Cats, wherewith they abound, Sea-cockles serving in∣stead of coyn, traffique of Slaves, linnen cloath of Songo, and Sunde made of Indian Palm-Trees, Crystal, though not altogether so profitable; we may soon see how they are sought to by forreign Merchants, whereby their wealth may be conjectured. And as for the King, none would doubt, but that he (having all these Countries under him) is exceeding rich: of whom, one thing is reported to his commendation, That he doth Justice publiquely, without any formality; for that all things are debated before him in few words. As to their religious belief, they are so full of vanities, that they scarce know what they believe: for, al∣though an outward profession of Christianity be crept into this Realm, yet is it full of grosse Idolaters: some worshipping the Sun as Husband to the Moon; and the Moon as his Wife in the second place. Others worship those beasts like Dragons above∣mentioned. Some the Earth, as Mother of all, &c. How a Chri∣stian profession was brought first hither by the Portugals, (James Cano or Diego Can, Captain to D. John the second, King of Portu∣gall, discovering these Countries of the Nether Aethiopia in 1486) I leave to read in the book, Of Estates, Empires, &c. Onely thus much I say, That King John sending three Dominick Friers to in∣struct them; the King of Congo's Uncle and his son first; then the King and Queen were baptized; (whose eldest son was Alphonso) and who endeavoured lovingly and zealously to turn the Subjects: But these Friers (beside the consuming heat, and ayr's malignity) were ill-intreated by them of Congo: who seemed tractable while they spake of ceremonies and mysteries; but when they began to speak of temperance, continency, restitution of goods, pardon of offences received, with articles of Christian profession, they shewed opposition. The King also growing from zealous, to be cold: for t••ey were loath to leave their Sooth-saying and Sorceries, espe∣cially their many Wives, and which Women troubled the Court and City of its abode. Then, the King dying, Alphonso the eldest, and Panze Aquitime his second son, who would not be Bap∣tized, fell to Arms; Alphonso defeating, and taking him (they say) by apparent miracles; who afterwards caused all the Idols to be burnt on the top of an high Mountain, and reigned fifty years in peace; and in the midst of after troubles in Aluaro's time (through the Giaguas entring Congo's Realm in great num∣bers, and putting this King to flight- &c.) Jesuites came into Congo, and preached to the people, building a Religious house, so called in the Island of Leonde, where six or seven Priests remained, or still do remain, going up and down where necessity calls them.

Aluaro (Granchild of the first Aluaro, whose son was also of the same name) being illegitimately born, was slighted of most of his Subjects; wherefore in 1587, he would have one of these Priests near him, whereby he purchased honour. And then defeating his sister by the Father, with her brother, in a great battell, slay∣ing the Generall; he built a Temple in the same place, setting the first hand thereto to encourage others, and by Edicts advanced these Priests Preaching and enterprise. But it's time to hasten to the third part of Aethiopia the lower, to wit, Aian, which (inclu∣ding Abex, and Adell, two Kingdomes) is scituated betwixt the River Calimanca, and the Mouth of the Red Sea. Abex is also cal∣led Adea, and lyes scituated between Habassia, and Adel; unto which first it is said to be tributary, two of whose chief Towns, to wit, Pate, and Gogia, the Portugalls took under the command and conduct of Tristran de Cugna. The other principal Town is Braue Adell, is that of which Grand Amada was King, who had a great hand over the Emperour of the Habassines, it is scituated more upon the Coast of the Red-Sea than Abex, and whose three chief Cities are A••ar, Borbora, and Zeila, all seated without the Red-Seas straights, the which Merchants do much frequent; for be∣sides the Corn, flesh, Hony, and Wax, store of sheep, (whose tails are said to weigh 25 pound) wherewith this Country abounds, they have also much Gold, and Ivory. But Zeila the chief of the three, standing near the Bay called the Bosome, or nook of the Ava∣lites, or Abalites, who dwelt thereabout, was sacked and burned by the Portugalls in 1516. 4. Zanzibar, which extends from Mono••apa, unto the River Quilimanci, (whose chief Rivers are Co∣ava, and two other) it must needs be a large Province; for it con••aineth fifteen Kingdomes, whose chief Cities, Corova, Moncu∣lo, Anzuga, Badin, Calen, Qulao, Momboza, Melinda, Mombara, Monbizo, Embroe, M••sambique, Macaos, Mordomugi, and Safila, deno∣minate the Countries, and that of Safila (abounding much in Gold and Ivory) is thought to be the land of Ophir; but seeing Ophir is planted in the East, and Safila stands South-West from Chaldaea, where the People's scattering began; as also since Solomons Navy of Tarshish, with the Navy of Hiram came from Ophir but once in three years, as 1 Kings ch. 10. Verses 11. and 22. do demonstrate, Ophir was certainly farther off; to wit, in India, although what par••i••ular Province or Islands thereof, it is not determined. Abra∣ha•••• King of Quilao, suffered the Portugalls to build Forts in his Country in 1500, whom they presumptuously ni••e years after deposing, the Arabians (for he Zanzibars, and Aians on the Sea∣side, are said to descend from them) demolished their fortresses, The true Natives are the more in-land people of Zanzibar, and grosse Gentiles as to Religion. But those on the shoar side (as of Aian) have received the Mahometan superstition of the Arabians from whom they descended.

Fifthly, Cafaria, (so named from the Cafars, that is, Heretiques, a name appropriated unto these Heathen for want of another)

hath on the South and West; the Ocean, on the North, the Moun∣tains of the Moon. I find no City or Town in this Province, onely they are said to have some Villages; in every of which is a Lord or Ruler. Some represent also, the manners of this people to be as ill-favoured as their bodies, and faces; for being cole-black, with thick Lips, and flat Noses, they likewise live like beasts. The long Southern Promontory called The Cape of Good Hope, (whose top hath a fair Plain covered with Grasse and various flow∣ers, named the Table of the Cape, and largely overlooking the Sea on all sides; which here being very rough and tempestuous, hath often vexed the Spaniards) is of this Region, and was disco∣vered by Vasco di Games in 1497.

Moreover, before we speak of Aegypt, we will look over the African Islands, which are those in the Atlantick Ocean, or in the Aethiopian Sea. In the former are to be noted. 1. That called the Princes Island, seated between the Aequator, and Tropick of Ca∣pricorn, and so named, because the Prince of Portugall was to have its Revenues when his Portugalls had conquered it. Nigh this, is that called the Isle of Saint Helen, which they so named from their Saint Helen, on whose day it was discovered, and over which (as the other) the Spaniards do command. 2. The Gorgades, of old the Gorgons, they are nine in number, now called the Islands of the Green Cape, for that they lye near the said Cape, in the Negroes Land. James Island is the chief of these, whose principall Town is Ribiera, fortyfied by the Spaniards. Medusa dwelt here, who is reported to be a Woman exceeding beautifull, but molesting the European Seas by Piracy, she was invaded by Perseus and his Greeks. He slaying Her in a single Combate, struck off her Head, and carrying it into Greece, the people exceedingly ad∣mired both her Face and Hair. Goats are the chief thing these Islands abound with. 3. The Canaries, of which before in Spain, which for their fruitfullnesse, &c. were of old called the Fortu∣nate-Islands. But the Canaries, from the chiefest Isle Canaria, or from the Dogs, in which the Spaniards found them to abound: They are accounted by some, but seven in number; three where∣of, to wit, the Isle Canarie, Palma, (where ships use to touch going to America) and Tenariff, 90 miles in circuit, are the chief; in which Tenariff, neither showr nor river is said to be; but their water is conveyed into divers parts from a high Mountain, having a Tree alway covered with a moyst cloud, which every noon-tide dissolveth. The Commodities hereof are well enough known to be sublime Sacks, fine Sugars, and Canarie-birds.

4. The Azores 9 in number, whereof the chief Tercera, makes them all now to be called the Terceraes; unto whose second Isle of note, S. Michael, Geographers have removed the first Meridian, dividing the Eastern World from the West. Marriners also ob∣serving the Compasse coming under this Isle's Meridian line, not to vary at all from the North. Faiall is the third of note, which

Sir Walter Rawleigh taking from the Spaniard against all opposition (for two reasons) in 1597, made the booty of this Expedition (called the Island-Voyage) worth 400000 Crowns, although the English kept not what they won. Although the Flemings first discovered these Islands, and thence were called the Flemish Islands; yet the Portugals subdued them all under Prince Hen∣ry's Conduct in 1444. Tercera it self hath been called by us the Island Oade, because it aboundeth in Oade.

5. The Hesperides, Happy Islands, whereof Poets making fre∣quent mention, placed here the Elyzian fields. They are two in number, seated not far from the Gorgades, and divided asunder by a small straight, being, according to Plutarch, 10000 furlongs from the Continent of Africa. The ayr and seasons are said to be here alwayes temperate: The weather fair; for they have rain very seldome, sweet dews making the earth very fruitful with small pains; and where Sertorius the Roman earnestly desired to spend the remainder of his life in peace. In the latter Sea are, 1. Ma∣gadascar, scituated under the Southern Tropick, and reported to be 1200 miles long, and 4000 in compasse (which if so, Brittain must take but the third place of the Islands of the known World, for bignesse). Their chief Town or City is of the same name. It is called St. Lawrence, which name I suppose the Portugals gave it, when they discovered it in 1506. The people are but of a dusky colour. It is (by relation) a goodly Countrey, abounding with beasts both wild and tame, and all kinds of fruits; also Ginger, Cloves, and likewise with Silver. It hath both fair Rivers, and safe Harbours; yet they would neither trade, nor be traded with by others; yet the Portugals have gained a little traf∣fique with them, whom yet they suffer not to come on shoar. These people keep to one Wife; but for other things, said to be inhospitable and treacherous, and not onely ignorant of prayer, but of years, moneths, yea and weekly dayes distinction.

2. Zocotara, which is 60 miles long, 24 broad, and is scituated at the very mouth of the red-Sea. Its chief City is so called where the King resides. This Island, through much winds and drynesse, is deficient in most necessaries for life; yet hath it plen∣ty of Physicall Drugs, especially of Aloes; called (if true) Zaca∣trina (not Succotrina) from this place. Two of their Towns, Benin and Coro, the Portugals have taken and fortified; before whose arrival here, the Inhabitants (who are ash-colour'd and tall) were a kind of outward Christians called Jacobites. Whether there are two Islands nigh this, which men alone, and women alone do in∣habit; who are said to meet sometimes, though not to stay long together, through the ayr's antipathy to each other; I leave (as am∣biguous) unto Traveller's experience to determine.

3. The Isle of St. Thomas, seated just under the Aequinoctial, and of a roundish figure. It's 180 miles about; the principal Town being Pavoasan. At its first discovery, the Portugals found it a Wood; who with the Negroes now dwell there. It is so plen∣tifull

in Sugar, that they load 40 ships yearly: But as for fruit which hath a stone therein, it will bear none; neither will Wheat come to good. Although the Portugals be masters here, yet in this the Negroes are above them; that they are reported to live (divers times) 100 years: when as the Portugals never exceed 50; where there is no water for 8 dayes journey.

AEGYPT is bounded on the East with the Arabian Desart, ly∣ing betwixt it and the red Sea; on the West with the Desarts of Lybia, Numidia, Barze, and Nubia: on the South Bugia; or as others, the Cataracts, which being very narrow steeps, Nile powrs down his waters with a wonderful force; (although I greatly suspect, whether the adjoyning Inhabitants are deafned with the noyse) and on the North the Mediterranean, which from its joyning unto Egypt, is there called the Egyptian Sea: and which sheweth, that the Antients have accounted that onely Aegypt, which Nile watereth, beginning (according to Ptolemy) on that side near the Town Siena (now Asne), unto the Mediterranean Sea, which is 562 miles in leagth: although in the broadest place, to wit, from Damiata East, to Rosetta West, it be but 140 broad, in some places but 37, and at the bottom or point but 4. Some would have this Country distinct from Africa and Asia, con∣taining it betwixt both. Others taking Nile for Asia and Africk••s bounds, put part thereof in either. But Ptolemy, and many others making the Red-Sea or Arabian Gulph, Aegypt's commodious bound, have placed it in Africk. Aegypt being first inhabited by Misraim the son of Chus, was called by the Hebrews Misreia, and the Arabians are said now to call it Misre. It hath had divers names not very material here to repeat; But it was named Egypt, either from the river Nilus, once called Aegypt; or from the people descend∣ing from Chams race, who, as Josephus saith, were called Aegyptians; or from one of their Kings surnamed Aegyptus, and named Rameses, the brother of Danaus. It was (of old) divided into high and low, (though others have divided it into High, Middle, and Low). High Aegypt being long and strait, beginning at the Cataracts beyond Siena, on Aethiopia's Frontiers, and ending near Cair. Low Aegypt containing that which hath the form of an Island made by the two Channels of Nile and the Sea, extending from Caire unto the Medi∣terranean, Northward, and is as Strabo saith, about 3000 stades in Circuit, that is 375 Italian Miles, and was named [Delta] from its triangular form, or resemblance to the Greek letter so called. It's scituation is near the Tropick of Cancer, bending towards the Northern or Artick Circle, betwixt the seventh and tenth Paral∣lell, especially under the second climate, whereby the longest day is thirteen hours and an half, nor in most Northern parts above fourteen. Some have affirmed there were two thonsand Cities and Towns, others 1020, in this Country; But Ortelius who was dili∣gent in the search, found but 300. yet the Wars with Aethiopia, Syria, and the Romanes, might ruine many Towns therein; But we

will mention onely some of the chief of them; as 1. Siena, now called Asne, the most Southern City thereof, and said to be exact∣ly under the Tropick of Cancer; for Ptolemy saith, they making a very great pit, there was no shadow of the Sun, when he entred into Cancer. 2. Memphis scituated beyond Nile Westward, where the Aegyptian Princes resided; in whose place Caire succeed∣ed, and was the aboad of the Sultans. Caire is a great City, di∣stant from Jerusalem about 240 of our miles, which a traveller thither, calls (for its admirablenesse and greatnesse) the little World, being, (saith he) thrice as large as Constantinople, and as populous, though not so well builded, being scituate in a pleasant plain, and in the heart of Aegypt, kissing Nilus at some parts. It's divided into five parts. 1. New-Cair, the principall of the other, and lying in the midst of them, and contains all the chief Merchan∣dise and Market-places, it hath walls and Ports, and is in Cir∣cuit twenty two miles. 2. Old Caire, where Memphis antiently so called, stood, also named Babylon of the Aegyptians. This was the farthest place Ulysses visited in his travells, which Homer so memorizeth, yet (saith Lithgow) they were not answerable to the fifth part of mine. 3. Medin, which joyns to the back side of Old Caire, towards the Piramides (which are not far from hence) 4. Boulake running a great length along the River side; which hath three Market places of no small account. 5. Caraffar, a great Town bending Southward in the way of the Red-Sea, for ma∣ny miles. All which four, are (saith he) but as Suburbs to the New Caire, making up a Country rather than a City, yet all touch one with another either to the right or left hand, or to both, with a multitude of streets: whose length in all, from the lowest end of Boulake, to the Southmost part of Caraffar, is 28 English miles, and 14 in breadth; for tryall whereof, he saith, he trod it one day on foot from Sun to Sun, being guided and guarded by a riding Jani∣zary, which, for his bruised feet on the streets, was one of the sorest dayes journey that ever he had in his life. Here are three princi∣pall gates in New Caire; Babeh Mamstek, looking towards the Wil∣dernesse, and Red-Sea; Bebzavillah towards Nilus; and Babell Eu∣tuch, toward the fields. The streets are narrow, and all almost covered to save them from the parching heat, with open vents for light, and their buildings are commonly two stories high, made either of mud or brick, and plat-forms on the tops, whereon they sleep usually in the night, to receive the fresh and cooling Ayre. Here is a great Pallace where the Beglerbeg or Turkish Vice-ge∣rent constantly resides, and on a moderate height, from whence a sull prospect of the better part of the Town, Gardens and Villages, bordering on Nile, with a great part of the lower plains of Aegypt, may be taken. There is likewise said to be in this City, a Tower, whereby (by observing how high Nile riseth, for there are divers marks in it by which they judg) they know how fruitful it will be every year in Aegypt; for if the River swell unto the highest hole of the Tower, they have abundance of Corn. Another saith it was in a

Mosque, or Turkish Temple called Eschiall, whereas they measu∣red how much Nile rose, by a Pillar there; But another in his Peregrination saith, they go into an Island nigh Caire, where they observe the height of this River. 3. Alexandria, so called from Alexander the Great, who built it, and now Scanderia; it's a Town of great traffique, and was formerly one of the chief Cities of the World, not yielding to Rome for inhabitants; and was in the time of the Nicene Councel, appointed (by them) one of the four Pa∣triarchal Cities, Antioch, Rome, and Constantinople being the other three. It is divided into Old and New, and is seated in a sandy Country on the Sea shore, more broad than long, and like a half Moon: The Old is three miles long, having within it (besides other rare things) two Mountains of inclosed sand. The antient Walls are yet standing, but little inhabited within; four things more, among others, are here eminent; the Cisterns bringing wa∣ter from an Arme of Nile called Calis, and supported by Marble Pillars; two Spires near the Walls of the Port almost alike, Gra∣ven with Hierogliphycall letters, one whereof lyeth along, almost covered with earth; the other standing ten fadome high without the ground, and is eleven foot square: A little above which, is the place as by the ruines doth appear, where Cleopatra's Pallace of old stood, where she had a Gallery advanced over the Sea; and lastly, without the Town stands a Pillar which Caesar erected in memory of Pompey his defeat; it is of Marble, eighty foot high, and twenty in Circuit. The New is seated somewhat more plea∣sant, on the right hand of the Old Port, which hath a Castle of the Old Town for defence, but (through difficulty) they use it onely sometimes to lodge their Foists and Galleys. The New Port is on its right hand, and is but an open road subject to the Northern Winds, but defended by two Castles (on both sides) called Farilos one standing on a little Peninsula; the other right against it; so that all Ships must needs passe within shot of these Castles; with∣out which two Ports (through the Ayres bandnesse) the very Town (it is judged) would be soon abandoned. Two things are remar∣kable of this City. That the people were so licentious, that they would neither spare personally and verbally to abuse their Go∣vernour; nor Romane Emperours, their Lords themselves: for which cause Caracalla comming to the City, and impatient of the same, assembled the youths of the City, as if to choose some for at∣tending on his person, and suddenly commanded his souldiers to put them all to the Sword; and that, one Gautenus reading Divi∣nity and Philosophy in this Town in 180. thence it is thought the setting up Universities first began in Christendome, Right against Alexandria they place the little Isle Pharos, in Caesar and Ptolemies time, but now it joyns to the Continent; and whose Pharus or watch-Tower (built by Ptolemy Philadelphus for benefit of Sailers, too tedious here particularly to describe) was accounted one of the Worlds seven Wonders. The Mausolaeum, which signifies a Sepul∣chre or Monument for the dead: Babylon, not of Aegypt, but that

of Assyria, its Walls; Diana's Temple of Ephesus. The Colossus of Rhodes, and the statue or Image of Jupiter Olympicus, and the Pira∣mides of Aegypt, being the other six. It was called by Oppius, one of Aegypts two Cloysters, or doors to shut it up, to wit by Sea; the other by land, being Pelusium. This seems to me to be the same which the Describer of Estates and Principalities, &c. calls the Castle, which (saith he) is very incommodious, in that they must carry water thither from Alexandria's Cisterns, upon Ca∣mells backs. 4. Pelusium, now called Damiata, and seated near the Mediterranean Sea, it was also named Eliopolis, of the Prince Ely, or Aly, who had environed it with three VValls; (but one thinks it to be that now called Teneze) This key of Aegypt, (as Sui∣das calls it) was more then once besieged by Christian Armies, in the time of that called the Holy War; The most remarkable where∣of was the eighteen Moneths siege of John de Brenne (the entituled King of Jerusalem) with the European Princes in 1220, concerning the mortality of whose besieged, through raging Plague and Fa∣mine, and the unexpected seizure thereof, (by two ventrous soul∣diers scaling the Walls, as admiring the peoples silence) ye may read at large in the Turkish History. Besides these Cities, are two others, said to be almost as big as Caire; also Thebes, which the Tyrant Busiris builded, 17 miles in compasse, and having a hun∣dred Gates; Arsinoe, or the City of Crocodiles; now Sues, and almost abandoned, though in the Ptolemies time, a Haven Town of great commerce; yet the Turks building their Galleys at Caire, bring them, when taken in pieces, on Camells backs. Here is is also Bubastis, where Diana was worshipped. Nicopolis, now cal∣led M••nia. Heliopolis, now Bethsamie, and of which Potipharah was Prtest, whose daughter Asenath, Pharaoh gave to Joseph in marriage, and Canopus, where was Osiris his chief Temple; four of these Cities, to wit, Alexandria, Pelusium, Bubastis, and Heliopolis, are known by other names in Ezechiel the thirtieth, as No, Phise∣beth, Shin, and Aven. The antient Aegyptians were said to be the first inventers of the Mathematicall Sciences; Great Magicians and Astrologers being yet of a dextrous with, Merry, great Singers, and sociable companions; but somewhat sloathfull, and given to Riot and Luxury, neither do they live long in regard of the great heat (for they lye in the same climate with Barbary) seldome at∣tayning 60 years; yet are they not black, but tawny and brown. Two of the chief Monuments of Aegypt, were first, the Piramides, in regard of whose wonderfull Masses of stone, the antient works of the Romans were of small moment; they begin to be seen fourty miles off. They stand in a Desart place, four miles from Caire, about three stones cast from Nile, the biggest whereof, (built by Cheops) is three hundred paces square (that is) 1200 round, at the foot, whose height may be 600 foot, though some have reported it was 1000. the stones are three foot long, and two foot broad, and of the same thicknesse; and although the top seems to be sharp, for so much the word Pyramis doth imply) yet is it there

21. foot square. Josephus reports the Israelites to make Bricks part∣ly for such Pyramides. Secondly, Psamniticus his Labarinth which he built, containing 1000 houses and twelve Palaces within one Wall, whose building was most under the Earth; no wood nor cement being imployed in that Marble Fabrick. The Chamber doors in opening sounded as Thunder, and though there was but one passage into it, which was of white Marble, with stately Pil∣lars, and most curious works of Imagery; yet having a multi∣tude of turnings, and returnings within, it-was even invious to one that was unacquainted. This stood on Nile's banks to∣wards Alexandria. The Aegyptians also made Paper of the sedgy weeds Papyri, which groweth on the banks of NILE, whereby Ptolemy Philadelphus the more easily made up his Library of 700000 Volumes at Alexandria, causing likewise the 72 Interpreters to translate the Bible. The Priests also, who in time of ancient heathenism, were honoured as their Kings, ex∣pressed all their conceits by Hieroglyphicks; or the shapes of things in the Creation. For eternity painting the Sun and Moon; for a year, a Snake with his tayl in mouth: to shew an endlesse circle of years. For integrity, fire and water, because they are pure, and purifie other things, &c. The Red Sea is on the East of Egypt; so called from the red colour of the sands: also Sinus Arabi∣cus, or the Arabian gulph, being 1600 miles long: thorow which In∣dia's and Arabia's Spices were brought to Alexandria, and so disper∣sed throughout all parts by the Venetians. It is also named the Erythraean Sea, as much as red, nigh which, the Sybill called Ery∣thraea, dwelt: for there were 10 of them, of whom Cumana is af∣firmed to have written the 9 books of the Sybills: which being burned by one Stilico, those Prophecies now extant, are onely drawn out of others writings wherein they were quoted: Now they manifestly foretold of Christ's Name, Birth, Death and Kingdom, and somewhat of Antichrist's destruction. Before we come to the quality, riches, and Religion of this Country, we will make men∣tion of Cyrene, anciently named Pentapolitana, from its five Cities; (for it is reckoned a part of Egypt, and seems to me, that which modern Writers call Arabia Trogloditica) which hath Tu∣nis on the West, and Aegypt on the East. Its chief Cities are now Fessan, Barca, from whence the Country is called Barca Marmo∣rica, and Cyrene, which once striving with Carthage for greatnesse and extent of bounds, two men of each side were appointed to end the Controversie, by coming toward each other's City; for where they met, was to be the boundaries: But the Phileni of Car∣thage Getting far into Cyrenia before the other met them, they (en∣raged) killed them because they would not depart their Coun∣try: which occasioned the Carthaginians (in honour of them) to raise the Acae Philenorum, or Altars of the Philenians in Cyrene's Borders. Here stood also the Oracle of Jupiter-Hammon; whose Temple, when Cambyses King of Persia (in his Conquest of Egypt) would (by his Army) overthrow: they were (in the way) smo∣thered

with the light sands of this Country, although 500000 men. Although this people were rude and theevish, yet Ari∣stippus the Philosopher, Eratosthenes the Mathematician, and Cal∣limachus the Poet, were born here; as also Simon of Cyrene, who was forced to carry the Crosse on which Christ suffered. Some call the chief Towns hereof by another name, as Grondall or Co∣randall, having an indifferent good Port. Alcosser or Chozair, which some take for Berenice, one of the five antient Cities; and where is (by the Mountain's opening) passage for fruits brought out of Aethiopia the Upper. Suaquen is the name of another, which Or∣tolius thinks to be the Ptolemais of Mela; near which, is a very good Port: and where is also commonly a Turkish Bassa, who commands the Country. Even in the head of the Arabian gulph stands Suez, which some take for Arsinoe (one of the five ancient Cities of Cyrene); others for Potidia; and some for Hero or Heros, which in the Ptolemies and the Romans time, very much flourish∣ed for Indian and Arabian Merchandize, transported thence into Aegypt by Caire and Alexandria; but although the Turk hath used all means to people it, yet is it not much inhabited, nor of any great traffique, by reason of the great difficulty of all things. Aegypt is an ancient Kingdom; for there is a Catalogue made of 300 Kings, save eight, who reigned before Amasis in 17 Dunasties; of whom Osiris is onely to be mentioned, who with his suc∣cessours were called Pharaohs, and in whose time Abraham is thought to have gone down into Aegypt. But of the 18th Du∣nastie or Lordship of great power, there were 16 Kings; Amasis being the first, and beginning his reign in the year of the World, 2242. Menophis or Miris being the last. Of the 19th Dunastie were onely five, who were called the Latti: Zetus was the first, in the year 2590; and Thuoris the last: two of which five, to wit, Amenophis and Sesostris or Vexores, are of fame. The 20th Du∣nastie remained 177 years under the Diapolitane Princes: and of the 21 Dunastie were 18 Kings, the first of whom was Smendes, beginning to reign in the year 2961, and called in Scripture Se∣sac: the 15th was Pharaoh Neco, who slew Josiah at the ba••••le of Megiddo: and Psamnenites or Psamniticus was the last, in whose dayes Cambyses (as was said in Persia, subdued Egypt under his Empire: from which it revolted in Darius Nothus his time the 6th Persian King, they choosing one of their own called Amertheus, in 3558: the sixth from whom, was Nectanebos the second; in the 18th year of whose reign, Ochus the 8th Persian Emperour reco∣vered it again. But Alexander vanquishing Darius, he won Egypt without bloud; after whose death, Ptolemy the son of Lagi sharing this Country, all the following Kings were named Ptolemies: of whom there were 12, Lagi being the first, and beginning his reign in the year of the World 3641, and called in Daniel the King of the South. Cleopatra, a woman exceeding beautifull being the last, who (being in love with Marcus Antonius, killed her se••f to avoid leading thorow Rome in triumph: After whose death it

was made a Roman Province, and was as warily looked to, as highly prized: no Senatour but onely a Gentleman of Rome being Governour. The Roman Empire being divided, this Country was subject to the Constantinopolitan Emperour, till the Egyptians being overburthened, craved the Saracen's ayd who made them Tributaries unto Haumer the third Caliph or Saracenical Pope of Babylon or Bagdet; the Grecian Garrisons being first expelled: who afterwards choosing a Caliph out of their own people, there were two, one at Bagdet, to whom the Asian; and another at Caire, to whom the European and African Saracens submitted. The first Egyptian Caliph was Achmades, beginning to rule in the year of Christ 870; the 15th and last being Elphaiz, (although there be one, who addeth seven others) who sending to Noradine the Tur∣kish King of Damasco for ayd against Almericus King of Jerusalem, he sent him valiant Sarracon, who, after clearing Egypt of Alme∣ricus his forces, made himself King, and to confirm his estate, dash∣ed out Elphaiz his brains with his horseman's mace, and rooting out all his kinn, as we read in the Turkish history. Of these Turkish Kings were five; Sarracon the first, beginning his unjust reign in 1153. Melechsala the last, who (going with Lewis the 9th of France towards Damiata, when he had vanquished him) was slain by the Mamalucks, slaves whom he bought and bred up for Soul∣diers, to supply the deficiency of the soft Egyptians: they came from Colchis and Georgia, and were commonly called Circussians: they also set up Turquimenus, a Mamaluck, in Melechsala's room, of which Mamaluck Sultans, there were 12, Turquimenus, the first, beginning his rule in 1250, (who although he released King Lewis, is said not to have performed half his conditions of peace with him made) Tonombeius, the last, who being overcome by Selimus the first in 1517, Egypt was made a Turkish Province, as it still remaineth. The Country is low, plain, and not mountai∣nous; wherefore they have built their Villages (though far from Nile) in high places, to avoid Nilus his overflowing, which makes Egypt exceeding fruitful; and for want whereof, the dearth is very great; (for they have no rain, as is read in Zech. 14. v. 18; or if they chance to have any, it is said to turn to divers inconve∣niences, as sores, &c.) it beginning to swell about June 17, and continuing 40 dayes, (and falling the like time) which is said to happen when Aethiopia hath most rain, especially in the farther Mountains. The Greek letters of this river's name containing in them, all the dayes of the year; (for Ν stands for 50, Ε for 5, Ι for 10, Λ for 30, Ο for 70, Σ for 200, which make 365,) and the manner of whose inundation Lithgow undertakes to shew, be∣cause he saith many learned men are meerly mistaken about its flowing. He saith, there is a dry pond digged near the river's brink, called Machash, wherein stands a pillar as high as this ditch is deep, that is, 18 cubits: whereby they know the river's increasing (and so the plenty or scarcity of things the year follow∣ing) after this manner: between the river and this pond are six

passages digged thorow the bank, where when the river begins to swell, it falls down thorow the lowest passage into the pond; (and then come forth certain Priests cal'd Darvishes, accompanied with 100 Janizaries, pitching their Tents about this Quadrangled pit. In all which time of the inundation, they make great feasting, rare solemnties, with dancing, singing, touching of Kettle-Drums, soun∣ding of Trumpets, and other ostentations of joy. As the water grows in the river, so also (now) upon the Pillar, which is marked from bottom to top, with Brases, handfuls, a foot, a span, and an inch. If the water rise but to 10 brases, it prefageth, there will be great dearth, Pestilence and famine: If to 12 Cubits, the year will be indifferent: if to 15 Brases, then plenty and abundance: if to 18, then the whole Country is in danger to be drowned and destroyed. Also, from the body of Nile, there are (saith he) about 3000 channels drawn thorow the plain, on which passing Ditches are all the Boroughs and Towns builded; and through which channels, the river spreads it self throughout all the Kingdome: which when scowred of filth and Worms, and the water become clear, every house opening their Cistern window, receiveth as much water as will suffice them till the next inundation: Nei∣ther doth ever the River flow any where above the banks; for if it should, it would overwhelm the whole Kingdom. All which Channels here or there, do make intercourse for their streams again, to the body and branches of Nilus; so that he calls them S••oical fools, who hold, that it overfloweth the whole face of the Land; for then I pray you (saith he) what would become of their houses, Bestials; Corn, and Fruits; for the nature of violent streams do ever deface, transplant, and destroy all that they de∣bord upon, leaving slime, mud, and sand behind their breaches; and therefore such inunding cannot be called cherishings. Yet Ovid sang thus of Nile,

Nam{que} ubi deseruit, &c.

For when the seven-mouth'd Nile the fields forsakes, Whose Rivers to th'old belly them betakes: The tillers many living creatures find, I'th' turn'd up muddie clodds that's left behind.

Now here the Poet indeed affirms muddy clodds to be left be∣hind, and (which is strange) very many live creatures there∣in found: but this overflowing may seem by his words, to be the channel's watering the Country by a moderate overflowing, and not the main body or belly of Nile drowning all like a Sea: and whereas he calls it Seven-mouth'd Nile; although some will have seven mouthes therein, (and others nine) yet the Moderns assure there are but 3 or 4, two of whom, report what they have seen; for it divides it self into 4 branches, four miles from Caire, two whereof make the two chief and Navigable mouthes of Damietta

and Rosetta; yet when it overflowes, many brooks (or channels, into which it is divided) are Navigable. There are abundance of venomous creatures bred (also) in this river, as Crocodiles, Scorpions, Water-Snakes, grievous mishapen worms, and other monstrous things, who do oft annoy the Inhabitants, and those who traffique on the water, yet it breeds likewise very excellent fish, and is wonderful fruitfull therein. It is also reported to be almost 3000 miles long, and said to have its beginning under the Aequinoctial line from the Mountains of the Moon; but more truly from the Zembrian Lake in the more inward Aethiopia, and in a place of the outward Aethiopian Alps called Catadupa. Nile's water is said to be marvellous sweet above all others, the cause whereof is the extream force of the Sun beating alwayes on it, and making it the lighter, purer, and simpler; as also his long course arrousing so many soiles. Egypt is not subject to Earthquakes, and is so fertile for all necessaries for man's life, that some Antients have called it, The Store-house of the Earth. It was likewise called when the Romans had it, Horreum Romanum, or the Roman Gar∣nerieor Barn. It abounds with all sorts of grain and pulses, good pastures, and abundance of Olive-Trees, and with herbs good to eat, that they may the more easily forbear Corn; there is also in the Western part of Lower Egypt store of Cotton and Sugar. Some report, there is very good Wine in divers places, keeping very long, as near the Lake Meotides. But another saith, it produ∣ceth no Wines; for these Mahometanical Moors observing strict∣ly the law of their Alcoran, will neither plant, nor suffer Vines to be planted, accounting it a deadly sin to drink Wine: But for Coffa, and Sherpe, which are composed Liquors, he saith, they drink enough. Palm-trees also wonderful high, do grow through∣out all Egypt; 20 great Trees, having been said to be seen coming out of one body. Their gardens are replenished with Siccamores, Cassia, Pomegranates, Oranges and Tamaris, the greatest part whereof are exceeding high, and the Siccamores exceeding green. The garden of their Balsamo lyeth near the South side of Caire, six miles in compasse; the Tree being but of three foot high, alwayes green of colour, with a broad three-pointed leaf; and being cut into the body, and branches thrice a year, it yields a red water dropping into earthen vessels, which is the natural Balsom: Not far from which Garden in a sandy Desart, is the place called Mommeis: which are a multitude of Caves cut out of a Rock, wherein most mens Corpses of Caire are interred: which remain alwayes unputrified, nor yielding a stinking smell: experiments whereof are, by Merchants bringing whole bodies hands, &c. from thence, which makes the Apothecarie's Mummia, whose co∣lour is very black, and the flesh clung to the bones. Here is a shrub called Alcana, whose leaves being yellow when dryed, the women in the Turk's Country die their hands and feet, with a part of their hair. There is great store of smelling flowrs; yet Plinie affirms, they do not commonly smell very well, through the

fogginesse of the ayr, fromthe river Nile. Besides hurtful beasts, it breeds also a great number of tame cattel, as Bugles, Oxen, Camels, Horses, Asses, Goats, and Sheep: all which grow very great; but the sheep are exceeding great and fat, whose Wooll is black, and their thick tails hanging unto the ground.

Here are many Fowl (for Aegypt is very Moorish in VVinter) especially Storks; wherewith in some places the fields are even covered: and who devour the abundance of Frogs which are here bred. There are also many Camelions found among the shrubs, which (saith the Author) live not of the wind as many have writ∣ten; yet will they continue a whole year without eating any su∣stenance. Hens (are said) not to hatch their Chickens here; but they do it by the heat of Furnaces. Aegypt hath alwayes aboun∣ded with Mettalls, chiefly near Aethiopia; there is likewise the Amethyst with many other pretious stones, and such store of Aetites or the Eagle-stone is found near to Alexandria, that they load whole ships therewith. Their VVomen are very fruitful, having many times three or four children at a birth; neither, as it hath been observed, are the eight-Moneths Children in danger of death as in other places. There are also Lemons, Citrons, Cherries, Figs, and other fruits, as in our Countries. Cyrene, or Arabia Troglodi∣tica, is sick of Numidia, and Lybia's disease, being barren, both of fruits, and water, Sandy, Desart, and little inhabited, for when Alexander travelled to the Oracle of Jupiter Hammon, he saw nei∣ther, Man, Beast, Bird, Tree, nor River. And as for Suez, there is no water within two miles about it; but two miles distant they dig it out of a pit, it being saltish and bitterish, and brought upon Camells backs. There is great commerce in Aegypt, and at Caire, with very many Nations; for the Country abounds so, as to sell Silks, Corns, Fruits, VVax, Honey, and the Soveraign Balsome, besides many other commodities of Cotton-wool, Cloath of Gold and Silver: and the best Sattins, Damask, Taffaties, and Gro∣grains that are, are here made. Their King's revenues in the Pto∣lemies time were 12000 Talents. The Turk now (what through tyrannical Government, what through the discontinuance of the usual traffique thorow the red Sea, receives onely three millions; one whereof his Vizier Bassa hath to support his charge: the other his garrison-Souldiers, &c. the third he Coffers up, being guar∣ded by land to Constantinople, he not daring to adventure it by Sea, for fear of the Florentines. Egypt (where at this day are but few of the right Egyptians remaining) is peopled by Mahometans, outward Christians, and Jews in a small number. Those called Christians, are strangers or Natives. The strangers come thither (especially to Alexandria and Caire) by reason of traffique; for it is called, as it were, a ladder, by which the treasures of the Indies and the East, do passe into Asia, Europe, and Africa. Those born in the Country which have remained since the inundation of Bar∣barians and cruelty of Saracens, Mamalucks and Turks, do not ex∣ceed 50000, which dwell dispersed here and there, especially in

Caire, Messia, &c. they are called Cofites or Copties, and Chri∣stians of the girdle, for they are both baptized and circumcised. They also following Eutyches's opinion above this 1000 years, ad∣mitting but one Nature in Christ, separate themselves from union with others: which schism, the bad Councel of Ephesus (called, if I mistake not, 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉, or a Councel of Robbers) occasioned. Many of them live in Mima's Territories, wherein are divers Monaste∣ries; but three of their chiefest Monasteries are, that of Anthonie, (which is in the Troglodite's Country) Paul, and Machaire. They obey the Patriarch of Alexandria, saying, They have their faith from Prete-Jean. They say Masse in the Chaldean tongue; reading their Gospel first in Chaldee, then in Arabick. When the Priest saith, Peace be with, or given unto you, the youngest of the assistants going, toucheth the hand of all the assistants at that Masse: and after the consecration so called, they give to every one of the As∣sistants a little piece of bread.

But toward the New World turn (my Pen) thy style, From th' Countries of Danube, Euphrate, and Nyle.

We have briefly viewed the Old World, (so called) let us also sur∣vey the New; New I say, not according to the nature of things, but in respect of men's skillfullnesse in discovery. That part of the Earth is called the New world, which almost by a middle space, is extended between the shoars of Spain, and Africa, and the utmost part of India from the North thorough the Oce∣an, washing on it on both sides, under the form of two Penin∣sulaes, which Peninsulaes or almost Islands, are conjoyned by a slender Isthmus, or tract of land, in such a manner, that in what part it lyeth under the Aequator, or is not so far from it, it is made narrow. Thence it is again dilated, untill (the figure of a Pyra∣mide or Spire being stretched forth into the South) it contains the Magellanick Strait, or Narrow Sea, with other parts yet unknown. And although this continent, be not as yet altogether searched out, yet from those parts which are already known, it may easily be con∣cluded, that this part of the World is greater than the other parts. They sail about it at this day, beside that utmost tract, which looks to the North. Of this new World are also two questions raised; first, Whether it were known to the Antients, or not? But Keckerman repeating the probable arguments on both sides, rather gives his judgment on the affirmative. Secondly, Whether it cleave to Europe and Asia, or whether it be an Island separated from them both? Chynaeus saith, it is not certain whether it be an Island or a Continent; Frisius leaves it in doubt: Yet out of the Naviga∣tions of Paulus Venetus, he saith, it may probably be drawn that it is an Island. Most Geographers vote it to be an Island. But then whereas another difficult question ariseth from this, being granted, to wit, Seeing men were in the beginning created in Asia, and li∣ving creatures also, were put into Asia out of Noahs Ark, how

should both men and other living creatures come into this New World? One Joseph of Costa disputes thereof in the twentieth Chapter of his first book of the New VVorld; But this I say, that men lose pretious time in disputing, and not believing; and also that if this be now an Island, yet, it might not from the beginning be so, for it both seems to Crosse the very History of the Creation, and also we know, that many Islands have in length of time been made by the washing of the Sea. But why doth any raise a questi∣on at all from a thing that is not in it self certainly known? And as for the West side of America, if it (saith one) be not a continent with Tartary, it is yet disjoyned by a very small straight, as may be perceived in all our Maps and Cards, as also in the Descripti∣on of these Countries; so that there is into them a very quick and easy passage. Two things also are observed in the discovery hereof, that it was discovered about the very same time wherein Arts and Tongues began to flourish in Europe, and also some Doctrines of the Romane Church to be purged from their grosse drossinesse; and that this New VVorld doth in many things pro∣sit, and in many things also hurt the Old VVorld, for from the time that it was found, both all things were dearer in the Old, and also greater allurements were afforded unto men, of Luxury and covetousnesse, but this latter must be imputed unto Man's Cor∣ruption. The time of its first descrying was by Christopher Co∣lumbus, (born at Nervi in Genoa of Italy) in one thousand four hundred ninety two, who considering the Suns motion, was per∣swaded, there was another VVorld, which the Sun gave light unto, after its departure from us, and being rejected by the Geno∣waies, to whom he first opened his intent in 1486. he sent his bro∣ther to motion the businesse to our Henry the seventh, who being taken and deteined over long by Pirats, Columbus made his de∣sires known to the Spanish Court, where, at length being furnished with two Ships onely, he is said to have sailed on the Ocean above sixty dayes, and could descry no land; so that the Spaniards dis∣contented, as desirous to return, began to mutiny. The Italian wary, perceiving the Clouds somewhat clearer than before, thought some inhabited place was nigh. VVherefore, stay∣ing their return for three dayes longer; at the end of them, one descryed fire, and straightway after an apparent Coun∣try was discerned: which being an Island, Columbus in ho∣nour of the Spaniards, named HISPANIOLA, but the Natives called it HAITIE. Then discovering CABA also, he returned toward SPAIN, and after two eminent Navigations more, he died, and was buried at SEVILL, in SPAIN. But it is divided into AMERICA, and MAGELLANICA; the former being denominated from Americus Vesputius, who followed Columbus afterwards in these attempts, and whose shores have their Bounds and Borders (from the East indeed, whereas it looks towards Europe, and Afri∣ca) the Atlantick Ocean; from the West, Mare or the Sea Del Zur;

the latter (which is that part scituated to the South, and the Pole Antartick) being so named from Ferdinand Magellane, who first pierced into this part of the world in one thousand five hundred and twenty. America is distinguished into two generall parts, or Peninsulaes, one whereof is the more Northern tract, and called Mexicana; the other more the Southern, and called Peruana. They are two Peninsulaes joyned by an Isthmus or tongue of land seven leagues long, betwixt Nombre de Dios, and Panama; for the 11 leagues commonly made betwixt these two places, is through their turnings to find out a more convenient passage. Mexicana is the Northern Peninsula or tract, whose circumference is reckon∣ed 16000 miles, and 4000 in length from East to West, the North bounds being not yet known, and contains 10 distinct Provinces or Countries: as, 1. Florida, bounded on the East with Bahaman, and the Isles of Lucayes, or (as one) with the Sea, Del Nort, on the West with Mexico, on the South with Cuba and Jucatan, and, as one saith, with Virginia: on the North with New France; and also as one affirmeth, with Canada and Virginia. It is 400 miles long, and 80 miles broad: and was discovered by the English un∣der the Conduct of one Sebastian Cabot in 1467. But was called Florida, by John Ponce a Spaniard, who possessed it afterwards in 1527; either because it was a flourishing Country; or for that he came thereunto on the Spaniard's Pascha Florida, or Easter-day. It's under the same Parallel with Mauritania; (and though a great part of this New World lyeth under the same Parallell with Aethiopia, Lybia, and Numidia, yet are the Inhabitants of a rea∣sonable fair complexion; of which I see no true natural cause ren∣dred, but God's particular will;) its coast is rough and rocky, chiefly against the point called the Martires. After Ponce, it fell to the French in 1562; But the Spaniards warred with them so long, till not a man being left, it was again abandoned in 1567. Here are three chief Towns, the one called Arx Carolina, or Charls his Tower, which the French building: the Spaniard ruined: and S. Matthew's and S. Helen's, which the Spaniard built: who hath three, and but three Forts in this Countrey: one whereof, called S. Augustine, being taken and burnt by Drake in 1586, was again repaired. It is reported, That when Ferdinando Soto (a Spaniard) would perswade the Natives, that he was the Son of God, and came to teach them the Law: One of them answered, Not so; for God never bid thee kill and slay us, and work all kind of mischief against us. This Province hath divers fruits, and many kinds of beasts; it would also bear any grain and fruit, if manured; their Kine here also, have a bunch on their backs like a Camel, and hair like horses. Many Hermophrodites are said to be here, whom they put to all drudgery. It hath good quantity of gold and sil∣ver, which the Inhabitants gathering up in the water, by cutting rivers with little ditches, carry it to the Sea-side to sell, which is also their chief Traffique; likewise Emeralds. Turquoysies, and Pearls have been here found. They are grosse and Pagan Idola∣ters,

yet are said to have a belief of the Soul's immortality: But naturally loving war and revenge.

Secondly, Mexico, which (denominating half America) extends from Florida unto the Sea of California or Mare Vermiglio on the West, and having on the East Jucatan, and the Gulph of Mexi•••• on the South Peruana, or (as another saith) Guatimala and Jucatan: the Northern bounds being unknown, it is not certain, whether it be a Continent, or an Island separated from the Old World, it is called New Spain, and was very populous, before the Spaniards, by tormenting deaths, slew (as they say) no lesse than six millions in 17 years. It was subdued by Ferdinand Cortez in 1518; and contains four noted Regions: 1. Gallicia Nova (called formerly by the Inhabitants, Xalisque) and where Nugno de Gusman built divers Cities; after that, by taking the City Xalisco, he had sub∣dued all the Province: which being watered by the River of Piastle; that part which is enclosed by these rivers and S. Sebastian, is named Couliacan, whose chief City or Town being Couliacan: the Spaniards planting a Colonie there, it is called S. Michael: then coming to the red Sea, or of California by Sibole and Grenado, hitherto the Spaniards trade, and the Country is inhabited. One Francis Coronado came to Sibole in 1579, but returned with his Souldiers to Mexico, as finding little profit. This Province is mostly rough and stonie; yet there is that, fit to bear of all fruits; and they do catch much fish in the Sea, having also many wild beasts in their Forrests: those on the Sea-shoar living of the one; and the inland Savages, on flesh, taken by hunting. Some say likewise, they do sometimes eat mans flesh. They go for the most partnaked, and acknowledging no Ruler, till the Spaniards brought them under Dominion. 2. Mechouachan or Mechuacan about 50 leagues from the Province of Mexico, and having 240 miles in compasse, three of whose chief Towns are Sinsonse, large and po∣pulous, where their Kings made their abode. Pascuar, where the Bishop (that is, I suppose, of the Spaniards) first remained; and Valadolit or Valladolid, where he is now said to make his residence. The language of this people, is both copious, figurative, and ar∣tificial, and preferred by those who understand it, before Latine: they are all tall, strong, and active of body, and witty, as ap∣pears by divers things coming from thence: also of a good com∣plexion, and long life. Here is a swift stream which alway turn∣ing as it goes, and receiving 12 rivers into it, enters into the Ce∣phalique Sea of 150 miles about, from whence going, it falls sud∣denly into a very deep Valley, and continuing its winding course, enters with abundance of waters (ingendring Crocodiles) into the South Sea: and a little backward is Sacatule, within which is Co∣lima, and a Town called the Purification: the three Ports of James, Anthonie, and of the Nativity or Jago, being upon the Sea-shoar. It is said to be one of the best Countries of New Spain, bearing abundance of Cotton, Cutchaneel, Mulberry-Trees, Silk, store of gold and silver, (though coorse) much Wax, Honey, Amber

that is black, Salt, and Fish: whence (the name hereof implying a place of fishing) it was so called. Divers fruits are said to ripon here twice a year: and one Francis, of 4 quarts of grain sown, reaped 600. 3. Mexico, or the Province of Tremistitan, said not ••••••ly to be both the greatest and most pleasing and fertile of these 4 Provinces; but (as Acosta thinketh) one of the best in the World. It takes its name from the chief City Mexico, be∣ing an hundred degrees from the Fortunate Islands; and was taken by one Cortez, in 1521, leading to this enterprise 200000 or 100000 Indians. It contains about 6000 Epanish Families, but 60000 of Indians, dwelling in the Suburbs. It's seated in a great Plain about 7 miles in circuit, and encompassed with high Mountains, on which is Snow continually. There are also in the Plain two Lakes, one fresh, the other salt; on the banks whereof, not onely is Mexico, but there were almost 50 good Towns, Tescuto, yielding little to Mexico: and on the bank of Mexico's Lake, which is 50 miles about, stand pleasant Towns, and divers houses, 50000 Wherries being still (they say) plying in the Lake. This City is six miles in compasse, and is the seat of the Spanish Viceroy, and of an Arch-bishop; They having there∣in both a Mint, Printing, and an University. Moreover there is Anges, a Town with a very fertile soil; Tulle, Tuluca, Tavasco, a great Town, yet the houses stand scattering for fear of fire; which had, say some, 25000 houses, of Lime, and fat Earth, Zempoloan, that is called the true; Crosse by which places runs the River Alua∣rada, and entring into the Sea by three mouths. Lastly, Ulathan, a great In-land-Town. The Gulf of Mexico is nigh the City so called, 900 miles about, of a heady and swift current, that ships cannot passe directly; and hath two Ports, one between the far∣thest part of Jucatan, and the Isle of Cuba, where the Tide violent∣ly entreth, the other betwixt Cuba, and the utmost point of Florida, where it forcibly goeth forth. The Sea hath but onely two safe Ports, Havana, on the North, John de Lua on the South, which the Spaniards have strongly fortified; for the Seas are very tem∣pestuous. The Mexicans are full of courage, also industrious, and witty, sober, and given to traffick; feeding many Silk-Worms, and making many toyes of wood and feathers. The Country is likewise exceeding temperate, having many Mulberry Trees; and do now feed many Horses, Asses, and Flocks of Sheep, having also some Mines. And victualls there doth so abound, that 28 pound of Beef is worth but three pence, and a Hog one shilling, or 1 s. & 6 d. Out of the fresh Lake, they draw an herb, cut every Moon, and worth to the Inhabitants 20000 Crowns yearly. New Spain also traffiques with China; it vents likewise in Woollen Cloath, Silks, Linnen Cloath, and Tables to Peru, for a million of crowns. Finally, if Peru (saith one) exceeds this Country in abundance of gold and silver, which is very fine: yet this is richer than Peru in fruits and Cattle, and exceeds it in Arts. The In∣dians pay to the King and feudetaries 6 s. for a head, and nothing

else. Their Kings succeeded not by right of bloud, but by electi∣on: whom they held lawful to kill, if they were reputed cowards: for they used slings and arrows in their wars. They were seven Tribes in all, ruling in an Aristocracy or Government of the Nobles and chief men, untill that the mightiest Tribe chose a King, to whom they all submitted: of these Kings, we find ten mentioned, Vizilovitli being the first, Quabutimoc the last, yet they say Iz∣coalt the 4th King brought the six Tribes under the Mexican Kings. The two last were vanquished by Cortez as aforesaid, whose number of Indians (besides his 900 Spaniards, &c.) which he imployed therein, were most of the City and Territory of Tlascalan, never good friends to the Mexicans: wherefore, the Spaniards have granted divers immunities to the said City Tlasca∣lan. And to conclude, the Mexicans since they received the Spa∣niards baptism, (and so their religion) they have accustomed them∣selves for the most part, to the Spanish fashions. 4. Gastecan or Guastachan, so called from the Captains of Cortez, and also the river of Panuco; but before these Captains subdued it, Francis Ga∣rai had 400 of his men slain by the barbarous people, who sacri∣ficing and eating some of them, hanged their dryed skins in their Idol-Temples. There is a place called Zimatatao, where, at the foot of a Mountain, are two fountains, one of black pitch, and the other of red, very hot; as also in the Isle of Wolves near Lima is a fountain of Bitumen or slime like Pitch: and another at S. He∣len's point, (in which Province, although the Spaniards have a Fort at the Cape, yet the French have planted Colonies therein) wherewith they calk their ships exceeding well. (Also there is in the Country of Mexico (but whether in this Province I wist not) the Mountain Propochampeche, of the same burning nature with Aetna and Vesuvius). The two Cities here are, 1. Tlascalan, yielding precedencie onely to Mexico in all these parts; and is seated in the pleasantest place of all the Country, (although Gua∣stachan be said to be very poor in the natural Commodities of the soyl) being also rich and populous, and governed under the King of Spain's protection in form of a Common-wealth. 2. Ville∣riche, or the Rich Town: so called, for that it is a Port through which all Traffique betwixt Old and New Spain doth passe; one Don Anthonie making also a good way from hence to Mexico, the more easily to conduct their merchandize. Yet was it afterwards transported to the Town of True Crosse for more Commodity. The two Colonies which the Spaniards have here, are called James of the Valley and Panuco.

The third Province of Northern America is Jucatan, lying op∣posite to the Island of Cuba, called by the Inhabitants, Maiathan, or Maiapar: but the Spaniards (Francis Hernandes de Cordova dis∣covering it in 1517) named it Jucutan, that is, What say you; be∣cause when they asked the Countrie's name, the people not un∣derstanding them, answered, Jucutan. It is a great Peninsula, be∣ing 900 miles about; and the more it advanceth into the Sea, the

more it enlargeth it self with two Capes; the Red being toward the North, and Cotoque toward the South: it is also distinguished into, 1. Jucatan, having two noted Cities; one whereof for its beauty and greatnesse they call Caire. 2. Guatimala, lying be∣twixt Jucata and Nicaraqua; besides whose Town so called, or of S. James, are three others, Colonies of the Spaniards; the ayr of which Territory is sweet and pleasant, having Mountains and Valleys yielding store of fruit: and whose Inhabitants (they say) have lost 500000 of their friends by the Spaniard's cruel dealing. 3. Acasamil, an Isle opposite to Guatimala, whose chief Town is Santa Cruza, as the Island it self is commonly called. There are many Desarts in Jucatan, yet rich in many places in Corn, Fruits, Honey, Wax, Stags, Hares, Geese, and Poultry; it hath no rivers, yet remaining alway fresh, because it being stony two or three foot under ground, little Springs and Brooks flow out. Guatimala (among other herbs and fruits) abounds in a Tree whose fruit is like an Almond, but not round, serving the Indians for meat, drink, and also for money; 20000 Cacaos being worth 120 Rialls or 3. l. in Guatimala, and 200 in Mexico. There is a Lake in this Country 100 miles long, and 20 broad, &c. The Town through the hills or a Vulcanoe's casting forth flames of fire, at whose foot it was built, which happened in 1540, Decemb. 20. it was transported two miles off; But in 1581, there was such an irrup∣tion of fire about two miles from the Town, as if all would have been consumed: and the next day, filling the Valley with abun∣dance of ashes, it almost buried the Town. And the year follow∣ing, this Vulcanoe's fire running downwards 24 hours space, like a furious torrent, burned rocks and stones, and so heating five streams, that they were not passable: and some write they were dryed up. And while this was doing beneath, they heard fearful thunders, seeing flames and lightnings in the ayr, wonderfully terrifying them. The Jucatans are generous and warlique, living longer than them of New Spain. They seemed to be more civill than other Indians; for they did not eat their enemies taken in war, though they sacrificed them: yea, they abhorred the Mexi∣cans for the same: Also the Spaniards found a great Town here artificially built of Stone and Lime, with fair Market-places; they had also laws, traffiquing by exchange, without money. And as to Religion, they had fair Temples, many of whom used circum∣cision. In the much frequenting of whose Temples, and their great Idolatries, they are said to have worshipped the Crosse to obtain rain. And some report, That they told the Spaniards, A beaurifull man had left with them Crosses for a remembrance, which they found amongst them.

The fourth is Nicaraqua, lying next to Mexico or New Spain, toward the South-East; which hath many places well peopled, but they are small. The two best Towns therein are esteemed to be, Leon, where they have a Bishop's See; and New Granado. They say, the Spa∣niards call this Province (for its pleasantnesse and fruitfulnesse)

Mahomet's Paradise; yet is it sandy, and so burnt with heat in Summer, that a man can scarce travel by day, but by night. There are in some places, Trees so big, that six men can scarce fathom them: and some trees are of so delicate a nature, that its branches wither as soon as they are toucht. It is as much annoyed with Parrots, as our Countrie is with Crowes and Rooks. About 35 miles from Leon, there is a Vulcano or fiery hill, whose flames may both be seen far in the night; and also that the hole from whence the fire proceeds, is 250 yards deep, as some have writ∣ten. These Nicaraguans are more White than Olive of com∣plexion, and of a good stature: yet their Country which thus aboundeth in all things, is not great. Before the Spaniards made them outwardly Christians, they had a good way of punishment for theft; the thief to be slave to the robbed till he had made sa∣tisfaction. But for him that should kill the Cacique or Prince, no punishment was by a law ordained; because they said, such a thing could not happen: Even as Solon instituted no law for mur∣derers of Parents; for they thought persons were not so unnatu∣ral.

Fifthly, Quivira, whose bound from the rest of Mexicana, is Mare Vermiglio; and which being scituated on the West of Ame∣rica, is divided into Cibola, the Eastern part, which takes its name from the chief City Cibola therein: and hath another called To∣tontoa, seated on a river of the same name. Vasquez Dicoronado subjecting this Province to the Spanish King in 1540, burned Tin∣quez another Town or City thereof: and secondly, Nova, or New Albion, the Western part, lying just over against Tartarie, whence it's thought, the Inhabitants came first into this New World. Sir Francis Drake discovering this Country in 1585, and the King thereof willingly submitting himself to Queen Elizabeth, he call∣ed it, New Albion, a name of Great Brittain; and whose chief Town is so called. Some of these people are said to be Canibals; yet hath Quivira a temperate ayr, and plenty of pasture: where∣fore they have store of Kine, which are their chiefest riches; whose Hides (they say) cover their houses, their flesh yields meat; their bones, bodkins; their sinews, ropes; their maws, bladders; and horns, vessels; their hair, thred; their dung, fire; their bloud, drink: and the skins of their Calves, budgets or buckets to draw and keep water. Vasques a Spaniard, when he conquered this Country, seeing some ships on the farther Sea, well made, and laden, they conjectured there was traffique from Cathaia and China hither. And as for New Albion in particular, it is said to be plea∣sant both to eye and palate, as abounding in Fruits. There is reported also, to be a strange kind of Hare, like a Cat in his tail, a Want in his feet, with a bag under his chin, wherein, after his belly is full, he keeps the rest of his provision. These Inhabitants are said to be hospitable; yet worshipping devils, and so given to Witchcraft.

Sixthly, Virginia, which hath Florida on the South, Norumbega

on the North; the Sea Del Noort on the East; but the Western limit is unknown. The Natives called this Country Apalchen; But the English discovering it through Sir Walter Rawleigh's char∣ges and directions in 1584, in honour of the Maiden-Queen, Eli∣zabeth, it was named Virginia. There are two Capes on both sides of it, that of Charls and Henry, and as it were fortified; but one onely entrance into it by Sea, at the mouth of a goodly Bay, two rivers water it; and there are three chief Towns therein, one being James-Town. Our English went over divers times to inha∣bit it; some returning, as not liking the Country, not so much for its barrennesse, as for unsuitablenesse of the Climate: There were a pretty number; then were they not a little diminished, for the barbarous Natives slew 300 by treachery in 1622; but it hath been even yearly inhabited since that, by the English, and divers plantations made, and houses built; so that they have a Government, yet acknowledging England's Common-wealth as Supream; and is very eminent for the Trade of Tobacco there planted: yet the Country affords other things, as Pitch, Tar, Ro∣zen, Turpentine, Allom, store of Cedar, Oyl, Grapes, plenty of sweet Gums, Dies, Timber, Iron, and Copper-Mines: and for the land, (when tilled) it is said, that two acres of some, hath brought forth 400 bushels of Corn; they have also abundance of Maize, likewise Beasts, Fowl, (whereof, as in Marie-land, joyning to Virginia, and planted also by English) their great and goodly Turkies have been commended) fish and fruit. The naturall In∣habitants have their cloathing in a mantle of Deer-skin, and be∣fore their privities, an apron of the same; and are reported usu∣ally to paint their bodies with pictures of Serpents, and ugly beasts; worshipping all things, especially things able to do them hurt, as fire, water, thunder, &c. New-England, which is ac∣counted the North part of Virginia, comes here to be mentioned, which in a short time (in comparison) (though not without dif∣ficulties and dangers of Natives) grew up to a flourishing plan∣tation, being now full of good Towns; and for the fruits of the earth, is fitly called another England. Boston (the name of the chief Town in Lincolnshire) being their Metropolis. Those who went hence, thither, at the first, were chiefly such as (both Mini∣sters and people) could not conform to our Bishop's ceremonies; but were zealous both in preaching and hearing. I take their ci∣vill Government to be a Democracy, or men chose out of the peo∣ple to govern. And as for their Church-Government, it is a kind of a mixt, between Presbytery and Independency: whether term of time hath not made them colder, and lesse conscientious and tender, than at the beginning, I much question; by God's light and truth, (more clearly breaking forth in this his day) he comes to try the children of men; for besides the opposition which some among themselves have found, for differing in points of Religion from the generality, some that have lately in Gods fear, and from a good intent gone over to them, have found but coorse enter∣tainment.

But Old-England hath not so dealt with the Ministers who have (though not from the necessity that we had here of them) come from thence hither of late years.

Seventhly, Norumbega, bounded on the South with Virginia, and on the North with Nova Francia, or New France; whose chief Town named Norumbega, the French possesse and inhabit. The people hereof are said to be indifferently civill; yet painting their faces, both male and female, and dance much, sometimes stark naked for agility sake: also much affected to hunting: and whose Wives are loving and chaste to their Husbands. The Ayr being also temperate, and the Countrie's soyl fruitful.

Eighthly, New France, discovered by one Jaques Cartier, a Frenchman, in 1534; where, besides the Native Inhabitants, some few French remain: for the Province is said to be but barren, and the people baroarous Pagans; yet it hath three chief Towns; two whereof being scituate on two rivers, Canada and Sanguinai, are so called themselves; and Hochelaga, of a round form, and en∣vironed with three Timber rampiers within each other, two rods high, and sharp at top, having but one gate, shut up with barrs and piles, and containing but about 50 great houses. Those who dwell not in the Towns, live in Boats, and lying under them, I suppose, when they sleep. They are also reported to have a con∣ceit of an earthly Paradise after death, thinking they shall first ascend to the Stars, and thence be carried into green Fields, beauti∣fied with Trees and Flowers, &c.

Ninthly, Terra, or the Land Corterialis, so called from a Portu∣gall named Gasper Corterialis, who first found it in 1500, it is also called Di Laborodora, and is bounded on the South with the fore∣mentioned River Canada, and on the North with Estotiland. I find not any Towns this people have, but their principall Villages are three, Sunta Maria, Breste, and Cabo Marzo. Canada is a great Ri∣ver 900 miles long, 800 whereof are Navigable, and He hath his rise out of the Hill Hombuedo, being also, at highest overflowing, said to be 105 miles broad. Some call it Laurence his River, and likewise the River of the three Brothers. The Natives are said to be brown, swift, good Archers, but barbarous, living in low Cot∣tages and Caves, (yet they wear Brasse, and Silver Bracelets, as Ornaments) neither seems the Country to be fertile, for that they feed generally on fish.

Tenthly, And Lastly, Estotiland, the most Northern tract of America as yet discovered, and called by us New-found-Land, on whose South-side, lyeth the Land Croterialis, and on a North part thereof, Davis his straits, from one John Davis, who seeking to find a quicket passage (then before found) by the North of America, un∣to Cathaia, and China, performed it not with such prosperous suc∣cesse as he began it. Yet two others, to wit, Cabot, and Frobisher, were before him in that design, the one in 1497, the other in 1576, which last, making three Voyages, and bringing home a great deal of Ore, not worth his pains, and some of the Natives; he

called a great Promontory of this Country, Queen Elizabeths Fore∣land; and the adjoyning Sea, Frobishers, Straits. But the shoar of this Region was (so far as I find) first descryed by two brothers, sent by Zichmi a King of Friezland not far from Groenland; which lyeth on the other side of these Straits, in 1390. But there was since these, a re-discovery hereof, by some of our English, in 1527, since which, it hath been much visited for Fish, called New∣found-land-Fish; wherewith the Seas thereof do so abound, that they will, in the Summer-Moneths of fishing for this is a cold Country) take two or three hundred of them in four hours time; whence in our English ships (called Sacks) they are carried into other parts, especially into Spain; though present War with that Nation, may hinder that Trade. I have heard some common Sea∣men complain of the hardnesse and barrennesse of this Voyage, as also the toilsomenesse thereof, and that if one fall sick there, while they are at their work of fishing, he is little better respected then a Dog amongst them, &c. For the Merchant and Master, carry∣ing away the profit, the very common men are apt to be cruell to each other, as being earnest to have their voyage made as much as they can. The Natives also fishing on the Ocean in small Lea∣thern Boats, carry home under their Arms what they have caught. This soil is said to be naturally good enough; whose inhabitants some will have, more Witty, and also judicious then the other Americans.

The Southern Peninsula, called Peruana, extends from Nombrede Dios, and Panama, unto the Gulfs of Uraba and Michael; Nombre de Dios, standing on the North Sea, and Panama on the South, which are the two chief Ports of Peruana, because all traffique between Spain and Peru, must needs passe thereby; The straight of Land, or Isthmus, whereby it is tyed to Mexicana, is called that of Darien but 17 miles broad, and (as others) but twelve; wherefore some have moved to Spains Councell, that a Navigable Channell may be cut thorow it to shorten the common Voyages to China, and the Molucco Islands; but for some reasons, it hath not yet been attempt∣ed. This part of America is 17000 miles in Circuit; contain∣ing five principall Provinces or Countries.

First, Castella Aurea, or Golden Castile, comprehending the North part of Peruana, with part of the Isthmus, and was so called from it's abundance of Gold. Nombre de dios, and Panama, but now mentioned, must have reference unto this Country, as also Uraba's and Michaells Gulfs: which are the extent thereof, and not of all Peruana. This is subdivided into four Provinces. 1. Ca∣stella Del Oro, seated in the very Isthmus; whose two chief Cities built by one Didacus Niquesa, are, Theonyma, according to the Greek language, or Nombre de Dios, after the Spanish (so named for that the said Didacus having been divers times dismally crossed, bade his men go on shoar here, In the name of God, which those words do signify) and is on the East; and Panama scituate on the West. Secondly, Nova or new Andaluzia, bounded on the South with

Peru, on the North with Castella del Oro; two of whose best Ci∣ties are Santa Espritta, and Saint Margarets, once called Tocoia. Thirdly, Nova, or new Granada, lying on the South of Cumana, or Cartagena: whose chief Towns are Saint Foye, where is a Court of Justice, and the seat of an Arch-bishop; here are also Tungia, Pal∣ma, Veluz, Merida, and Saint Christophers, &c. here is a Sea-Cape, almost triangular; between whose Western Angle called Arani∣aes point on the Eastern, called Salines point, is the Angle named the Three-points. Fourthly, Cartagena, which hath five Cities therein. Cartagena, which the Natives called Calamur, which Sir Francis Drake seizing on, took vaste sums of Money, and 240 Pie∣ces of Ordinance in 1585. Also Abvida, Saint Martha, on the Ri∣ver Abvida, having also other names; New Calet, and Venezuela, They call these three last mentioned countries; Terra Firma, or the firm land. Neither Panama, nor Nombre de Dios, have a good Ayre; but the latter is found the worse of the two, and is com∣monly called the Spaniards Sepulchre. Wherefore the King of Spain ordered (in 1584) Nombrede Dios, to be transported to a lower place, and to name it Saint Philip. Panama's Ayre is like∣wise unwholesome, and it's heat said to be insupportable: Yea, the whole Country of Golden Castile is but little inhabited; and that, both for the Ayre's badnesse, proceeding from many dead waters (perhaps like some lakes, that are in Aethiopia the upper, of whom Ovid speaketh; that whosoever drinketh of their waters, either grows mad, or is possessed with a wonderfull heavy drow∣sinesse) or for the bad ordering or government of the first discover∣ers, who brought many to their ends, as in other places. And as for its fruitfullnesse, Maize groweth abundantly, (although wheat doth not ripen there) they have also much Sea-fish, and fish of Ri∣vers; wherein are Crocodiles, some being twenty five foot long. It is observed, that our seeds and plants, become lesse and worse at Panama, and Nombre de dios, (Coleworts and Lettices being thrice sown, becomming nought worth, as even changing their kind) whereas they become better in many parts of New Spain, and Pe∣ru. New Granada is environed very strongly with Rocky Moun∣tains, yet is mostly full of pleasing Valleys which bear fruit. Near Tungia are Golden Mines, and Emeralds; and nigh the Cape of the three points, are found store of Pearls, growing in the fish of Oysters, and called Unions, because two are seldome found alike, whose price is much fallen, through the great quantity sent thence into Europe; and also of the Emeraulds, great store of them be∣ing drawn not onely here, but also at Portueil, and about Mante in Peru.

Secondly, Guiana, or Guinee, scituated under the Aequinoctial line, or, as some have described it, to be five degrees from it, and that (as one supposeth) towards the South, it hath on the South and East the River Maragnon, (named also Amazone, from the Amazones fabulously reported to have lived here); and Orellana, from one so called, who first sailed therein in 1543, it is said to be

towards the Sea 200 miles broad, and Navigable 6000 miles) on the West, the Mountains of Peru, and on the North, the River Orenoque, also called Raliana, from Sir Walter Rawleigh, who in 1595, made a full survey of this Country; Ships of Burthen will Sail here one thousand miles, and Pinnases and Boats almost two thousand. The chief Cities and Towns are Manao, called by the Spaniards Eldorada, that is, the guilded City, from the abundance of Gold that Deigo Ordas saw therein; this City is so large, that the said Deigo is reported to have travelled from Noon that he en∣tred it, all that day, and the next day till night before he could come to the Kings Pallace; it is seated on a Salt Lake 600 miles long. Winicapora, Morequito, which is a safe Harbour, and Saint Thome, built with dirt and sticks, and which occasioned the undo∣ing of Sir Walter Rawleigh. The Natives use to dwell in Trees in Winter time for fear of inundations, on which they do Artificially make ranks of building; (they say also it is so in Golden Castile, and Brasile) for there is store of River, and Fresh waters in every part thereof, so that this Country is reported to be exceeding fruit∣full, and as green and pleasant to the eye as any in the World. Experience hath and doth find it to be stored with Golden Mines. Whence not onely good Gold, but Elephants Teeth are brought. The People being it seems Black of Colour, whom ENGLISH Merchants buy, and sell again as slaves to Work in other Plantations. The Voyage also hither being accounted sickly.

Thirdly, Brasile, (so called, from a red wood abundantly there growing) was discovered accidentally, by Peter Alvares Cabral, in 1501, and hath on the East the Vergivian Sea, on the West the Andes or Mountains of Peru, (which are unto Peruana, as Taurus is to Asia) it begins at the river Maragnon, and extends to that of Plata or of silver. Among the chief places of Brasile are, Pariba, on this side of Augustine's Cape, called also, The City of Snow. Par∣nabuco, or Pernanambuck, a good Town; whence the Brasile wood used in Europe in dying cloathes, is with us called Fernanbuck. Here are also the Towns Astensio, and Anna Equitum; and The Bay of all Saints; which Town is seated on a gulph 9 miles broad at the mouth, and 30 in compasse, where Whales do enter and sport themselves; where is also the Governour of the Province, and the Bishop. Augustine's Cape hath 8 degrees and a half of height of the South Pole, and is the nearest to Africk of any in the New World, not being held above 1000 miles therefrom. The peo∣ple are most exceeding brutish and barbarous; the greatest part living without law, learning, or religion, nor acknowledging any Prince: they also go generally naked. They are much given to Sooth saying, and are accounted very great Sorcerers: not loving labour; but affecting idlenesse, sports, feasts, and dancing; yet they undertake not war to extend their bounds, but for honour, when they think themselves wronged, and follow him therein, whom they hold the most valiant; and eating with solemn feasts,

those they take in war: They seem however, to have a pretty un∣derstanding, who blaming the Spaniard's covetousnesse in coming from the other World to dig for gold, held up a wedge of it, and cryed out, Behold the God of the Christians. They sound not L.F. nor R. in their language: one of them declaring the reason of that to be, because they had neither Law, Faith, nor Rulers among them. The Ayr of this Country is delicate, and the Country it self pleasant, being full of Mountains, Rivers, and Forrests, and is distinguished into Plains and Hills alway green, with many plants and various creatures unknown to us of Europe: And be∣sides their huge Brasile Trees, there is the Plant Copiba, whose bark being cut, sends forth Balm; unto which remedy, the very beasts when they are bitten with Serpents and other beasts, (for the hills are high, craggy, and very barren, and full of ravenous beasts, and poysonsome Serpents) have recourse; so that, many of these plants are almost without barque. The Cedar also is an ordinary tree there. The people feed on all kinds of beasts, Apes, Lizards, Serpents, and Rats; and make their bread of the root of an nerb as big as Purslain, by first pressing out its deadly juice; then drying it in the Sun, and making meal thereof; also drink of the same meal, like unto Beer. But the greatest riches drawn out of Brasile, are very fine Cotton, and excellent Sugars; unto which traffique, the Portugals are much given, having built di∣vers places to boyl and refine their Sugar, and entertaining many slaves from Guinee and Congo. Wonderful rich Mines are also said to be some of the finews of this Region.

Fourthly, Chile, (so called, of a principall Valley, and which word signifyeth nipping cold) hath for bounds on the North, Peru; on the South, the Magellane straights. In the 30th degree, (for Chile extends unto the 27th from the height of 25 and an half, from the South toward the North) is the famous Valley of Arauco, whose Inhabitants furiously defended themselves, and maintain∣ed their freedom many years. The Metropolitan Town is St. James, built on the river Parais, in the valley of Mapoco, built by the Spaniards; who have divers Colonies here: among which, that of the Imperial is one of the best, which before the war of the Arauques, had 300000 men of service, as Valdivia had 100000. Arepiqna was one of their fairest Towns, also, which (by a strange earthquake in 1562, overthrowing Mountains, and stopping ri∣vers passages) was much defaced, if not ruined; and was said to ruine 300 leagues along the Sea coast; and renewing again in 1575, it overthrew the Town of Valdivia. This Countrey was discovered by one Almagrus, but subdued by Baldivia; whom the Chilois taking prisoner, they as enraged choaked him with melted gold. They are very warlique, and of a great stature, yet I can∣not say (as one) 11 foot high. This Province hath a river (and some say its rivers are such) running violently by day; but in the night hath no water: for it is fed by snow melting from the moun∣tains, which through night's coldnesse, congealeth: for the Ayr's

piercing cold (they say) hath caused some unsensibly to lose their members in the Desarts, or else to fall down dead. Chile being without the burning Zone is like to European Countries, yielding store of Corn, very good Wines, and all sorts of Fruits that are to be seen in Spain. They have also good pastures, many Oxen & Sheep, and horses: their Summer being our Winter: But the wars with them of Arauco (the Spaniards deadly enemies) hath made it not to be well peopled; whose Inhabitants that are, are attired in wild beast's and Seals skins, and armed with Bows and Arrows.

Fifthly, Peru is bounded on the South with Chile, and on the North with Golden Castile, and is divided into three parts, Moun∣tains, Plains, and Andes: along the Sea it's plain and low, with many Valleys, and is 1500 miles long, and but 30 or 45 broad. Toward the East are the Andes or two chains of Mountains in view of each other, and are said to run from the Magellan strait, where they begin, between Nombre de Dios and Panama, unto the firm land; called also Cordeliere: Westward is Sierra or the Moun∣tain, their breadth being not above 60 miles; so that Peru is not above 120 miles broad in all: and hath about 50 Valleys, the chief being Xauxa, (42 miles long, and 15 broad) with 3 others. This Country taketh its name from the river Peru, with which it is likewise bounded on the North side; but the principal Rivers are Maragnon Guaiachil, & Rio di la Plate; which last is said to be 2000 miles in length, and 150 broad at the mouth. All the Na∣tives are distinguished chiefly by three sorts, whose languages are distinct: and every one contains many other people un∣der them, differing in names. They used to war against each other, till by the victory of Ginacave, (whom I take to be Guaima∣capa, the 5th King of Peru, that we have knowledg of) the cause of that contention was taken away: eight Kings we find mention∣ed, Ingoraia being the first, Amare the last; which election of a King among them is conjectured, by their own computation, to be in 1280, or somewhat thereabouts: and that, before, their Government was Aristocratical. Francisco Pizarre seized on this Kingdom for the Spanish King, so ending the Controversie be∣tween Guascar and Atabalipa, Guaimacapa's sons, who strove for Empire, killing Guascar, and vanquishing Atabalipa nigh the City Caximaca: who after a vast slaughter of his men, continued a prisoner, & treacherously slew him, after they had received from him a house full of pure gold and silver, worth about 10 millions, for the ransom of his life; this was in 1533. Peru's principal Towns or Cities are 8. Cusco, being the seat of the Kings of the Nation; beautified (by their command) with Noblemens resi∣ding Palaces, and in which is a fair Market-place; in which, two high-wayes, straight and levell, and crossing the Country, being 2000 miles long, do thwart one another. Here is S. Mi∣chaels, which was the first Colonie the Spaniards planted here: also Arequipa, which being scituated on the river Plata, is the Haven-Town to Cusce: likewise Portoveio, where (if it may be

credited) the grave-diggers light many times on mens teeth, which are three fingers broad: Then Lima, the seat of the Vice-Roy, and the See of an Archhishop: the Town is artifi∣cially built, neither is there scarce a private house whereinto water is not conveyed from the River. To speak here of their manners, I shall forbear; onely this, when they conquered any Country, they allotted the first part to the service of their gods, the second to their King's revenues; and the third to the poors relief and maintenance: But as for the Countrie's quality, one thing is even to be admired, that in so small a distance as in the breadth of Peru, it neither rains, snows, nor thunders in the plains: and on the Sierra, the seasons have their course, as in Europe, and on the Andes it rains almost all the Winter. The tillage of the Valleys is but a league on either side distant from the rivers; and though it rain not on these plains in Winter; yet the Skie is full of thin mists, whence falls a thin humour, which although it scarce wet the dust, yet makes much for the bringing that to per∣fection which is sowen: also nigh Lima these mists do without other water, cause some places to flourish, and to be full of good pastures. There are also some parts of the plains where no rivers being, abundance of Corn groweth, and all kinds of fruit; which must be either from moisture from the Sea, or which rivers put forth, or from their being lost in the sand. Sierra abounds in Pastures and Forrests, where do feed a multitude of Vicagnes, like Goats, and Guanacos, and Pacos, which is a kind of Indian sheep, who use to bear their burthens. The Andes have great store of divers sorts of Apes and Monkeys, also Parrots. But their herb Coca (much esteemed) yields them yearly, at Potosi, whither it is sent, 500000 Crowns: in summe, the soyl, saith one, is luxuri∣ant in all manner of grain, whose Inhabitants are civill, their Ci∣ties frequent, and their ayr wholsome: they have also great store of Tobacco, which our Gerard the Herbalist calls (I take it) Hen∣bane of Peru: But as for gold and silver, it hath more than any Province in America: whose Mines (one saith) in some places yield more of these metals, than earth: and besides other Merchandise, they do draw abundance of these metals; yet New Spain hath the other richer merchandizes. Yet Peru's riches does commonly furnish two third parts of all, which come from America: and among Peru's treasures, two are most eminent: the one is, the exceeding quantity of silver Mine of Potosi: the other, the Mines of Guancavelque, where is found much Quick-silver; the one being discovered in 1545, the other in 1567.

CAPUT VICTORIAE, or the Cape of Victory, is accounted the very Pyris or Spear of the American Pyramis; and was so called, from the Ship called the Victory; in which, some of Ma∣gellanus his Souldiers did passe, when they first compassed the World. For Magellanus, a Spaniard, addressed himself to a Voy∣age in 1520, to find, if it were possible, a nearer cut to the Moluc∣coes;

who passing along by this Cape, and so thorow narrow Seas, called, from him, Magellan's Straights, arrived at those Moluccoes; but was slain in a battle against the Islanders: yet the Ship na∣med the Victory, is said to have returned safely into Spain. So that although Sir Francis Drake is said usually, and by John Lyrius, to be the first who sailed round the World, when he passed tho∣row these Straights, and thence to the Molucco Islands; and then homeward from the East by Africk: (wherefore, he gave the Globe of the Earth with this Motto, Tu primus circumdedisti me, that is, Thou first hast encompassed me): Yet it must not simply be understood, that none had gone round before him; but that never any of fame; because Magellane was killed as aforesaid. It is also observable, That Drake's Navigation was finished in two years and a halfs time, with great fortune, being begun in 1577. But to come to Magellanica; the second general part of the New World: All that scituated to the South and Pole Antarctique is so called from these Magellan Straights, which by one, that saith he knew every Creek therein, are said to be three. The first lying 14 leagues within S. Marie's Cape, three leagues in length, ebb∣ing both violently and swiftly; and whose first fall (for it is not fully half a mile broad) is very dangerous: then after, a Sea eight miles both in breadth and length, is the second strait, a dangerous and unpleasing passage, three leagues long, a mile broad: which opening it self into another Sea, reacheth even to the Cape of Victory. The third, properly called Magellan's Strait, enters, whose length is 40 leagues, two leagues broad in some, but in other pla∣ces not half a mile; which way soever a man turn, here, the wind will be surely against him; for on both sides are high Moun∣tains alway covered with snow; whence those counter-winds, beating on all sides, do issue forth. The waters course is here, likewise, full of turnings and changings: nor any anchorage to be expected, the channel being on the shoar side 200 fathom. But Magellanica is scituated beyond the 53d degree from the Aequinoctial; so that, that place of Magellanica unto which Ma∣gellane pierced, doth agree to the Elevation of our Pole, saith Keckerman; for on the further side of the Straights to the South of Peru, Magellane found a huge land towards the South Pole, and touched on it again before he came to the Moluccoes: since whom, the Portugals trading towards Calecute and the East-Indies, some of them have been driven by tempest so far, as to that now called the South Continent: divers also of sundry Nations have upon occasion touched on it: it is certainly discovered in some places to come up towards the North, to the Tropick of Capricorn: and is conjectured to go Southward as far as to the Pole: the reason is, because none ever perceived the Sea to pass thorow any part thereof: neither hath so much as any great River been descryed to come out of it into the Ocean: so that, if this be so, this lump of earth is as big as Asia, Europe, Africa, and America put all together. There are yet reported very few memorable things hereof; some

write there be very vast Countries and Wildernesses over against the Moluccoes; (but no mention of any Inhabitants). James Chynaeus saith, there are five parts numbred (by some) of Magellanica, who have followed rather conjectures, than sure experience: these are, 1. Terra, or the Land, Del Fuogo, or Feuga, lying on the South of these Straits, and, saith one, here to fore-thought to be a part of the South unknown Continent; but is now discovered to be an Island, by two Hollanders, who Jan. 25. 1615, entred the Strait, which separated it from the South Continent: they called it Fre∣tum le Mayre or Mayre's Strait, the name of one of the discoverers. It is 28 English miles long, of a fair and equal breadth, where is plenty of good fish, especially Whales and Sea-calves. 2. Regio Patalis, or the Patalian Country. The third is, Regio Psittacorum, or the Parrets Country, from the abundance there found. Fourth∣ly, Regio, or the Country of Locah. Fifthly, Z••nzibar; however Keckerman layes it down for one of his theoremes, that this part of the World is nothing as yet searched out, besides the shoars which are wathed with the Magellanick strait, that is, saith he, besides the Seaey-parts; which notwithstanding, may be those five particu∣lar places mentioned. And whereas a great Mathematician hath found fault with some Map-makers, because in describing this Continent, they mention not Cities, Kingdomes, nor Common∣wealths here seated, whereof he seemed in words confidently to avouch, that there are many; and that it is as good a Country as almost any in the World, yet he delivered not his grounds, why he gathered it so to be; yet we may think (the premises being gran∣ted to be true) that the Creator framed not so huge a Masse, but that he appointed likewise some of mankind to inhabite the same.

But before we mention the American Islands, we will take no∣tice of three or four places in South America, which although the Spaniards possesse; yet their names seem not to be so frequent among us; as first the Province of Quito, 200 miles long, and 100 broad, more cold then hot, thoug•• scituated under the Aequa∣tor; It's chief Town is called Saint Francis, built in 1534, seat∣ed in a Valley among Mountains, and is 80 leagues, both from Saint James's Town, and Saint Michael, they have Summer here from Aprill to November. The Natives are mean of statute, yet are said to be both good for Tillage, and ordering of Catrell, and their Goats have three, and sometimes five Kids at a time, they have found one Mine of Quicksilver, besides the ordinary Mines, which is yellow, and smelling like Brimstone, when put into the fire. On the East of Saint Francis Town, is a country called Canel∣le of the Cinnamon, which differs from the ordinary sort, and whos•• Tree we shall not here describe; but fruits and beasts of Europe (especially fruits, Sugars, and Oranges) do profit in no part of Peru, berter then in Quito; which in 1587, was much ruined by an Earthquake, and amongst others, there is one place which thrusts forth so much fire as it exceeds the noise of Thunder; and

is seen above three hundred miles, whose abundance of Ashes are said sometimes to cover the Country 200 miles about. Secondly, S. Croix of the Mount, on a small Mountain, a Town held by the Spaniards, and by them built, 400 miles from Plata, towards the North of a Country, where there is not a stone so big as a Nut, either on the Land, or within the Water; But before they de∣scend hereinto, they passe a Mountain betwixt the Rivers Orillag∣no, and Plata, which being a branch of the Andes, extends to the Magellane strait, whose top is alway covered with Snow and Ice, and seems to be the abode of the Cerigans. Here is a River called the River of Vapai, rising and falling like Nile, (but running slow) whereby the plain Country is subject to inundations. VVhere∣fore the Ants to defend their Harvest (chiefly at Vapai) do make many small rampires, about one Cubit high, and twelve or fifteen in Circuit: whither passengers do retire, when the waters sur∣prize them. The Country yields abundance of Rice, Maize, di∣vers fruits and Cotton; but neither VVheat, nor VVine. They have also many beasts different from ours, but Vipers, very great, long, and strange of condition; and many Ostriches. Their Lakes are full of Fish also; and at Saint Croix; (which is strange) is a small River, but two fadome broad, and very shallow, not running above a League (for it is suddenly lost in the sand) furnish∣ing the Town both with water, and all sorts of good Fish, so that they can take them with their hands, or a pail; and it lasteth from February to May, but afterwards there is but little seen. Amongst the divers barbarous people here, are the Cerigans and Vayracans, who either alway war with each other, or fight against the Spaniards, seeking to their utmost to hinder their passage; they eat mans flesh as we do Mutton. To speak of all their man∣ners, would be here too tyresome; onely I observe that the Varayes language extends it self both to Brasile, and Paraguay unto the Ga∣rayes, and their Neighbours Countrey. So that, as one may in a manner travell thorow the World with the Latine, Arabian, and Sclavonian Tongues; so with the Varayes Tongue, that of Cusco and Mexico, they may in a manner passe over all the New World. Also, that these Varayes, although they say, they are all equall among themselves; yet greater than their neighbours, whom they so despise, that they demanded of a Priest, whether they would baptize them with the same water they did others, if so be they be∣came Christians. Thirdly, Tucuma, which is a Realm extending 600 miles betwixt Brasile, Chile, St. Croix, and Paragua, where the Spaniards planted five Colonies. 1. Salta, the last place of Peru, standing in a Valley eighty four miles long, and thirty broad; near which is the Valley Calchioqui, ninety miles long from North to South, full of Rivers, and couragious people, who fighting di∣vers years with the Spaniards, at length, the Prince was (by friend∣ship) made obedient to the Spaniard, making himself a Christian, but through bad usage he revolted, till after twenty seven years, one with three hundred Peruan Archers, five hundred Horse, and

100 Spanish foot, ended that enterprise. 2. Steco. 3. Saint James, 150 miles from Steco, where the Governour and Bishop re∣side. Fourthly, Cordova in Spains scituation, though colder in winter, and more temperate in Summer; it is 180 miles from Chile. Fifthly, St. Michael. The Country is generally plain, it rains much, the Rivers easily overflowing, and the Winds very violent, Salta's Valleys abounds with fish; a good soyl feeding much Cattle, the Ayre is very temperate, and it wants therein nothing but people, Stecoes Territory hath store of Cotton, Corn, Cattle, and Fruit. 4. Paragua, whose Inhabitants dwell on the Confines of Tucuma, and take their name from the river along which they dwell. This river is very spatious, over which they passe in boats made hollow of a Tree fitly growing for that purpose, called Zaine. Here are 6 Towns, the chief whereof is called Vray Foy, or the true faith. The Country was first discovered by the North Sea, by Sebastian Cabot, and divers Spanish Captains; then by Diego Roias and others, by the way of Peru.

Coast we a little the American Islands, and so draw to a Con∣clusion. These are either those lying in Mare del Zur, or the Pa∣cifique Sea, or in the Vergivian Ocean, or Mare del Noorte, so call∣ed, from one Noorte a Dutch-man, who first thorowly searched it. Those lying in the former Sea, are either the Insulae Latronum, or the Islands of Robbers, and commonly called Latrones, they are two in number, a good distance from the Moluccoes; which name, Magellane, who discovered them, is said to give them, be∣cause the Native Islanders stole away his Cockboat. But saith one, when the Spaniards had once found out an ordinary passage from the South Sea, towards the Moluccoes, they never ceased to travail that way, and discover more and more, whereby they found out divers Islands not formerly known; as two, a good di∣stance from the Moluccoes; which, because they be inhabited by men who not onely steal from each other, but pilfer away all they can from strangers landing thereabouts; they are called Insulae Latronum, or the Islands of Robbers. Or the Insulae Salomonis, Salomon's Isles; which are nearer to the East-Indies: these are said to be many in number, 18 whereof are worth the minding: and of those, S. Thome, S. Isabella, and Gaudalcanall are the three big∣gest. Lope Garcia discovered these in 1567, and mistaking them for the the Land of Ophir, whither Solomon sent for gold, he so na∣med them: yet (it seems) he found store of gold to be in them, or else he could not have had a pretence for the same. The Inhabi∣tants are said to go naked, and to be yellowish in colour. Some other Islands also, Magellane himself descryed: at which, he land∣ing, as thinking to furnish himself with Victuals and fresh water, in his passage to the Moluccoes, found the places wholly barren and uninhabited; wherefore he called the Insula's, Infortunatas, or Unhappy Islands, as being contrary in quality to the Canaries, which are termed, The Fortunate or Happy Islands. Those in the Vergivian Sea, which is so called, à Vergendo, from bending, are

reckoned 9 in number: as, 1. Hispaniola, called by the Natives Haitie and Quisquaia; and by the Spaniards, Hispaniola, and S. Dominico, from the chief Town they have built there. It was (as aforesaid) the first place of the New World that was descry∣ed, and is 500 miles long; the breadth being divers, in the largest place, about 300 miles. Here at Dominico, is a President, an Archbishop, and a Court and Seat of Justice, with 5 Monasteries. The Spaniards are said to have murdered 3 millions of her Inhabi∣tants. There are other Towns, as S. John, Port-Royal, Port of Plata, Ca∣vana, Xaragua, with some others which the Spaniards builded not. The late Voyage and design of our English thither, is too too fresh in memory amongst us, by reason of the bad successe, and repulse there received. The ayr of this Island is said to be temperate; for, all plants brought out of Spain, do wonderfully grow and in∣crease there; but Wheat comes better in hilly places: and they report, that roots as well as herbs will ripen and be fit to eat in 16 dayes. It hath many Havens, and Rivers, especially 4 great rivers coming from the tops of Mountains, which being about the midst of the Island, they run severall wayes. They draw abundance of salt out of the Mountains like Crystal. In the midst of the great Lake Haquey Gabon, whose water is salt, is the Island Guarizanta, very fit for fishing. The Island also yields gold, and in the Cabanien Mountains are said to be Mines exceeding full: There is likewise great abundance of Sugar, Cassia, Ginger, Ma∣stick the wood Aloes, and Cinamon; also they have Azure. Now also they have so many tame beasts, that they transport a multi∣tude of Hides from thence into Spain; whereas before the com∣ming of the Spaniards thither, there was but three kinds of four-footed beasts. The Natives go naked, are sloathfull, living one∣ly of their fishing: But the Inhabitants have now great traffique, growing rich, since Sugar-canes have been brought thither, where∣by they have made Mills and shops. 2. Cuba, called also Ferdi∣nand, which lyeth on the West of Hispaniola: it is 300 leagues long from East to West, and 65 broad, but in many places not 20. Here are six Towns, the principal being that of S. James, where a Bishop resides: also there is Havana, most frequented of all the Island, it being a safe rode for shipping, and the Staple Town for Merchandise; the other are held not to be very well peopled; But at Havana rideth the King of Spain's Fleet, till the season and the wind do joyn to wafte them homeward. S. James or Jago, was so named of James de Valasco who built it; both these Towns being also seated on the Northern shoar of the Island. There are many dangerous shelves about it: it is like∣wise hilly and full of Forrests and Rivers, having many Lakes both fresh and salt. The Natives, before it was discovered, lived all in common, as content with what nature brought forth, de∣lighting also to tame Serpents, (of which there are many here) and went naked as them in Hispaniola. The ayr here is said to be temperate: having fine brasse and Mines of gold in the Moun∣tains,

and the gravel of rivers almost all gold, which is yet said to be somewhat drossie. It is reported to abound with Ginger, Cassia, Mastick, the wood Aloes, Cinamon, and Sugar; 15 miles from Saint James Town, is a Valley covered naturally with great bowls of stone, which seem as if set for pleasure; and nigh the Princes Port, is a Spring casting forth Pitch continually. Third∣ly Jamaica, or Saint James his Island, which hath Cuba on the North, Hispaniola on the East. It is fifty Leagues, or as one saith, two hundred and eighty miles long, and about twenty five leagues or as another, 70 miles broad. Whether Columbus himself discover∣ed i••, I will not dispute; but Didaque his son subdued it to Spain in 1509. Its two Towns of note being Oristagne, and Sevill; in which is a Temple called an Abbey. The Natives were either like, or more cruel then them of Hispaniola, and Cuba, in their man∣ners. The Ayre is said to be good, the Country fruitfull in great numbers of Cattle, by reason of their waters, and pastures. Mines of Gold are said also to be there; their Rivers and Lakes aboun∣ding in Fish, and having much Sugar and Cotton. This place is known to have been a retreat for our repulsed and diminished men at Hispaniola, who are now in possession thereof; yet many men have died since their landing there, bu•• the Country may prove (through time and custome) propitious enough unto our Country men, for many go over, and the Island hath in it self (for fertility) a good commendation. Fourthly, The Canniballs, or Caribe Islands which are all those stretching out in a double rank from the East, to the South of Hispaniola, in view of the main or firm land. Most of them are not inhabited; but of those which are, Saint Johns Island is the chief, and is called by the Natives Boriquen, lying near Hispaniola on the East, and scituated North from Guiana, of whose length and breadth, I find great difference in relating; some, that it is 300 miles long, and seventy broad; others that it is but fifty miles long, and eighteen broad. It is also said to be divided into two parts; whereof the North hath most plenty of Gold, and the South part of Corn, Fruit, and Cattle; it abounds also in Fish, and they find very good Gayac. John Ponce the Spani∣ard first set foot hereon in 1527. The chief Town is Saint Johns where is a very good Haven; then Port Rico, which the Earl of Cumberland ruined in 1597. Fifthly Cubagna: and sixthly Mar∣garita; the first lying next to Saint Johns, and both scituated near Golden Castile, and are wanting in Grasse, Trees, Corn, and Wa∣ter. But if it be true, that this people sometimes gladly Exchange a Tunne of Wine for a Tu•• of Water, I think they have great store of that; but they abound in Pearls; whence one is called Mar∣garita, that is, a Pearl; It yields especially the Gems called Unions, because they alwayes grow in Couples. The Natives of all the Caribes are brown coloured, having little Hair, cruell, eat∣ing mans flesh, their Arrows are poysoned, and using to go to Sea in little Skiffs of one piece, which they call Canoes. Seventhly,

Trinidado, not far distant from these, which is stored with good Tobacco, called by Gerard Tobacco of Trinidado. Columbus disco∣vered it in his last Voyage, in the year 1497. This Island I take to be about a hundred or two hundred leagues from Barbadoes, and whither, about the beginning of our late Wars, some went for liberty of Conscience sake, as thinking here would not be liberty granted; but the Voyage proved not answerable to their expecta∣tion, most of whom I think returned to England. Eighthly, The Bacalaos, which are some Isles seated nigh the land Corterialis. These people have a King, whom they are said to reverence by stroaking their foreheads, and rubbing their Noses; whom if the King meaneth to grace, as accepting of them, he turneth his head to his left shoulder, as a token of speciall favour. Sebastian Cabot first descried these in 1447. Ninthly, The Bermudas, called Sum∣mer Islands, from one Sir Thomas Summers, who gave the most ex∣act description of them; But he that gave the first cognizance there∣of, was John Bermudas: they are in all 400; the biggest whereof is planted with an English Colony, and is in form like a half Moon, It is reported to be agreeable to the nature of Englishmen, and a very fruitfull place. We must not forget two other known Islands, to wit, Saint Christophers, and the Barbadoes; the former being in∣habited by French, and English, and though of no vast greatnesse yet indifferently good, where is Cotton, and Tobacco, though somewhat heady; they have likewise other fruits, as Orenges, &c. The latter the English are sole Masters of, which was taken from the Spaniard within this thirty years, and through industry be∣come (according to the bignesse of the place) an eminent Planta∣tion, for Cotton and Brown Sugar: they have also Tobacco, but it is of the worst sort, wherefore they scarce now plant it; also Ginger in good quantity. The chief Town is called Indian-bridge, whither Vessels for traffique and otherwise do come; and where∣in are shops and handicrafts men, but their houses are built low, by reason of winds called Hirricanes; amongst other food, they have much of the fish called Tortle; which is a good meat, and being dressed, eats like Veal.

The Indians have a convincement (though barbarous) of a God, lifting up their eyes to Heaven in adversity, &c. But their foolish minds being darkned, they had many foolish customes towards the deceased; for those of Peru, and the neighbour Countries, hol∣ding that men use to eat, drink, and wantonize with women after buriall, did commonly either kill, or bury quick some of the de∣ceased, his best beloved wife and servants, to wait on him in the other world: they also under the figure of Idols of stone, and wood of terrible shapes, worshipped Devills for fear of harm they did, or might do them. The Devill being said to speak in divers of these Images, and give answer to their Priests. But the Mexi∣cans (besides their Images) would sometimes worship living Idols; as a Prisoner, whom they attiring, and trimming like an Idol,

would sacrifice, &c. unto him: at length, when the Comedy was ended, and he grown fat in a Cage, they slaying him for sa∣crifice, made a Feast among themselves. They of Peru had some Guacoes or Temples common to the whole Realm, and others private to every Province; But the Mexicans exceeded them of Peru much in greatnesse of Temples and ceremonies: whose Priests were divided into the little, greater, greatest of all, which were called Popes: they sacrificed in their Temples, every one accord∣ing to his degree; whose continual exercise was to cast incense on their Idols; at Sun-rising, or Sun-setting, at noon, or at mid∣night. And besides Priests, there were Monasteries of women: in Peru one in every Province, in which were two sorts of wo∣men, some young Virgins, others called Mamacones, of ripe age, who commanded and instructed the others. The Mexicans had also a sort of religious, called the daughters of Pennance, not above 13 years of age, and whose profession lasted but a year: who were shut up in chastity, swept the Temple, prepared meat set before the Idol, which his Ministers did eat. The Peruans sa∣crificed whatsoever they had good or goodly to their gods: But the Mexicans did not sacrifice any men-children or Virgins, but what they took in war: wherefore, that they might have a great number, they subdued the Town Tlascala, most paganly intreating them. Those of Cusco counterfeited Supper, as a Sacrament of confederation and union with the Sun, and the Ingua or Prince. The Mexicans (most remarkably) made an Idol of roasted Maize and Blite seed, mixt with honey, which they carried in procession with merry ceremonies; then stripping the Idol, distributed pie∣ces of the paste to the people, who received them with great re∣verence, saying, They did eat the flesh and bones of their god. They in Peru counterfeited confession, having Priests to hear it, holding it also a great offence to conceal any sin in confession; they went to it in adversity, and when the Ingua was sick: But the Ingua confessed not his sins to a Priest, but to the Sun, that he might tell them to Vira coca; then entring into a running brook, he said, I have confessed my sins unto the Sun; thou river carry them into the Sea, where they may remain for ever drowned. They worshipped also three Images of the Sun: naming one the Father, another the Son, the third, the Brother: and of their god of thunder, named Chuchille, they had three Statues, unto whom they attributed the same names. Likewise as to marriage, those of S. Croix of the Mount, hinder marriages in some causes, and dissolve that which is contracted; and in some causes, the joyned, cannot be separa∣ted, though it be unlawfull. But as for the Government of the New World; since the Spaniard's masterdome: there are in all two Vice-royes; the one at Mexico in New Spain; the other of Peru, residing at Lima: this last having the greatest authority. There are likewise 5 Soveraign Courts both in New Spain, and Peru, at 5 severall Towns, unto which both Spaniards and In∣dians

have equall recourse, and from which none may appeal. Here are likewise four Archbishopricks: one at St. Dominico, an∣other at Mexico, a third at Lima, the fourth at S. Foy in the New Realm: the first having three Bishops under him; the second, 10; the third, 9; the fourth also 3. Five sorts of Popish Orders they have also in the New World, of Francis, Dominick, Augustine, De la Merced, and Jesuits. There are moreover two Inquisitions; the one at Lima, the other at Mexico. Also two Universities in the same Towns. And it is also observed, that the Indians are not admitted to their communion, but after long proof; and with more difficulty at Peru, than at Mexico: neither do they suffer them commonly to study either Divinity or Philosophy: and seldom admitting them to any Orders, because of their inclina∣tion to drunkennesse.

FINIS.